BOP Stack Manual (Read Only) 29101801

User’s Manual
Shaffer® Blowout Preventer Stack

Mosvold 1
Customer Name
Reference Reference Description
NOV Norway BOP Stack
Rig Name
This document contains proprietary and confidential information which
Mosvold 1 belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited purposes only
National Oilwell Varco
and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco. Reproduction, in
Sales Order Number 12950 West Little York
whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to
815209 others is not permitted without the express written consent of National Houston, TX 77041
Oilwell Varco. This document is to be returned to National Oilwell Varco Phone: 713-937-5000
upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it
was loaned. Fax: 713-856-4138
© National Oilwell Varco
Document Number Rev.
29101801 A
www.nov.com
Revision History
A 31-03-2008 Issued for implementation
Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved
Change Description
Revision Change Description
A First issue
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page iii of iv
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: General Information

Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Safety Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Personnel Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
General System Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Proper Use of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Hydraulic Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Cable and Hose Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Work Area Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Use Correct Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Chapter 2: Introduction
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Lower Marine Riser Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Lower BOP Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
High Pressure Shear Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Chapter 3: Installation and Operation

Assembly Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Additional Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Uncrating and Preparing Lower BOP Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Uncrating and Preparing the LMRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Lifting the LMRP onto the Lower BOP Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Preoperational Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Surface Testing of BOP Stack Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Hydraulic Function Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Predrilling Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Hydraulic Conduit Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
iii
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page iv of iv
Table of Contents
Chapter 4: Maintenance
Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
6,000 psi Accumulator Bottles, Top/Bottom Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Troubleshooting Fluid Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Troubleshooting Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Stack (Wellhead) Connector Fails to Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Riser Connector Fails to Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Corrective Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Installing the LMRP onto the Lower BOP Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Repairing BOP Stack Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Replacing the Choke and Kill Male Stab Sub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Replacing the Choke and Kill Male Stabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Choke and Kill Female Lock Stabs (P/N 735558) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Replacing Seals on the Retractable Stab Cylinder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Replacing the Seals on the Retractable Stab Lock Assembly (P/N 735558) . . 4-25
Bladder Replacement, Top Loading Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Bladder Replacement, Bottom Loading Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Precharging Accumulator Bottles, Top And Bottom Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Wellbore Press./Temp. Wet-Mate Connector Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . 4-44
Hydraulic Shuttle Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Pilot Operated Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
SPM Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Hydrophone Arm Assembly (P/N 20002603) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Primary Gripper Assembly Inspection and Repair (P/N 20032556) . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Lower Gripper Assembly Inspection and Repair (P/N 20030558) . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Secondary Cylinder Assembly Inspection and Repair (P/N 20030559) . . . . . . 4-62
ROV Valve Operator Assembly Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Replacing Seals – Female Acoustic Stab Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Replacing the Acoustic Male Stab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Chapter 5: Specifications and Parts Lists

Correspondence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Parts Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Ordering Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Recommended Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Illustrations and Parts Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Engineering Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
iv
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 1-1 of 6
General Information
Conventions
This user’s manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation, and
repair personnel. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information
contained herein. National Oilwell Varco (NOV) will not be held liable for errors in this
material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

Notes, cautions, and warnings provide readers with additional information, and to advise
the reader to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal
conditions. They may also inform the reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment
damage. Please pay close attention to these advisories.
Note:
i
The note symbol indicates that additional information is
provided about the current topic.
Caution:
The caution symbol indicates that potential damage to

equipment, or injury to personnel exists. Follow
instructions explicitly. Extreme care should be taken when
performing operations or procedures preceded by this
caution symbol.
Warning:
The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of

equipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure to
follow safe work procedures could result in serious or
fatal injury to personnel, significant equipment
damage, or extended rig down time.
1-1
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
1 General Information Revision A
Page 1-2 of 6
Illustrations
Illustrations (figures) provide a graphical representation of equipment components or
screen snapshots for use in identifying parts, or establishing nomenclature, and may or
may not be drawn to scale.
For component information specific to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings
included with your equipment documentation.
Safety Requirements
The National Oilwell Varco equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig
environment involving hazardous situations. Proper maintenance is important for safe and
reliable operation. Procedures outlined in the equipment manuals are the recommended
methods of performing operations and maintenance.
To avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage,

carefully observe requirements outlined in this section.
Personnel Training
All personnel performing installation, operations, repair, or maintenance procedures on the
equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on rig safety, tool
operation, and maintenance to ensure their safety.
Personnel should wear protective gear during installation,

maintenance, and certain operations.
Contact the National Oilwell Varco training department for more information about
equipment operation and maintenance training.
Recommended Tools
Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose
described. The equipment manufacturer recommends that only those tools specified be
used when stated. Ensure that personnel and equipment safety are not jeopardized when
following service procedures and that personnel are not using tools that were not
specifically recommended by Manufacturer.
1-2
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 1-3 of 6
General Information
1
General System Safety Practices

The equipment discussed in this user’s manual may require or contain one or more utilities
such as electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or cooling water.
Read and follow the guidelines below before installing

equipment or performing maintenance to avoid
endangering exposed persons or damaging equipment.
R Isolate energy sources before beginning work.

R Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.
R Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, maintenance, or
repair.
Replacing Components
R Verify that all components (such as cables, hoses, etc.) are tagged and labeled
during assembly and disassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.
R Replace failed or damaged components with original equipment manufacturer
certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage or injury to
personnel.
Routine Maintenance
Equipment must be maintained on a routine basis. See product-specific service manuals
for maintenance recommendations.
Failure to conduct routine maintenance could result in

equipment damage or injury to personnel.
Proper Use of Equipment

National Oilwell Varco equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and
should be used only for its intended purpose.
1-3
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 1-4 of 6
Safety Precautions
The equipment described in this user’s manual is an electrically controlled hydraulic
system which uses voltages up to 480 VAC, hydraulic control pressures up to 3,000 psig
(207 bar), and test pressures of 15,000 psig (1034 bar). Observance of the following
safety precautions is mandatory. All personnel associated with the equipment must be
familiar with the safe operation of the system, and all safety devices must be maintained in
proper working order. For additional safety precautions that pertain to the
electric/pneumatic circuits of the control system, see Multiplex Control Pod and BOP Stack
Control Systems user’s manual, Vol. #6.
Hydraulic Safety Precautions

Hydraulic source power produced by the accumulator control/pump unit is at sufficiently
high pressures and volumes to present a hazard if required safety practices are not
followed. Exercise the following precautions to aid in preventing damage to equipment and
injury to personnel that might result from hydraulic-power related accidents.
R Mop up spilled hydraulic fluid immediately. Immediately investigate and correct the
cause of any leakage of hydraulic fluid.
R If clothing becomes drenched with hydraulic fluid, change immediately to dry
clothing. The fluid is very irritating to eyes and skin. Prolonged contact with hydraulic
fluid may cause dermatitis, which may progress to allergic sensitization.
R Ensure that only correct hydraulic fluid is supplied and used for safe and correct
operation of the control systems unit.
R Hydraulic fluid must be filtered to prevent any dirt or debris from entering the
hydraulic circuit.
R Ensure that the pressure relief valves are in working condition and that the valves
are set to relieve at their designated pressure levels.
R Should there be a rupture or break in the hydraulic circuit (when pressurized), do not
place hands, face, or any part of the body over the escaping jet stream of fluid.
Severe bodily injury will result.
R Never torque leaking connections or fittings while lines are pressurized. Application
of torque to fittings or connections while lines are pressurized may cause lines to
rupture and result in injury to personnel.
R Before attempting any corrective action on the hydraulic circuit, verify that:
R The electric power source is turned off.
R The pneumatic power source is turned off.
R All hydraulic pressure is completely vented. Verify that all hydraulic gauges read
0 psi.
R When precharging accumulators, use only dry nitrogen gas. The use of another gas
may cause unit failure or an explosion.
1-4
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 1-5 of 6
General Information
1
Cable and Hose Safety Precautions

R Protect all hydraulic hoses and cables from cutting, scraping, pinching, abrasion, or
any physical damage. Route all cables and hoses outside of the crew’s traffic
patterns and away from mechanical equipment.
R Welding or acetylene cutting must not be done near unprotected cables or hoses, as
this may result in damage to cables or hoses.
R Consideration must always be given to the prescribed minimum bend radius for
cables and hoses. Twisting or bending cables or hoses beyond the minimum bend
radius can damage the insulation, conductors, or reinforcing wire shield.
Work Area Safety Precautions

R Work in an area free of any dangerous obstructions, chemicals, or hazards.
R If any dangerous obstruction is located overhead, to the side, or on the surrounding
floor of the work area, the hazard must be removed as safely and quickly as
possible by appropriate personnel.
R If any flammable materials are located in or are spilled within or in proximity to the
work area, the hazardous materials must be removed and cleaned from the work
area.
R Flammable materials include but are not limited to the following materials:
R oily rags, paper products, or any combustible solid
R kerosene, gasoline, or any combustible liquid
R oxygen tanks, acetylene tanks, or any combustible gas
Should any condition, situation, or circumstance occur that might pose serious hazard(s),
appropriate action must be taken to correct or remove the hazard(s) from the work area.
Use Correct Replacement Parts

Many of National Oilwell Varco’s system component parts are specially manufactured to
system design specifications, although apparently similar to commercially available
hardware. To avoid possible hazardous failures, use only National Oilwell Varco
replacement parts, components, or assemblies.
1-5
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 1-6 of 6
This page intentionally left blank.
1-6
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-1 of 46
Introduction
General Description
The 183⁄4″, 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Shaffer® Blowout Preventer (BOP) Stack assembly
consists of a Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) and a Lower BOP Stack. See
Figure 2-1 on page 2-4. The BOP Stack is used to control wellhead pressure while drilling,
shut in the well, strip out drill pipe under moderate wellbore pressure, and (in
emergencies) shear off the drill string and seal the wellbore pressure. This controls
wellhead pressure in all phases of drilling. The BOP equipment stack is capable of
controlling wellhead pressures to 15,000 psi (1,034 bar).
All functions on the LMRP and BOP stack are electro-hydraulically controlled from remote
control panels located at the surface on the drilling vessel. The BOP stack is mechanically
latched to the top of the wellhead on the ocean floor by means of the stack connector. The
BOP stack and LMRP can be lowered and raised separately or as an assembled unit,
depending on the customer’s standard procedures. The BOP stack assembly is retrievable
for installation on subsequent wellhead housings, for service, and for permanent removal
to establish a production oil well. For BOP stack assembly specifications, see the following
table.
Specifications for BOP Stack/Lower Marine Riser
Item Description Specification
Height 376.24″ (9.557 m)
Width 249.38″ (6.334 m)

Lower Stack
Depth 212.63″ (5.401 m)
Weight (shipping) 510,873 lb (231,728 kg)
Height 297.56″ (7.558 m)
Lower Marine Riser Width 249.38″ (6.334 m)

Package Depth 180.00″ (4.572 m)
Weight (shipping) 330,996 lb (150,137 kg)
Combined Lower Height 625.25″(15.881 m)

Stack and LMRP Weight (shipping) 841,839 lb (381,852 kg)
Working Pressure Rating 10,000 psi (689.5 bar)
Test Pressure 10,000 psi (689.5 bar)
Operating Hydraulic Pressure 1,500 psi (103 bar)

Spherical BOP
46.70 gal (176.8 liters)
183⁄4″, 10,000 psi Hydraulic Fluid – Open
(per element)
(689 bar), Wedge-
Cover 59.20 gal (224.1 liters)
Hydraulic Fluid – Close
(per element)
Weight (approx.), Studded x Flange 58,430 lb (26,503 kg)
Lifting Shackle Capacity 280,000 Ib (127,006 kg)
2-1
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
2 Introduction Revision A
Page 2-2 of 46
Specifications for BOP Stack/Lower Marine Riser (Continued)
Estimated Weight, Top Triple Ram BOP 106,470 lb (48,294 kg)
Working Pressure Rating 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)
Test Pressure 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Pipe Shear Ram BOP
183⁄4″, 15,000 psi, Recommended Hydraulic Operating 1,500–5,000 psi
NXT with 22″ Pressure (103–344.7 bar)
PosLock Operator
Maximum Hydraulic Locking Pressure 5,000 psi (344.7 bar)
Hydraulic Fluid to Open 33 gal (125 liters)
Hydraulic Fluid to Close 35.3 gal (133.6 liters)

Casing Shear Ram Recommended Hydraulic Operating 1,500–5,000 psi
BOP 183⁄4″, 15,000 Pressure (103–344.7 bar)
psi, NXT with 22″
PosLock Operator Maximum Hydraulic Locking Pressure 5,000 psi (344.7 bar)
Hydraulic Fluid to Open 33 gal (125 liters)

Pipe Ram #1 BOP
NXT with 14″ Pressure (103–207 bar)
UltraLock IIB Maximum Hydraulic Locking Pressure 3,000 psi (207 bar)
Operator
Hydraulic Fluid to Open 15.00 gal (56.8 liters)
Estimated Weight, Bottom Triple Ram

74,603 lb (33,839 kg)
BOP

Multi-Pipe Ram #2 Test Pressure 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)
BOP 183⁄4″, 15,000
psi, NXT with 14″ Recommended Hydraulic Operating 1,500–3,000 psi
UltraLock IIB Pressure (103–207 bar)
Operator
Maximum Hydraulic Locking Pressure 3,000 psi (207 bar)
2-2
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-3 of 46
Introduction
2
Specifications for BOP Stack/Lower Marine Riser (Continued)

Multi-Pipe Ram #3
BOP 183⁄4″, 15,000 Recommended Hydraulic Operating 1,500–3,000 psi
psi, NXT with 14″ Pressure (103–207 bar)
UltraLock IIB Maximum Hydraulic Locking Pressure 3,000 psi (207 bar)
Operator

Test Ram #4 BOP
NXT with 14″ Pressure (103–207 bar)
UltraLock IIB
Operator without Maximum Hydraulic Close Pressure 3,000 psi (207 bar)
Locks
Pods 2 Identical, 112 Line
3,000–5,000 psi
Lines (207–344.7 bar)
Hydraulics Hyd. Hose
500–3,000 psi
Working Pressure
(34.5–207 bar)
Weight 44,033 lb (19,973 kg)
2-3
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-4 of 46
Figure 2-1. 183⁄ 4" 15M BOP Stack
2-4
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-5 of 46
Introduction
2
Lower Marine Riser Package

The Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) houses two independent subsea control pods,
which contain all the primary system controls for the lower stack and LMRP functions. The
LMRP is independently retrievable from the lower section, or BOP stack. In an emergency,
when conditions require the drilling vessel to leave the wellsite, the LMRP can be
disconnected from the lower BOP stack and brought to the surface. In this manner, the
control pods (with all the stack controls) are protected from damage.
The following sections describe components of the LMRP. For detailed drawings of the
complete BOP stack assembly, see Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”.
Riser Adapter
The riser adapter is the uppermost piece of equipment on the LMRP (see Figure 2-2). The
riser adapter connects the string of riser pipe (with rigid conduit lines and choke and kill
lines) to the LMRP assembly. The flex hoses from the rigid conduit and choke and kill stab
assemblies are connected to the riser adapter. To prevent wear of the lower portion of the
riser adapter by the drillstring, a non-retrievable wear bushing is installed with a retainer
ring at the bottom of the adapter. Also installed on the riser adapter is a 4-inch, 10,000 psi
Shaffer Type “DB” mud boost valve.
Figure 2-2. Riser Adapter Assembly
i
For more information on the Shaffer Type DB Gate Valve,
see the Type DB Gate Valve user’s manual, included with
this manual.
2-5
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-6 of 46
Flex Joint (P/N 20032072)

The Oilstates Inc. Flex Joint is located immediately below the riser adapter. The flex joint
has a maximum working pressure of 5,000 psi (344 bar), and allows a maximum of 10°
radial movement around the BOP stack located on the sea floor (for information on the
Oilstates Inc. Flex Joint, see the vendor documentation section at the end of this manual).
Spherical BOP – 183⁄4", 10,000 psi, Wedge Cover

The LMRP is provided with a Shaffer 183⁄4″ (476 mm) bore, 10,000 psi (689 bar) working
pressure wedge-cover Spherical BOP (SBOP). The SBOP seals on almost any shape or
size of kelly, tool joint, drill pipe, drill collar, casing and wireline that may typically be run
through the preventer. The SBOP can also close completely over an open hole.
i
For more information about the Shaffer SBOP, see the
Wedge Cover Spherical™ BOP user’s manual.
Accumulator Bottles – LMRP
The subsea accumulator bottles within this control

system are nitrogen gas precharged to high pressure
and are not protected by an over-pressure relieving
device. When not installed subsea, steps should be
taken to prevent over-pressuring and possible failure
of these bottles due to the excessive heat associated
with fire. Consideration should be given to the hazards
associated with these bottles and the provision for
adequate fire protection measures.
Mounted on the LMRP and lower stack are 15-gallon separator (bladder) type accumulator
bottles used to store the hydraulic operating fluid for the functions of the LMRP and BOP
stack. Two 15-gallon accumulator surge bottles (one on the LMRP and one on the lower
stack for the spherical BOPs) act as surge dampeners, and enable the spherical elements
to “breathe” during stripping operations as each tool joint is forced through the spherical
element. During stripping operations, these bottles absorb any increases in pressure
suddenly exerted on the spherical element.
There are a total of 140 accumulator bottles on the BOP stack, 16 on the LMRP and 124
on the lower BOP stack. These accumulator bottles are mounted in bottle rack assemblies
bolted to the BOP stack frame (for more information about the accumulators on the lower
BOP stack, see the section titled “Accumulator Bottles – Lower BOP” on page 2-33).
On the LMRP, one accumulator bottle is used as a surge dampener for the upper annular,
with the remaining 15 used to open and close the upper and lower annular, the rams, and
the choke and kill valves.
2-6
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-7 of 46
Introduction
2
On the lower stack, the 124 accumulator bottles are used as follows:
R 1 accumulator bottle is used as a surge dampener on the lower annular
R 72 accumulator bottles are dedicated to the high-pressure shear circuit
R 30 accumulators bottles are dedicated to the Emergency Hydraulic Backup System
(EHBS) (for information on the EHBS, see the Emergency Hydraulic Backup System
user’s manual).
R 19 accumulator bottles are dedicated to the acoustic pod backup system (for
information on the Acoustic Backup System, see the Acoustic Pod Backup System
user’s manual).
R 2 accumulator bottles are used to assist in the closing of the Shaffer type HB dual
block valves located on the Choke and Kill lines (for information on the Choke and
Kill valves, see the Shaffer Type HB Gate Valve user’s manual).
All stack-mounted bottles are bladder-type accumulators for low temperature service.
Each accumulator bottle is rated for up to 6,000 psi maximum working pressure. The
stack-mounted accumulators are precharged with nitrogen, which is contained in a
resilient rubber bladder inside the bottle. A poppet and plug assembly prevents extrusion
of the bladder out from the bottom of the accumulator shell. All accumulator bottles require
to be precharged with nitrogen gas plus hydrostatic depth (refer to BOP stack schematic
R-20032490D for the required precharge pressure).
When the accumulator is to be removed for a bladder change, the bladder removal port is
mechanically locked, preventing disassembly of the unit until all remaining nitrogen gas
inside the bladder has been released and all hydraulic fluid pressure in the bottle has been
vented. This important safety feature protects against accidental injury to personnel.
However, all pressure in the accumulator bottles must be bled down to 0 psi (0 bar) before
any maintenance can be performed.
Flex Hoses and Female Stabs

Two flex hoses run from the riser adapter to the choke and kill female stabs at the base of
the LMRP. The flex hoses transport choke and kill fluids.
The two choke and kill female stabs are located on opposite sides of the LMRP. The stabs
are designed with internal polypak seals (see Figure 2-3 on page 2-8 and Figure 2-8 on
page 2-12). When the LMRP is landed on the BOP stack, the female stabs engage the
male choke and kill stabs on the lower BOP stack. The female and male stabs seal the
choke and kill fluids which flow from the choke and kill valves on the BOP Stack through
the stabs, through the flex loops and up the choke and kill lines on the riser pipe to the
drilling vessel.
2-7
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-8 of 46
Extend Port
Retract Port
Figure 2-3. Retractable Female Stab, Choke/Kill Line
In addition to the above, two flex hoses from rigid conduit lines “1” and “2” are connected
to the Rigid Conduit Manifold and supply 5,000 (344 bar) psi hydraulic pressure to the
Blue and Yellow MUX pods.
Acoustic Supply Stabs

The LMRP has three 1″, 5,000 psi hydraulic operated female acoustic stab assemblies
(see Figure 2-4 on page 2-9). The acoustic stabs provide the link between the LMRP and
the lower BOP stack for the hydraulic supply to the acoustic backup system. The female
stab extends and retracts to mate to the male stab on the lower stack. The acoustic supply
female stab assembly (P/N 731737) is bolted to the LMRP weldment (see Figure 2-4 on
page 2-9), and the lower male stab assembly (P/N 731741) is bolted to the lower BOP
stack upper spider weldment (see Figure 2-5 on page 2-9). The acoustic female stabs
have a retract and extend stroke of 81⁄2″.
2-8
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-9 of 46
Introduction
2
Figure 2-4. Female Stab Assembly, Acoustic Supply
Figure 2-5. Male Stab Assembly, Acoustic Supply
To replace the seals of the acoustic supply female stab assembly, see the section titled
“Replacing Seals – Female Acoustic Stab Assembly” on page 4-77.
2-9
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-10 of 46
Choke and Kill Retractable Stab Assemblies (P/N 735520)

The choke and kill retractable stab assemblies are made up of the following:
R Retractable Stab Cylinder Assembly (P/N 735616)
R Retractable Stab Lock Assembly (P/N 735558)
R Male Stab Assembly (P/N 735530)
The male stab assembly is bolted to the upper spider of the lower stack (see Figure 2-6). A
replaceable male stab sub is easily removed, and replaced in the event the polished
surface of the pin is damaged. To replace the male stab sub, see the section titled
“Replacing the Choke and Kill Male Stab Sub” on page 4-17.
Male Stab Sub
Male Stab Housing
Figure 2-6. Male Stab
The retractable stab cylinder and lock assemblies are bolted to the LMRP spider. The
retractable cylinder has an 81⁄8″ stroke and is provided with 1⁄4″ NPT extend and retract
ports. The cylinder retractable choke and kill lines are attached to the stab lock
assemblies. When the choke and kill lines and lock assemblies are extended or retracted,
an anti-rotation bar prevents them from rotating (see Figure 2-6 and Figure 2-9 on
page 2-13).
2-10
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-11 of 46
Introduction
2
Extend Port
Retract Port
Figure 2-7. Retractable Stab Cylinder
2-11
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-12 of 46
Figure 2-8. Retractable Stab Locking Assembly
2-12
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-13 of 46
Introduction
2
The stab lock assemblies are provided with a lock, unlock and auxiliary unlock ports. The
stab lock assemblies must be in the unlock position before the retractable stab cylinder
can be extended or retracted. When in the locked position, the lock dogs engage the
profile of the male stab, locking the choke and kill line cylinder onto the male stab (see
Figure 2-9). When in the unlocked position, the lock dogs disengage the profile of the male
stab, releasing the choke and kill line cylinder from the male stab (see Figure 2-9).
A lock/unlock indicator pin provides visual indication.
Indicator Pin
Auxiliary Unlock
Port
Lock Port
Unlock Port
Unlocked Locked
Figure 2-9. Stab Cylinder in the Lock and Unlock Position
To replace the seals of the retractable stab cylinder and lock assembly, see the section
titled “Replacing Seals on the Retractable Stab Cylinder Assembly” on page 4-21 and the
section titled “Replacing the Seals on the Retractable Stab Lock Assembly (P/N 735558)”
on page 4-25.
2-13
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-14 of 46
Multiplex Pod Male Stab

When the LMRP is landed and the riser connector is locked onto the lower BOP stack, the
lower female pod receptacle mounted on the lower BOP stack is latched and engaged.
This action locks the pod gripper assembly onto the lower female and lifts the lower female
receptacle to engage the MUX pod male stab (see Figure 2-20 on page 2-25).
Before landing the LMRP onto the lower BOP stack, all
stabs (including the electric wet-mate connector) must be
retracted, and the Blue and Yellow pod gripper assemblies
must be in the unlatched and disengaged position. Failure
to heed this caution may cause damage to the pod gripper
assemblies and the gripper hub on the lower females.
When fully engaged, the ports in the lower female receptacle align with the ports in the
(MUX pod) male stab to complete the hydraulic circuitry from the surface control
equipment to the lower BOP stack functions. Flexible hoses from the lower female
receptacle connect to the various lower BOP stack functions. The packer seals between
the male stab and female receptacle maintain the high-pressure hydraulic flow integrity.
The ports in the upper rim of the male stab are tubed to a bulkhead plate assembly, where
flexible hoses connect to the various LMRP functions.
i
For more information about the MUX Pod, see the
Multiplex Control Pod and BOP Stack Control Systems
user’s manual.
Lower Marine Riser Spider

The lower marine riser spider is the structural base of the LMRP, and includes an
alignment stab mounted on the bottom of the structure to aid in mating with the lower BOP
stack. The spider provides the mounting locations and protective guards for the following:
R LMRP connector
R Spherical Blowout Preventer
R Flex joint and riser adapter
R Control equipment
R MUX pods
R Female choke and kill stabs
R Acoustic supply stabs
R Subsea gate valves
R Accumulator supply bottles
R Wet-mate connector, wellbore pressure/temperature
2-14
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-15 of 46
Introduction
2
see foldout on next page
Figure 2-10. Lower Female and Male Stab
LMRP Riser Connector (P/N 20029402)

Located immediately below the upper annular is the Dril-Quip LMRP Riser Connector. The
LMRP connector is used to hydraulically latch and lock the LMRP onto the lower BOP
stack mandrel (for information on the riser connector, see the Dril-Quip DX Connector
user’s manual located in the vendor documentation section of this manual).
Retractable Wet-Mate Connector Assembly

The retractable wet-mate connector assembly (see Figure 2-11) is used to Extend and
Retract (make and break) the female wet-mate plug and male wet-mate receptacle, that
transmits the electronic data from the wellbore pressure/temperature sensor located on
the lower BOP stack. The retractable wet-mate female plug assembly is located on the
LMRP spider, and the wet-mate male receptacle is located on the upper spider of the
lower BOP stack.
LMRP
Lower
BOP
Stack
Figure 2-11. Retractable Wet-Mate Connector Assembly
2-15
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A Introduction 2
Primary cylinder disengaged

(extended) to latch on to Female and lower gripper
gripper assembly. assembly “Engaged”.
Pod male stab and female Secondary cylinder extended

receptacle “Disengaged”. and locked.
Figure 2-10. Lower Female and Male Stab
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-16 of 46
The stack wellbore pressure/temperature data is transmitted through the Blue pod Subsea
Electronic Assembly (SEA) and displayed on the Bargraph meters on the Driller and
Toolpusher’s control panels. The make and break connection is necessary to allow the
separation of the LMRP from the lower BOP stack.
The engineering drawings for the Retractable Connector Assembly and the Wellbore
Sensor Assembly are located in Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”, and the
adjustment procedures are locatedion the section titled “Wellbore Press./Temp. Wet-Mate
Connector Adjustment Procedure” on page 4-44.
Before landing the LMRP onto the lower BOP stack, the
wet-mate connector must be in the retracted position.
Failure to heed this caution may cause damage to the
connector plug and receptacle.
BOP Stack Sensors

In addition to the above, the Riser Inclinometer sensor and the Flowmeter are located on
the LMRP. These units transmit their data through wet-mate connector cables to the Blue
and Yellow pod SEAs. The wet-mate plugs from these sensors are connected to the left
and right side of the MUX pod compensated chambers (see Figure 2-12 on page 2-17).
Refer to Pod Electrical Interconnect Diagram D-20031759D, BOP stack schematic
R-20032490D and Interconnect Cabling Diagram D-20029730D for the location of these
sensors.
2-16
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-17 of 46
Introduction
2
“A” Position
Plate #11
“C” Position “B” Position
Plate #13 on
Pod Left Side
Pod Pod
Front Side Back Side
MUX Pod Right Side
Figure 2-12. Wet-Mate Connector Location
The magnetic flowmeter wet-mate connector cables are

not interchangeable with the sensor wet-mate connector
cables. However the pressure/temperature and
inclinometer sensor cables are interchangeable. Care
should be exercised to ensure proper connection (see
Figure 2-12 and the table titled “Wet-Mate Connector
Identification” on page 2-18).
2-17
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-18 of 46
Wet-Mate Connector Identification
Plate Number Location Function
11 A Spare
11 B Blue Pod Magnetic Flowmeter
11 B Yellow Pod Magnetic Flowmeter
11 C Blue Pod Stack Wellbore Pressure/Temperature Sensor
13 A Spare
13 B Spare
13 C Blue Pod Riser Inclinometer
13 C Yellow Pod Riser Inclinometer
Shuttle Valves – LMRP

The hydraulically operated functions of the LMRP are provided with shuttle valves which
are installed immediately off the outlet and inlet ports of the function. Two hydraulic lines
are connected at the shuttle valves, one for the yellow control pod and one for the blue
control pod. The shuttle valves enable each function to be operated from either pod.
i
For more information on the Shuttle Valves, see the
user’s manual.
Hot Line Manifold

A hot line manifold is located on the LMRP. The hot line manifold is used to supply
hydraulic fluid to the 112-line MUX blue or yellow pod while the BOP stack is deployed
subsea. The hot line hose is connected to a 1″ JIC male adapter on the hot line manifold.
2-18
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-19 of 46
Introduction
2
Rigid Conduit Manifold

A rigid conduit manifold is incorporated on the lower marine riser package (see
Figure 2-13). The manifold serves as a distribution point for hydraulic fluid subsea as
supplied by the riser mounted rigid conduit. The rigid conduit manifold has a maximum
allowable working pressure equal to the maximum output pressure of the surface mounted
hydraulic power unit (HPU).
Figure 2-13. Rigid Conduit Manifold
The manifold serves as an isolator for the subsea control pods during the deployment of
the stack and marine riser, as well as a means to flush and dump the rigid conduit line.
The manifold consists of two studded crosses, four 11⁄2″ normally open block mounted
valves for main pod hydraulic supply and isolation plus two normally closed 11⁄2″ block
mounted valves for flushing the rigid conduit. Also included is one 11⁄2″ normally closed
bi-directional to separate the two conduit line crosses.
The studded cross has an attachment point for an interconnect hose from the riser adapter
rigid conduit kick out. An optional hub to flange adapter can be supplied at the connection
point for the hose to ease installation of the interconnect hose. The isolation valves have
attachment points for 11⁄2″ supply hoses for interconnecting the pods to the rigid conduit
manifold.
A normally open ball valve that can be manipulated by a Remote Operated Vehicle (ROV)
is supplied as a redundant means to close off the rigid conduit flush port, in the event of a
Sub-Plate Mounted (SPM) valve malfunction of the rigid conduit manifold.
Subsea Gate Valve

The LMRP utilizes one dual cavity 31⁄16″ 15,000 psi Shaffer type HB gate valve for the
relief of trapped gas via the SBOP side outlet. Two single-cavity 31⁄16″ Shaffer type HB
gate valves are used on the choke and kill lines. A single-cavity 4″ 10,000 psi Shaffer type
DB gate valve is used on the Mud Boost line.
2-19
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-20 of 46
i
For more information about the Shaffer type HB gate
valves, refer to the Type HB Gate Valves user’s manual.
For more information about the Shaffer type DB gate
valves, refer to the Type DB Gate Valve user’s manual.
Inner and Outer Gas Relief Valve – Fail Safe Hydraulic Circuit
The dual block type HB gas relief valve is assisted close by hydraulic pressure stored in
two 21⁄2 gallon accumulator bottles, one for the Inner valve and one for the Outer valve.
Two pilot operated check valves isolate each accumulator bottle. The dual block subsea
gate valve is held open by hydraulic pilot pressure to compress the springs in the inner
and outer gas relief valves. The open hydraulic pilot signal also closes a normally open
SPM valve (see Figure 2-14).
15-Gallon
Choke
6 KPSI rated
Line
Precharged 500 psi
UPPER + Hydro Head
ANNULAR Port
Y
Choke Side
74
Isol
Open Valve
Y
73
B Y
Close
12 12
9 Y Inner Accum OuterAccum B 19
B (1) 2.5 Gal. (1) 2.5 Gal.
9 Precharged: 900 psi Precharged: 900 psi 19
+ Hyd. Head + Hyd. Head Y
Open Open
Close Close
Inner Outer
Gas Relief Gas Relief
Valve Valve
Figure 2-14. Gas Relief Valve Hydraulic Circuit
When the open hydraulic pilot signal is vented or lost, the spring closes the gas relief
valve. Venting the opening hydraulic pilot signal pressure also allows the SPM valve to
return to its normally open position, which allows the hydraulic fluid stored in the 21⁄2
gallon accumulator bottle to assist in closing the gas relief valve.
2-20
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-21 of 46
Introduction
2
Remote Operated Vehicle (ROV) Panels – LMRP

Mounted on the LMRP are five ROV hydraulic control panels, used to permit ROV-initiated
disconnecting of the LMRP from the lower BOP stack.
The ROV panel designated “Riser Conn POCV Dump” allows the ROV to vent the riser
connector lock hydraulic pressure, eliminating a hydraulic lock that would prevent the
opening hydraulic pressure from unlocking the riser connector (see Figure 2-15).
Figure 2-15. ROV Panel “Riser Conn POCV Dump”
The second ROV panel is an all stabs retract panel (see Figure 2-16).
Figure 2-16. ROV All Stabs Retract Panel
2-21
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-22 of 46
Activation of the “All Stabs Retract” function will release the

pod lower female receptacles, allowing them to free fall.
This may cause damage to the equipment. It is
recommended that the ROV panel function (located on the
lower BOP stack) Blue and Yellow female secondary lift
cylinder be extended prior to activation of the all stabs
retract function. In this manner the Blue/Yellow pod female
receptacles can be gently lowered using the ROV Female
Secondary Lift Cylinder “Lower” function (see Figure 2-28
on page 2-41).
i
ROV activation of the “All Stabs Retract” function will
automatically unlatch both blue/yellow lower female
receptacles, retract the pressure/temperature wet-mate
connector assembly, and retract the acoustic stabs. This
capability could be used when normal control (via the BOP
Multiplex Control System) is not available to unlock the
riser connector and retrieve the LMRP.
The third ROV panel is used to permit ROV-initiated opening and closing of rigid conduit
lines “A” and “B”. This panel is used in case of a malfunction of rigid conduit lines “A” and
“B” (pod controlled) dump SPM valves. These are normally close type SPM valves; in the
event they failed to properly close, would allow hydraulic fluid pressure in the conduit line
to vent to sea. If this were to occur, the ROV rigid conduit panel can be closed, preventing
hydraulic fluid pressure loss to the sea (see Figure 2-17).
Figure 2-17. ROV “Rigid Conduit Manifold” Panel
2-22
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-23 of 46
Introduction
2
The fourth ROV panel, designated “LMRP Accumulator Dump Bypass,” allows the ROV to
dump the LMRP accumulator bottle pressure, or bypass the normally closed (pod
controlled) SPM valve (see Figure 2-18).
Figure 2-18. LMRP Accumulator Dump with Bypass
The fifth ROV panel, designated “LMRP Connector Unlock/Gasket Release,” allows the
ROV to release the connector gasket and unlock the LMRP riser connector (see
Figure 2-19).
Figure 2-19. LMRP Connector Unlock/Gasket Release
2-23
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-24 of 46
Lower BOP Stack

The lower BOP stack houses the lower SBOP and the ram-type blowout preventers used
to close the well with drill pipe in the hole or on open bore. The BOP stack can be left on
the wellhead during bad weather conditions when the LMRP is retrieved to the surface for
safety. The BOP stack also houses accumulator bottle racks for the control system.
The components of the lower BOP stack are described below (see Chapter 5, titled
“Specifications and Parts Lists” for detailed drawings of the complete BOP stack
assembly).
Upper Spider Weldment

The upper spider weldment is the upper structural component of the lower BOP stack. In
the center of the upper spider weldment is a large bore for the lower SBOP. The two male
stabs for the choke and kill lines are mounted on opposite sides of the upper spider
weldment. The two male stabs are positioned for engaging the female stabs on the LMRP
(see Figure 2-3 on page 2-8, and the section titled “Flex Hoses and Female Stabs” on
page 2-7). The upper spider weldment also houses the two lower female receptacles (see
Figure 2-20 on page 2-25), 180° apart from the choke and kill stabs, and the acoustic pod
male stab assemblies (see Figure 2-5 on page 2-9).
2-24
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-25 of 46
Introduction
2
Female Receptacles
There are two female receptacles located on the lower BOP stack, one for each MUX
control pod (see Figure 2-20). The female receptacles engage with the lower male stabs
of the Blue and Yellow MUX control pods.
Pod Male Stab
Female Receptacle
Lower Gripper Assembly
Figure 2-20. Lower Gripper Assembly
The female receptacle assemblies are the interface point for the MUX control pods and the
lower stack. Hydraulic hoses provide the connections between the female receptacles and
the appropriate functions on the lower BOP stack. The outlet connections for each port are
made through threaded pipe connections in the bottom of the female receptacle.
2-25
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-26 of 46
The female receptacle assemblies provide a “make and break” hydraulic connection
between the blue and yellow MUX control pods and the hydraulically operated equipment
on the lower stack. The make and break connections between the male and female
assemblies are made through unique packer seals. These packer seals are mounted in
the outlet ports of the male stabs on the bottom of the MUX control pods by means of
threaded retainers. When the female receptacle is lifted and engages the male stab, the
sealing surface of the packer seals is relatively large, allowing them to seal under varying
axial positions of the male stab and female receptacle.
The female receptacles are mounted on a spring housing, which provide sufficient
resistive force for the female receptacle against the engagement of the male stab, allowing
the packer between the surfaces to create a leak tight seal. The housing springs also allow
for minor misalignment between the control pods, LMRP and the lower BOP stack.
The female receptacle assemblies are retractable, so that they may be disengaged from
the male stabs prior to making or breaking the connection between the LMRP and the
lower BOP stack. This prevents damage to the male stab packer seals. The female
assemblies are mounted in a protected area on the lower BOP stack, and are relatively
free from physical damage when the LMRP is disconnected from the lower BOP stack.
Lower Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030558)

The Lower Gripper Assembly is located on the lower stack upper spider (see Figure 2-21
on page 2-27). The female receptacle is attached to this assembly. A hub with two spring
loaded shear pins (5) is snapped and locked into a groove in the bottom bucket (9) on the
lower gripper assembly. The two shear pins on the hub are designed to shear at 100,000
lb theoretical over-pull.
The primary gripper assembly located in the MUX pod male stab is disengaged
(extended), and latched onto the lower hub (3) located on the lower gripper assembly. The
primary gripper assembly is engaged (retracted), lifting the lower gripper assembly and
female receptacle onto the MUX pod male stab, energizing the packer seals between the
pod male stab and female receptacle.
In the event of an unplanned break away of the LMRP from the lower BOP stack, the hub
shear pins will shear, and the lower gripper assembly and female receptacle will
disengage from the MUX pod male stab. The sheared pins will fall into the bottom bucket
(9), which has ample space to accommodate them.
2-26
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-27 of 46
Introduction
2
10
5 3
23
2
Lower Gripper Adjustment

Located on the lower gripper assembly is a 13⁄4″ socket head cap screw (23) on the
landing plate (2) (see Figure 2-21). This is used to adjust the Belleville spring compression
load on the female receptacle against the MUX pod male stab (see the section titled
“Adjust Lower Female Gripper Assembly” on page 4-56).
2-27
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-28 of 46
Secondary Cylinder Assembly (P/N 20030559)

The Secondary Cylinder Assembly (see Figure 2-22) is located on the lower BOP stack,
directly under the lower female gripper assembly (see Figure 2-20 on page 2-25). The
secondary cylinder is used in the event of an unplanned breakaway of the LMRP from the
lower BOP stack, or when the primary gripper assembly has failed. In an unplanned
breakaway, the hub shear pins will shear, and the lower female gripper assembly and
lower female receptacle will disengage from the MUX pod male stab.
TOP
13
14
9
Hydraulic Pressure 8
for “Retract” position
17 4
Figure 2-22. Secondary Cylinder
2-28
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-29 of 46
Introduction
2
In an unplanned breakaway of the LMRP from the lower BOP stack, the remote operated
vehicle (ROV) must be deployed to install (snap) a hub (complete with spring loaded shear
pins) into the lower female gripper bucket (see Figure 2-21 on page 2-27).
In the event of an unplanned breakaway of the LMRP from

the lower BOP stack, the following inspection should be
performed. As soon as the LMRP and lower stack are
retrieved to surface, a complete inspection of the primary
gripper assembly, the lower female gripper assembly, and
the secondary cylinder assembly is recommended. All
damaged or suspect parts should be replaced, and the
primary gripper cylinder and secondary cylinder
adjustment verified.
i
The LMRP must be separated from the lower BOP stack
before the ROV can replace the hub.
Secondary Cylinder Operation

The “Extend” and “Retract” function of the secondary cylinder can be activated from the
Driller or Toolpusher’s control panel, and from the ROV panel located on the lower BOP
stack. However, the Driller and Toolpusher’s control panel secondary cylinder “Extend”
and “Retract” function can only be operated when the female receptacle is engaged onto
the MUX pod male stab. In an unplanned breakaway, the lower female receptacle would
be disengaged from the male stab, causing the “Extend” and “Retract” functions to be
inoperable.
The secondary cylinder locking system is derived from the Shaffer PosLock® locking
design. Just as the Shaffer PosLock rams remained closed when all hydraulic pressure is
removed, the secondary cylinder will remain fully extended, even when all hydraulic
pressure is removed. When the secondary cylinder is in the “Extend” position, it is
mechanically locked and requires “Retract” hydraulic pressure to unlock it.
Therefore, in an unplanned breakaway, the ROV would require being deployed subsea, in
order to replace the hub and “Retract” the secondary cylinder, in preparation of landing the
LMRP back onto the lower BOP stack.
Secondary Cylinder Major Components
i
Item numbers in parentheses refer to Figure 2-23 on
page 2-30.
2-29
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-30 of 46
The Secondary Cylinder major components consist of a barrel (8), rod (1), piston (9),
gland (17) and base plate (3) (see Figure 2-23).
To understand the cylinder operation, one must recognize that the rod (1) piston (9), and
base plate (3) are rigidly attached to the lower stack and do not move.
1/2” HHCS Securing Secondary

Cylinder Sleeve (22) to Gripper
Connector Plate
12
16 11
13 10
14
15
9
22
8
23
24
1
26
25 3
17 19 4
21 18
20
28 27
29
Figure 2-23. Secondary Cylinder Components
2-30
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-31 of 46
Introduction
2
Secondary Cylinder Extend

When hydraulic fluid enters the extend port on the rod, it enters on the top of the piston.
Because the piston, piston rod and base are rigidly attached to the lower stack, the
hydraulic pressure reacting against the piston seals pushes the barrel upward (see
Figure 2-24).
Cylinder in stroked
up position
Locking Piston
Locking Dogs
(Locked Position)
Hydraulic pressure for

cylinder “Extend”
Figure 2-24. Cylinder Extended and Locked
As the barrel extends upward and hydraulic pressure increases, the locking piston (14)
extends downward, radially moving the locking dogs (13) outward into the cylinder recess.
The locking piston continues to move down over the dogs, to mechanically lock the piston
to the cylinder (see Figure 2-24). In this manner, even if hydraulic fluid pressure is
removed, the secondary cylinder will remain in the extended position.
2-31
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-32 of 46
Secondary Cylinder Retract

When hydraulic fluid enters the retract port on the rod, it enters on the bottom of the
piston. Because the piston, piston rod and base are rigidly attached to the lower stack, the
hydraulic pressure reacting against the piston seals pushes the barrel downward (see
Figure 2-22 on page 2-28).
i
There is no mechanical lock applied when the secondary
cylinder is in the retract position.
Secondary Cylinder Adjustment

Located on the secondary cylinder there are four 3⁄4″ hex head adjustment cap screws (4)
on the base plate (3) (see Figure 2-22 on page 2-28). These are used to properly align the
locking piston with the groove in the secondary cylinder barrel (see the section titled
“Secondary Cylinder Adjustment” on page 4-70).
Lower Spider Weldment

The lower spider weldment is the base of the lower BOP stack. The weldment is designed
as the main support for the lower stack. The weldment provides the support base for the
four guide post and a lower guide assembly for the wellhead connector to assist in guiding
the connector onto the wellhead.
Mandrel (Customer Supplied)

The mandrel for the BOP stack is an 183⁄4″, 10,000 psi mandrel that is secured via an
183⁄4″, 10,000 psi API flange to the top of the lower spherical BOP. When the LMRP is
landed on the BOP stack, the riser connector latches around the top of the mandrel.
Lower Stack Guideposts

The BOP stack is provided with four special guideposts, one at each corner of the stack.
The guideposts are numbered and assure correct alignment of the LMRP and the BOP
stack.
Each guidepost is numbered 1 through 4. Correct alignment of the LMRP and stack are
assured by aligning guidepost 1 on the LMRP to guidepost 1 on the BOP stack. These
guideposts provide the main structural link between the upper and lower spider
weldments, along with mounting supports for mini spiders, accumulator bottle racks,
EHBS, acoustic pod assembly, and various other mounted equipment.
2-32
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-33 of 46
Introduction
2
Accumulator Bottles – Lower BOP
The subsea accumulator bottles within this control

system are nitrogen gas precharged to high pressure
and are not protected by an over-pressure relieving
device. When not installed subsea, steps should be
taken to prevent over-pressuring and possible failure
of these bottles due to the excessive heat associated
with fire. Consideration should be given to the hazards
associated with these bottles and the provision for
adequate fire protection measures.
There are separator (bladder) type accumulators mounted on the lower BOP stack. These
bottles store the hydraulic fluid for the functions operated by the control system and one
for the SBOP’s surge.
The stack-mounted bottles are bladder-type accumulators for low temperature service.
Each accumulator bottle is rated for up to 6,000 psi maximum working pressure. In the
bladder-type accumulators, the nitrogen precharge pressure is charged through the cap at
the top of the bottle.
There are a total of 124 accumulator bottles on the lower BOP stack. One bottle is used as
a surge dampener for the lower annular, 72 bottles are dedicated to the high-pressure
shear close, 30 bottles are used for the EHBS, 19 bottles are dedicated to the acoustic
pod, and the remaining two bottles are used to assist closing the choke/kill valves.
Lower Spherical BOP – 183⁄4", 10,000 psi Wedge Cover

The lower stack is provided with a Shaffer 183⁄4″ bore, 10,000 psi working pressure
wedge-cover spherical blowout preventer (SBOP). The SBOP seals on almost any shape
or size of kelly, tool joint, drill pipe, drill collar, casing and wireline that may typically be run
through the preventer. The SBOP can also close completely over an open hole. See the
table titled “Specifications for BOP Stack/Lower Marine Riser” on page 2-1 for the physical
and functional specifications of the spherical BOP.
i
For more information on the Shaffer SBOP, refer to the
Wedge Cover Spherical™ BOP user’s manual.
2-33
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-34 of 46
Ram BOP – 183⁄4", 15,000 psi NXT, 22" PosLock and

UltraLock IIB Triple BOP
The top triple on the lower BOP stack is equipped with Shaffer 183⁄4″, 15,000 psi CVX pipe
shear rams and casing shear rams. See the table titled “Specifications for BOP
Stack/Lower Marine Riser” on page 2-1 for the physical and functional specifications of the
ram BOPs. The ram-type preventers equipped with CVX shear rams are used to shear drill
pipe. In the open position, the ram assemblies are fully retracted from the bore of the
preventer. When closed, the ram block assemblies move into the bore and shear the drill
pipe under full working pressure. These rams are used normally when a sudden kick
occurs while drill pipe is in the hole.
The shear ram assemblies are installed on PosLock operators and will shear through the
drill pipe and completely shut off the wellbore. If there is no drill pipe in the stack, the CVX
shear rams act as blind rams, sealing completely over the open hole. The shear rams
should be used to shear the drill pipe only as a last resort to shut down uncontrollable
wellhead pressure. If the shear rams are to be used as blind rams, it is very important for
rig personnel to confirm that the drill string is raised above the shear ram in order to
prevent accidental shearing of the drill pipe.
i
The casing shear rams do not seal off wellbore pressure.
Recommended operating pressure for normal drilling operations is 1,500 psi (103 bar).
However, for shearing casing and pipe, 5,000 psi (344 bar) closing pressure is
recommended.
i
For more information about the Shaffer NXT Ram BOP,
refer to the NXT Ram BOP user’s manual.
2-34
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-35 of 46
Introduction
2
Ram BOP – 183⁄4", 15,000 psi NXT Ultralock IIB Triple BOP
The two upper cavities of the bottom triple on the lower BOP stack are equipped with
Shaffer 183⁄4″, 15,000 psi rams. See the table titled “Specifications for BOP Stack/Lower
Marine Riser” on page 2-1 for the physical and functional specifications of the ram BOPs.
The ram-type preventers equipped with pipe rams are used to close off the annulus
around the drill pipe. In the open position the ram block assemblies are fully retracted from
the bore of the preventer. When closed, the ram block assemblies move into the bore and
seal snugly around the drill pipe under full working pressure. These rams are used
normally when a sudden kick occurs while pipe is in the hole. At times they may be used to
hang off the drill string.
Recommended operating pressure for pipe rams is 1,500 psi (103 bar). Operating
pressures for the ram BOPs are controlled at the driller’s control panel or the toolpusher’s
control panel. See the schematic for the control system for detailed information on control
of the ram BOP pressures.
The bottom cavity of the lower triple, on the BOP stack, is used for test purposes. The ram
assemblies on this cavity are installed upside down, as is the cavity seat (see Figure 2-25
on page 2-36). This allows these rams, when closed, to seal off the wellbore from test
pressure, allowing test pressure to be applied to the upper ram cavities, lower and upper
annular, and choke/kill valves on the BOP stack.
i
The locking mechanism of the UltraLock II B operators on
the lower cavity are not installed. When testing the upper
BOP stack, 1,500 psi (103 bar) closing hydraulic pressure
on the lower cavity must be applied throughout the test
procedure.
2-35
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-36 of 46
Test cavity does not Test cavity does not

have locking cone have locking cone
and segments and segments
Figure 2-25. Lower Test Cavity
2-36
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-37 of 46
Introduction
2
i
For more information about the Shaffer NXT Ram BOP,
see the NXT Ram BOP user’s manual.
Choke and Kill Valves – 31⁄16", 10,000 psi, Subsea Gate Valves
The BOP stack is provided with five dual block subsea gate valves for the choke and kill
functions. All gate valves are 31⁄16″, 15,000 psi valves. The valves are Type HB dual valves
with short sea chests. Two dual valves are installed for the kill function. The other three
dual valves are installed for the choke function.
All the valves are hydraulically operated two-way gate valves capable of sealing pressures
from either direction up to 15,000 psi. In addition, the valves are designed as normally
closed valves. A powerful spring, aided by hydraulic pressure, closes the valve.
After the stack is landed, the choke and kill gate valves are operated at either of the
remote control panels. See the control system schematic for detailed information about
surface operation of the gate valves.
i
For more information about the Shaffer Type HB gate
valves, refer to the Type HB Gate Valves user’s manual.
2-37
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-38 of 46
Choke and Kill Valves – Fail Safe Close Hydraulic Circuit

The Choke and Kill dual block subsea gate valves are assisted close by hydraulic pressure
stored in two 15 gallon accumulator bottles, one for the Inner valves and one for the Outer
valves. Two pilot operated check valves isolate each accumulator bottle. The Choke and
Kill dual block subsea gate valves are held open by hydraulic pilot pressure to compress
the springs in the dual block type HB gate valves. The open hydraulic pilot signal also
closes a normally open SPM valve (see Figure 2-26).
B Y
Blue POD 12 12
Yellow POD
Accum Charge Accum Charge
Inner Outer
Accumulator Accumulator
Yellow POD BLue POD

Open or Vent Choke Open or Vent Choke
13 B Y B Y 16
3/4” 3/4”
Open Open
Close Close
PIPE RAM 3
B Y
67 67
Lower Lower
Inner Outer
Open Choke Choke
B Y
68 68
Close
Figure 2-26. Fail Safe Close Hydraulic Circuit
When the open hydraulic pilot signal is vented or lost, the spring closes the HB gate valve.
Venting the opening hydraulic pilot signal pressure also allows the SPM valve to return to
its normally open position, which allows the hydraulic fluid stored in the 15 gallon
accumulator bottle to assist in closing the HB gate valve.
2-38
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-39 of 46
Introduction
2
Shuttle Valves – Lower BOP

The hydraulically operated functions of the BOP stack are provided with shuttle valves,
which are installed immediately off the outlet and inlet ports of the functions. Two hydraulic
lines are connected off the shuttle valves, one for the yellow control pod and one for the
blue control pod. The shuttle valves enable each function to be operated from either pod.
i
For more information about the Shuttle Valves, refer to the
user’s manual.
Wellhead Connector (P/N 20029401)

Located immediately below the lower Shaffer 18-15M NXT triple rams is the Dril-Quip
Wellhead Connector. The wellhead connector is used to hydraulically latch and lock the
lower BOP stack to the subsea wellhead profile (for information on the wellhead connector,
see the Dril-Quip DX Connector user’s manual located in the vendor documentation
section of this manual).
Hydraulic Hoses
The hydraulic hoses connecting the various parts of the BOP stack are routed throughout
the BOP stack and LMRP using hose hangers. These hangers are strategically located to
keep the hoses clear of operating parts. Care should be taken to maintain their original
routing should it be necessary to repair or replace a shuttle valve or hose.
Caps and/or plugs are required to block the entrance of foreign material into the hydraulics
system each time a hose or shuttle valve is removed. Replacement hoses and shuttle
valves are similarly plugged when stored. Uncap or unplug only when the final connection
is made. For future reference, a BOP Stack Hose Kit (P/N 20038800) is included in
Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”.
2-39
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-40 of 46
ROV Panels – Lower Stack

Mounted on the lower BOP stack are four ROV panels used to permit ROV-initiated
disconnecting of the BOP stack from the subsea wellhead and other necessary lower BOP
stack functions.
The ROV panel designated “Shear Accumulator Dump/Stack Connector POCV Dump”
allows the ROV to dump the shear accumulators and bypass the normally closed (pod
controlled) SPM valve. This panel also allows the ROV to vent the stack connector lock
hydraulic pressure, eliminating a hydraulic lock that would prevent the opening hydraulic
pressure from unlocking the stack connector (see Figure 2-27).
Figure 2-27. ROV Panel, Shear/Stack Connector Dump
The second ROV panel is a multi-function panel (see Figure 2-28 on page 2-41), which
allows the ROV to perform the following functions:
R Blue Pod Secondary Lift Cylinder — Cylinder Extend and Cylinder Lower
R Yellow Pod Secondary Lift Cylinder — Cylinder Extend and Cylinder Lower
R Casing Shear Ram — Close
R Pipe Shear Ram — Close
R Stack Connector Gasket — Release
R Stack Connector — Unlock
R Glycol Injection — Open/Close to Stack
Open/Close to Vent
2-40
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-41 of 46
Introduction
2
i
The ROV panel designated “Blue/Yellow Secondary Lift”
(see Figure 2-28), allows the ROV to extend and retract
two secondary cylinders located under the Blue and Yellow
pod lower female gripper assemblies. It is used in the event
the primary gripper assembly failed to energize the packer
seals between the male stab and lower female receptacle,
or an unplanned breakaway of the LMRP from the lower
BOP stack.
Figure 2-28. ROV “Multi-Function” Panel
2-41
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-42 of 46
The third ROV panel is the Acoustic Pod “Accumulator Dump with Bypass,” which allows
the ROV to dump the acoustic pod accumulator pressure or bypass the normally closed
(pod controlled) SPM valve (see Figure 2-29).
Figure 2-29. Acoustic Pod Accumulator Dump with Bypass
The fourth ROV panel is the EHBS “Accumulator Dump with Bypass,” which allows the
ROV to dump the EHBS accumulator pressure or bypass the normally closed (pod
controlled) SPM valve (see Figure 2-30).
Figure 2-30. EHBS Accumulator Dump with Bypass
2-42
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-43 of 46
Introduction
2
Test Stump (P/N 20029516 and 20034262)

Test Stumps are designed to provide a strong base on which the BOP stack or lower
marine riser package may be pressure tested, functionally tested, or stored. The test
stump has a pin profile on which the wellhead connector in the BOP stack or marine riser
connector in the lower riser package may be landed, locked, and sealed.
Emergency Hydraulic Backup System (P/N 20036348)

The EHBS is located below the upper spider of the lower BOP stack. For information on
the EHBS, refer to the Emergency Hydraulic Backup System user’s manual.
Acoustic Pod Assembly (P/N 20037285)

The acoustic pod assembly is located on the lower BOP stack. For more information on
the acoustic pod assembly, refer to the Acoustic Pod Assembly user’s manual.
Self Activating Hydrophone Arm Assembly (P/N 20002603)

The self activating hydrophone arm assembly is located on the lower BOP stack. For more
information on the self activating hydrophone arm assembly, refer to the Acoustic Pod
Assembly user’s manual.
Emergency Recovery System (P/N 20013745)

The emergency recovery system consists of slings and shackles that are arranged around
the lower BOP stack and attached by a webbing assembly, underneath the upper spider
on guide post #3. They are used to retrieve the lower BOP stack in the event the LMRP
disconnects from the lower stack while deployed subsea. A similar arrangement is
supplied to retrieve the LMRP and lower stack in the event they disconnect from the riser
string while deployed subsea (see engineering drawing D-20013745D located in
Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”).
2-43
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-44 of 46
Functional Description
General
All BOP stack and LMRP functions are hydraulically operated from the two-subsea MUX
control pods, which are located on the LMRP. The control pods contain SPM valves for the
stack functions. During operation, the control pods receive signals from the surface central
control console. The signals fire the solenoids, which open the SPM valves to direct the
main hydraulic supply at the regulated pressure from the pod to the stack functions. Each
stack function has two SPM valves — one SPM directs fluid to open (or unlock) the
function, the other SPM directs fluid to close (or lock) the function.
i
Functions should never be left in the “Block” positions, as
zero pressure may allow the function to creep.
The hydraulic ports of each stack function are equipped with shuttle valves, which enable
the function to be operated from either the active control pod or the redundant control pod.
For example, the hydraulic port for opening the pipe rams is equipped with a shuttle valve,
which permits the rams to be opened from either pod. The hydraulic port closing the pipe
rams is equipped with a shuttle valve for similar operation.
During drilling operations the blowout preventers remain in the Open position so that the
drill string can rotate in the center of the stack. In the event of a kick, the drilling fluid (mud)
is controlled through the choke manifold system on the drilling floor. For subsea
installations, the choke and kill lines are normally used to perform both the choke and kill
functions.
The spherical BOPs should be operated at a pressure not greater than 1,500 psi
(103 bar). Recommended operating pressure for all pipe rams is 1,500 psi (103 bar)
hydraulic pressure, but the BOP control system MUX pods can provide pressures up to
3,000 psi (207 bar) if such pressures are required.
The CVX pipe shear rams open and close with 1,500 psi (103 bar) manifold pressure, but
considerably higher closing pressure is required when shearing higher strength heavy wall
drill pipe. To achieve cutting this type of drill pipe, the high-pressure shear ram close
hydraulic circuit delivers 5,000 psi (345 bar) closing pressure. The CVX shear rams are
designed to cut drill pipe and seal off wellbore pressure.
Cutting drill pipe using the shear rams with less than 3,000
psi (307 bar) may damage the shear ram blade.
The casing shear rams open with 1,500 psi (103 bar) manifold pressure, but close with
5,000 psi (345 bar) hydraulic pressure. The 5,000 psi (345 bar) closing pressure is
necessary to cut through the casing. Casing shear rams are used to cut casing only and
are not designed to seal off wellbore pressure.
In addition to the above, the BOP control system also provides 5,000 psi (345 bar)
hydraulic pressure to the LMRP accumulators, shear accumulators, acoustic accumulators
and EHBS accumulators. For more information on the EHBS and acoustic pod assembly,
refer to the EHBS and Acoustic Pod Assembly user’s manuals.
2-44
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 2-45 of 46
Introduction
2
High Pressure Shear Circuit
Before commencing any work on the high pressure

shear circuit, read and understand the servicing of
these components, as described in the Multiplex
Control Pod and BOP Stack Control Systems user’s
manual. Failure to heed this warning may cause injury
to rig personnel and damage to equipment.
The high-pressure shear circuit provides the pressurized operating fluid that operates the
high-pressure pipe shear rams (see Figure 2-31).
NO
PS
PRESSURE
CONDUIT
0 - 10K
DDV B Y
PT1
SHEAR RAMS
SSG1
NC OPEN
L
10 MIC
HI PRESSURE CLOSE
SHEAR RAMS
CLOSE
B Y
5,000 psi
HI PRSSR CLSE
PT15 SHEAR RAM

PRESSURE (From BOP Stack Schematic)
SSG15 0 - 10K
HOTLINE SUPPLY
COND. SUPPLY
(From Pod Schematic)
Figure 2-31. Pod High Pressure Circuit
2-45
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 2-46 of 46
2-46
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-1 of 18
Installation and Operation
This section describes the necessary general tasks to be performed from the time the
equipment arrives at the drilling site to the time it is made operational on the ocean floor.
Because the LMRP and the Lower BOP stack are crated or shipped separately, two
procedures are given.
i
The following instructions are general. Operator’s
instructions and established procedures may have more
details.
The torque value tables are included to assist in the proper assembly of the lower BOP
stack and lower marine riser package (LMRP). All bolt flanges must be tightened to the
proper torque values prior to commencing any ram pressure tests.
Assembly Torque Values

Tighten all nuts uniformly in a diametrically staggered pattern (see Figure 3-1).
1 20
6 16
9 11
14 8
17 3
4 19
7 13
12 10
15 5
18 2
Figure 3-1. Flanged Bolting Sequence
3-1
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
3 Installation and Operation Revision A
Page 3-2 of 18
API Bolting Data
Working Flange API Stud, Wrench Torque Number Ring

Press. (psi) Size Nut Size Size (ft-lb)* of Studs Gasket
183⁄4″ 3″ 45⁄8″ 7,479 20 BX-164
135⁄8″ 21⁄4″ 31⁄2″ 3,149 20 BX-159

15,000
11″ 2″ 31⁄8″ 2,209 20 BX-158
31⁄16″ 11⁄8″ 113⁄16″ 386 8 BX-154
211⁄4″ 21⁄2″ 37⁄8″ 4,324 24 BX-166
183⁄4″ 21⁄4″ 31⁄2″ 3,149 24 BX-164
10,000 163⁄4″ 17⁄8″ 215⁄16″ 1,818 24 BX-162
135⁄8″ 17⁄8″ 215⁄16″ 1,818 20 BX-159
11″ 13⁄4″ 23⁄4″ 1,476 16 BX-158
211⁄4″ 2″ 31⁄8″ 2,209 24 BX-165
183⁄4″ 2″ 31⁄8″ 2,209 20 BX-163

5,000
163⁄4″ 17⁄8″ 215⁄16″ 1,818 16 BX-162
135⁄8″ 15⁄8″ 23⁄4″ 1,180 16 BX-160
*All torque values are based upon the use of Sweeney 503 Moly Paste thread lubricants
(friction factor 0.067) (P/N 7403582).
Torque values change according to different thread

lubricants and their friction coefficient.
i
The torque values in the above table are formulated
assuming the thread lubricant is Sweeney Moly Paste 503
(P/N 7403582).
3-2
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-3 of 18
3
Other suitable lubricants are as follows:

R Select-A-Torque 503 Moly Paste Lubricant
R Felpro Moly Paste (formally Felpro C-670)
It is critical when considering a substitute lubricant to

consider the compressive resistance of the lubricant as
well as its friction factor. NOV recommends the use of
Sweeney Moly Paste 503 lubricant because of its excellent
compressive resistance. Failure to heed this caution and
use lubricants with poor compressive resistance may
cause galling of threads and high breakout torque.
Additional Torque Values

Ft-lbs (@ 52,500 psi STRESS) YIELD STRENGTH = 105,000 psi
Select-A-Torq Dry, Machined Light Machine API

Bolt Bolt 503 Moly-Graph Tool Joint Graphite Surfaces, Oil as Recommendation
Size Bolt Tension Felpro C-670 Compound w/Petrolatum 4140 Steel Shipped 6A, Appendix D 1
(in) Thread (lbf) µ=0.067 µ=0.08 µ=0.1 µ=0.133 µ=0.15 µ=0.13
1/4 20UNC 1671 4 5 6 8 8 7
5/16 18UNC 2753 8 10 12 15 16 15
1/2 13UNC 7450 34 39 47 60 67 59
3/4 10 UNC 17,559 114 132 159 204 228 196
7/8 9 UNC 24,241 181 210 253 325 362 313
1 8 UN 31,802 269 312 376 484 539 474
1-1/8 8 UN 41,499 386 448 543 700 781 686
1-1/4 8 UN 52,484 533 619 753 973 1,086 953
1-3/8 8 UN 64,759 712 829 1,010 1,308 1,462 1,281
1-1/2 8 UN 78,322 926 1,081 1,319 1,713 1,915 1,676
1-5/8 8 UN 93,173 1,180 1,379 1,686 2,193 2,454 2,146
1-3/4 8 UN 109,313 1,476 1,728 2,115 2,754 3,084 2,695
1-7/8 8 UN 126,741 1,818 2,130 2,611 3,405 3,814 3,331
2 8 UN 145,458 2,209 2,591 3,179 4,150 4,650 4,060
2-1/4 8 UN 186,758 3,149 3,700 4,549 5,950 6,672 5,821
2-1/2 8 UN 233,212 4,324 5,088 6,265 8,207 9,207 8,028
2-3/4 8 UN 284,820 5,758 6,785 8,364 10,971 12,315 10,731
3 8 UN 341,582 7,479 8,821 10,887 14,296 16,053 13,982
3-1/4 8 UN 403,498 9,512 11,229 13,871 18,231 20,478 17,830
3-1/2 8 UN 470,569 11,883 14,038 17,355 22,829 25,650 22,332
3-3/4 8 UN 542,793 14,618 17,281 21,378 28,141 31,627 27,519
4 8 UN 620,172 17,742 20,987 25,979 34,219 38,465 33,461
3-3
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 3-4 of 18
Installation
Uncrating and Preparing Lower BOP Stack
The lower BOP stack is shipped in several pieces. Prior to shipping, the lower stack has
been tested to its rated working pressure during the customer-witnessed acceptance
tests. The hydraulic ports are protected with force-fit caps to keep foreign matter out of the
hydraulic system.
There should be no welding, sandblasting, or other

operations immediately around the crated equipment,
which could damage the stack components during the
uncrating procedure.
1. Install the test stump by welding it to a rigid metal base plate or stable storage
system. Level the stump properly and follow all proper welding procedures.
2. Select the uncrating site. The site should be at a location where it is convenient to
test according to company standard testing procedures.
3. Set the lower BOP stack upright on its test stump.
4. Remove the crating, if applicable.
Care should be taken not to damage the hydraulic hoses

and shuttle valves which protrude from the bulk of the BOP
stack. Never “hook” into the middle of a shipping crate; use
hammers or pry bars only on the fastened edges of the
equipment crating.
5. Fill the hydraulic system with the recommended fluid.

6. Prepare the tapered portion of the two lower female receptacles for engagement
with the upper male pod receptacles by applying a thin coating of Shell Alvania EP/2
grease (P/N 212410).
The hydraulic ports of the female pod receptacles should

be unplugged immediately prior to landing the LMRP onto
the BOP stack. The ports should remain plugged and
protected while awaiting the final equipment stacking.
Shield the ports from salt water spray, dust, etc., while the
LMRP is uncrated and prepared.
3-4
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-5 of 18
3
The female receptacles are mounted on opposite sides of the upper spider
weldment.
7. Check the mandrel for any damage which may have occurred during shipping or
handling. Verify that the mandrel is in good condition prior to landing the LMRP onto
the BOP stack.
Uncrating and Preparing the LMRP

The LMRP is shipped upright to the drilling site. Prior to shipping, the LMRP has been
tested to its rated working pressure during the customer-witnessed equipment acceptance
test. The LMRP is shipped in two sections, as follows:
R the lower section which contains the riser spider, the riser connector and the
spherical BOP
R the upper section which contains the uniflex joint and riser adapter.
All assembly hardware and the two flex loops are shipped in a separate package.
All hydraulic ports are protected, and all shuttle valves and hydraulic hoses are attached.
Hydraulic ports which interface with the BOP stack are protected with force-fit caps to
keep foreign matter out of the hydraulics system. To uncrate, put the LMRP at the proper
site with the drill rig crane, and proceed as instructed below.
There should be no welding, sandblasting, or other

operations around the crated equipment, which could
damage the stack components during the uncrating
procedure.
1. Install the test stump by welding it to a rigid metal base plate or stable storage
system. Level the stump properly and follow all proper welding procedures.
2. Set the LMRP at the proper site (near the BOP stack).
3. Remove the crating.
Care should be taken not to damage the hydraulic hoses

and shuttle valves which are located on the LMRP. Never
“hook” into the middle of a shipping crate; use hammers or
pry bars only on the fastened edges of the equipment
crating.
4. Install the uniflex joint (with the riser adapter) atop the spherical BOP. Install the nuts
and torque the nuts to specifications.
5. Install the bottom ends of the flex loops to the tops of the female stabs. Install the 1″
studs and nuts. Torque to 475 ft-lb (644 Nm). At the top, install the kickout sub to the
riser adapter according to customer specifications.
3-5
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 3-6 of 18
6. Fill the hydraulic system with the recommended fluid.

7. Check nitrogen precharge pressure in the LMRP and BOP stack accumulator
bottles (see the section titled “Checking Nitrogen Precharge” on page 4-7).
Operation of accumulator without sufficient precharge

(minimum of 25% of maximum working pressure) can
cause bladder “pick-out.”
8. Prepare the tapered portions of the two lower female receptacles for engagement
with the male pod stabs.
The hydraulic ports of the lower female receptacles should

be unplugged immediately prior to installing the male pods
and landing the LMRP onto the BOP stack. The ports
should remain plugged and protected while awaiting the
final equipment stacking. Shield the ports from salt water
spray, dust, etc.
9. Flush all the lines in each male control pod to clear them of debris, sludge or dirt
while the pod is in the test stand. Prepare the tapered portion of each male control
pod by applying a thin coating of grease. Install both male pods on the LMRP. Verify
the correct orientation.
10. Confirm that the hydraulic ports of the lower female receptacles on the BOP stack
have been unplugged.
3-6
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-7 of 18
3
Lifting the LMRP onto the Lower BOP Stack
Prior to landing the LMRP onto the BOP lower stack, it is

recommended that the following section be reviewed.
Failure to heed this caution may cause damage to the
MUX pod male stabs, lower female receptacles, choke/kill
stabs, wet-mate connector assembly, and acoustic pod
stabs.
During company acceptance tests and prior to shipping the BOP stack, the LMRP to lower
BOP stack adjustments were completed. These adjustments should not have been
disturbed during shipping. However, prior to lifting the LMRP onto the lower BOP stack,
the following manual sections should be reviewed:
R “Functional Description” on page 2-44
R “Multiplex Pod Male Stab” on page 2-14
R “Acoustic Supply Stabs” on page 2-8
R “Lower Marine Riser Spider” on page 2-14
R “Choke and Kill Retractable Stab Assemblies (P/N 735520)” on page 2-10
R “Retractable Wet-Mate Connector Assembly” on page 2-15
R “BOP Stack Sensors” on page 2-16
R “Rigid Conduit Manifold” on page 2-19
R “Subsea Gate Valve” on page 2-19
R “Remote Operated Vehicle (ROV) Panels – LMRP” on page 2-21
R “Checking Nitrogen Precharge” on page 4-7
R “Precharging Accumulator Bottles, Top And Bottom Loading” on page 4-41
R “Installing the LMRP onto the Lower BOP Stack” on page 4-14
R “Wellbore Press./Temp. Wet-Mate Connector Adjustment Procedure” on page 4-44
The following procedure describes the necessary steps required to install the LMRP onto
the lower BOP stack. Item numbers in parentheses refer to engineering drawing
D-735558D in Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”.
1. When the riser adapter is installed on the flex joint, the LMRP may be lifted using the
riser running tool. Prior to lifting the LMRP assembly, verify the required proper
orientation required to match the choke and kill female stab with the choke and kill
male stab on the lower BOP stack. The guide post numbers on the LMRP should
align with the guide post numbers on the lower BOP stack, and this should properly
align the choke and kill stabs. However, the proper choke and kill orientation is the
important issue.
2. When the proper orientation of the LMRP is established, lift the LMRP assembly up
and above the lower BOP stack, and then slowly lower the LMRP onto the BOP
stack. As the LMRP is being lowered, pay attention to ensure the female choke and
kill stabs properly enter onto the choke and kill male stabs.
3-7
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 3-8 of 18
3. When the LMRP is fully landed on the lower BOP stack, using a clean hydraulic
supply hot line, lock the riser connector onto the lower BOP stack.
4. Using a clean hydraulic supply hot line, extend the retractable female choke and kill
stabs over the choke and kill male stabs.
5. Using a clean hydraulic supply hot line, lock the retractable female choke and kill
stabs onto the choke and kill male stab housing. To verify the choke and kill stabs
are properly locked, the groove on the indicator rod (14) should be flush with the top
of the split ring (6), and the piston tip (22) should protrude slightly out the bottom of
the outer housing (2).
If the indicator rod groove is visible above the split ring and
the piston tip is not slightly protruding out of the outer
housing, the retractable female stab is not properly locked
onto the male stab housing.
6. Prior to connecting the flex hose lines, flush all lines with clean potable water. For
proper hook up, see stack hydraulic schematic R-20032490D located in Chapter 5,
titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”.
7. When the Blue and Yellow pods are electrically and hydraulically connected, cycle
all stack functions two or three times to purge all air from the hydraulic circuits.
8. Visually verify that all functions operated on the LMRP and lower BOP stack, are the
proper functions, as indicated on the Driller and Toolpusher’s control panels. This
must be verified on the Blue pod and then on the Yellow pod.
The verification of control panel to BOP stack

functions is very important to establish proper hookup
of all flex line hoses on the BOP stack. Failure to heed
this warning can cause improper functions to activate,
which could cause catastrophic results during the
drilling operation.
9. Test the LMRP and the lower BOP stack. See engineering drawing D-20038962D
titled “Test Procedure 183⁄4″ - 15 BOP Stack” located in Chapter 5, titled
“Specifications and Parts Lists”.
10. At the drill site, test the LMRP and lower BOP stack per standard drilling company
test procedures.
3-8
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-9 of 18
3
Preoperational Testing
Surface Testing of BOP Stack Assembly
The lower BOP stack and the LMRP should be thoroughly tested prior to deploying
subsea. In addition, prior to and during the stack pressure testing procedures, rig
personnel should refer to the pressure testing information available in the operations and
maintenance manuals for each specific stack component. These manuals instruct rig
personnel of correct testing procedures, and how to determine if the stack function is
leaking or malfunctioning. For a list of manuals and applicable sections for NOV stack
equipment, see the table titled “Location of Pressure Testing Information for Stack
Equipment” on page 3-10.
1. If the BOP stack has been disassembled, assemble it as shown on the General
Arrangement Drawing located in Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”.
Precautions should be taken to assure that the

pressure applied to any component in the system
does not exceed its working pressure rating.
2. If the LMRP has been disassembled, assemble it as shown on the LMRP Assembly
drawing located in the Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”.
3. Confirm that the LMRP with control pods is properly aligned and landed on the BOP
stack.
4. Confirm that the lower BOP stack is firmly latched to the test stump by noting the
position of the indicator rod on the rim of the wellhead connector. When the
connector is fully locked, the indicator rod extends approximately 5⁄8″ out of the
connector. If the connector is unlocked the indicator rod extends about 45⁄8″.
5. Confirm that all BOP control system equipment is fully installed, prepared and
tested.
6. Confirm that all hydraulic lines are connected to the hydraulic functions of the BOP
stack and LMRP.
i
Trip the LMRP, BOP stack and control pods as a single unit
whenever possible. Separate the LMRP from the BOP
stack only when necessary for maintenance or repair.
Handling the BOP stack and LMRP as a single unit
reduces wear and the possibility of damage to the
connecting equipment (stabs, pod receptacles, mandrel,
guideposts, etc.) of the LMRP and BOP stack.
3-9
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 3-10 of 18
Location of Pressure Testing Information for Stack Equipment
Equipment Technical Manual Title Procedure
Wedge Cover Spherical BOP user’s

• Wellbore Pressure Test
Spherical BOP
manual
• Hydraulic System Pressure
Test
Ram BOPs NXT Ram BOP user’s manual

• Field Wellbore Pressure Test
• Hydraulic Pressure Test
HB Gate Valve Type HB Gate Valve user’s manual • Pressure Testing
DB Gate Valve
Type DB Gate Valve user’s manual, • Pressure Testing
included with this manual
Hydraulic Function Test

The hydraulic functions of the LMRP and BOP stack should be functionally tested after the
assemblies have been landed on the wellhead and before any drilling begins. The function
test confirms that the hydraulic circuits, the control system equipment and the stack
equipment are functioning properly in the subsea environment.
1. Verify that the electrical and air pressure systems are functioning correctly. System
air pressure should be 90–125 psi (6–8.5 bar).
2. Verify that the system hydraulic power is normal. Accumulator pressure should be
5,000 psi (344 bar); pilot pressure should be 3,000 psi (207 bar). Regulated
pressures are determined at the driller’s discretion.
3. Functionally test each hydraulic function on the LMRP and BOP stack as indicated
below. Observe the flowmeter at the driller’s control panel to confirm that the
function utilizes the proper amount of hydraulic fluid when activated.
i
The amount of hydraulic fluid may vary slightly each time
the function is activated. However, wide fluctuations in the
rate of fluid use indicates a malfunction somewhere in the
function or the system equipment.
3-10
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-11 of 18
3
Predrilling Checkout
The following section provides the final checkout procedures prior to running the drill
string. The procedure assumes that all surface control equipment and the subsea stack
assembly have been properly installed and tested.
1. Verify the BOP hydraulic system and air pressure systems are functioning properly.
System air pressure should be 90 – 125 psi (6 – 8.5 bar).
2. Verify the system hydraulic power is normal. Accumulator pressure is 5,000 psi,
supply pressure and pilot pressure should be 3,000 psi (207 bar). Regulated
pressures are determined at the driller’s discretion.
3. Verify the Stack Connector circuit is in the Lock position.
4. If a wellhead adapter is installed, verify the Wellhead Adapter circuit is in the Lock
position.
5. Verify the LMRP Connector circuit is in the Lock position.
6. Verify the Upper Annular circuits are in the Open position.
7. Verify the Choke and Kill Stabs are Extended and Locked.
8. Verify the Wet-mate Connector is in the Extend position.
9. Verify the Lower Annular circuit is in the Open position.
10. Verify the Pipe Shear Rams circuit is in the Open position.
11. Verify the Casing Shear Rams circuit is in the Open position.
12. Verify Pipe Ram #1 is in the Open position.
15. Verify the Test Ram is in the Open position.
16. Verify Active Pod electric power is On.
17. Verify Active Pod hydraulic supply is Open.
18. Verify Surface Flowmeter is static (no leaks).
19. Verify Subsea Flowmeter is static (no leaks).
i
The positions of the remaining stack and LMRP functions
are determined and verified by the driller. These functions
include a verification of the outer and inner choke and kill
valves, mud boost valve, SBOP gas relief gate valve, and
choke and kill line shut-off valves on the LMRP.
3-11
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 3-12 of 18
Hydraulic Conduit Flushing

General
The Hydraulic Conduit line should be flushed with mixed BOP control fluid once the stack
is landed on the subsea wellhead and prior to start of drilling operations. It is
recommended that a minimum of twice the volume contained in the entire length of the
Hydraulic Conduit be flushed for removal of potential hydraulic fluid contaminants.
i
The mixed BOP control fluid is a mixture of water, ethylene
glycol, and fluid concentrate. Rig operation requirements
establish the percentage of each fluid component in the
mixture when the fluid is proportionately mixed at the
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU). See the Hydraulic Power Unit/
Mixing System user’s manual for operating details.
i
Flush volume may exceed twice the minimum
recommended Hydraulic Conduit volume, as any additional
flushing would be beneficial to the system. Contaminants
entering the system reduce the life of the filter element, as
well as hydraulic components downstream of the filters.
The cleaner the system fluid is kept, the longer the life
cycle of its components.
To calculate the total riser conduit volume (gallons), see the table titled “Riser Conduit
Volume”. In this table, the “Multiple Factor” is used as follows:
Multiple Factor x Total Riser Conduit Length (feet) = Total Riser Conduit Volume (gallons)
For example: if the conduit I.D. is 1.875 inches (multiple factor of 0.14344 gal/ft) and the
conduit length is 2,500 ft, the formula would be 0.14344 x 2,500 = 358.6. Therefore, the
total riser conduit volume would be 359 gallons.
Riser Conduit Volume
Conduit Multiple Factor Multiple Factor

(inside diameter) (liters/meter) (gallons/foot)
1.875 inch 1.7814 0.14344
2.000 inch 2.0268 0.16320
2.125 inch 2.2881 0.11842
2.250 inch 2.5652 0.20655
2.375 inch 2.8581 0.23014
2.500 inch 3.1669 0.25500
3-12
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-13 of 18
3
Flushing Supply Volume

When determining the required volume of mixed fluid to flush the Hydraulic Conduit, it
should be noted that the length of the Hydraulic Conduit is the same as the operating
water depth. The HPU’s main pump(s) and Surface Accumulator Banks (with the HPU
Flowmeter bypassed) will supply the volume of mixed fluid necessary to perform the
flushing operation.
The HPU Flowmeter will be damaged and become

inoperable if exposed to the unregulated volume produced
by the HPU pumps and charged surface accumulators
during the flushing operation. Bypassing the HPU
Flowmeter is required during the Hydraulic Conduit
flushing operation.
The volume of fluid required for flushing is best measured by the number of minutes the
HPU pump(s) run. Use the table titled “Flushing Calculation Worksheet” on page 3-14 to
plan for the volume required for flushing and the number of minutes the HPU pump(s)
should run to achieve that minimum flushing volume.
i
Calculation Criteria Description items listed in Bold text in
the table titled “Flushing Calculation Worksheet” on
page 3-14 require data input or the mathematical
calculation indicated to determine values in the “Amount”
column of the table.
3-13
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 3-14 of 18
Flushing Calculation Worksheet
Unit of
Calculation Criteria Description Amount Measure
Operating Water Depth feet
Plus out-of-water Conduit Piping (estimated) + 300 feet
Total Length of Flushable Hydraulic Conduit = ______ feet
gallons
Multiplied by volume per foot of Hydraulic Conduit = ______
per foot
Volume of Hydraulic Conduit = ______ gallons
Multiplied by 2 to double volume x2
Recommended Minimum Flush Volume (RMFV) = ______ gallons
Minus Volume of Surface Accumulator Banks – ______ gallons
Volume necessary from HPU Pump(s) (PV) = ______ gallons
PV divided by output volume with three HPU pumps gallons

÷ 90
running per minute
Minutes Required for Minimum Flush with three pumps

= ______ minutes
running
i
The following Mixed Fluid capacities should be noted for
reference:
Proportional Mixing System on the HPU can produce

about 85–90 gallons per minute (maximum) of mixed fluid
to the reservoir, which is then pumped by the pump(s) for
the hydraulic conduit flushing operation.
Nominal available volume of the Mixed Fluid reservoir

on the HPU is controlled by the high and low level
switches, and is about 1,200 gallons.
Fully charged surface accumulator banks have a

combined available volume of about 440 gallons of fluid.
3-14
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-15 of 18
3
Hydraulic Conduit Flushing Operation
i
The instructions contained herein regarding the various
MUX Control System valve selections and positions are
provided for general guidance only. Rig operational
procedures should determine actual selection and
operating sequence.
i
The procedure assumes that while running the stack, the
hydraulic supply to charge the Shear, Acoustic and LMRP
accumulator banks on the BOP and LMRP package is
periodically verified, before the flushing operation begins.
When the Hydraulic Conduit Flush function has been actuated, the surface Accumulator
Banks volume will be directed to the Hydraulic Conduit, and the HPU pumps will start
automatically as the system pressure decreases. Let the HPU pumps run for the number
of minutes determined in the Flushing Supply Volume worksheet (see the table titled
“Flushing Calculation Worksheet” on page 3-14). This will assure that the minimum
flushing volume recommended is achieved.
The table titled “Flushing Operation Primary Functions” on page 3-16 gives the
recommend MUX Control System primary functions for the Hydraulic Conduit flushing
operation after the stack has been landed on the subsea wellhead.
Do not switch Pods during the Flushing Operation.
i
The HPU Pump recommended minimum running time is
pursuant to the Flushing Supply Volume (see the table
titled “Flushing Calculation Worksheet” on page 3-14).
3-15
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 3-16 of 18
i
The recommended Driller’s and Toolpusher’s control panel
functions in the table titled “Flushing Operation Primary
Functions” are those directly related to the Hydraulic
Conduit flushing operation. The selection and sequence of
actuation of these functions and the position/selection/
sequence of other panel or MUX Control system
components functions shall be pursuant to rig operational
requirements and as may be recommended or required in
other MUX Control System component user’s manuals.
Flushing Operation Primary Functions
Recommended Panel Function

for Desired Operation
MUX Control System Function Charge Subsea

(by name on Driller’s or Toolpusher’s Accumulators Flush Hydraulic
Control Panel) while running Stack Conduit
Pod Select Blue or Yellow Blue or Yellow
Hydraulic Conduit Supply “A” or “B” Open Open
Flowmeter Status Bypass Bypass
Accumulator Isolator (Surface) Open Open
1st Stage Pump Auto Auto
2nd Stage Pump Auto Auto
3rd Stage Pump (if supplied) Auto Auto
Blue Pod Hydraulic Supply Close Close
Yellow Pod Hydraulic Supply Close Close
Hydraulic Conduit Flush Close Open
Pod Pilot Accumulator Normal Normal
LMRP Accumulators Charge Isolate
Auto Shear Accumulators Charge Isolate
Acoustic Accumulators Charge Isolate
EHBS Accumulators Charge Isolate
3-16
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 3-17 of 18
3
Subsea Accumulator Precharge

Subsea accumulator precharge is calculated based on the water depth in which the BOP
Stack will be operating. All accumulator bottles must be precharged to this value prior to
deploying the BOP Stack subsea (see the section titled “Checking Nitrogen Precharge” on
page 4-7).

3-17
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 3-18 of 18
3-18
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-1 of 82
Maintenance
This section provides procedures for preventive and corrective maintenance and
troubleshooting of BOP stack equipment. While performing any maintenance tasks on the
BOP stack, always observe standard drilling company safety precautions in addition to
precautions listed in the section titled “Safety Precautions” on page 1-4 of this manual.
Preventive Maintenance
General
The preventive maintenance procedures outlined in this section should be performed each
time the LMRP and/or the BOP stack is tripped (landed and retrieved). From these
periodic checks, rig personnel can determine if any corrective maintenance is needed.
Technical manuals available for Shaffer® BOP stack equipment are listed in the table titled
“Preventive Maintenance Information” on page 4-2. For the preventive maintenance
schedule for equipment on the Lower Marine Riser Package and the BOP stack, see the
table titled “Preventive Maintenance – Lower Marine Riser Package” on page 4-3 and the
table titled “Preventive Maintenance – BOP Stack” on page 4-5. For additional preventive
maintenance procedures for major stack equipment, see Component Documentation
provided at the end of this user’s manual.
The piping, hoses, and valves on the BOP stack and

LMRP have been properly cleaned and/or pickled using
very high, industry wide, standard hydraulic component
assembly techniques. Every effort should be made to
assure that this degree of hydraulic cleanliness is
maintained while the equipment is in the field.
4-1
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
4 Maintenance Revision A
Page 4-2 of 82
Preventive Maintenance Information
Equipment Technical Manual Title Section Title
Spherical BOP Wedge Cover Spherical • Monthly Preventive Maintenance

BOP user’s manual • Yearly Preventive Maintenance
• 3-Year Maintenance
• Wellbore Pressure Test
• Hydraulic System Pressure Test
Ram BOPs NXT Ram BOP user’s • Daily Maintenance
manual • Monthly Preventive Maintenance
• 3-Month Preventive Maintenance
• Yearly Preventive Maintenance
• 3-Year Maintenance
• Field Wellbore Pressure Test
• Hydraulic Pressure Test
HB Gate Valve Type HB Gate Valve user’s • Pressure Test
manual
Type DB Gate Valve user’s • Pressure Testing

DB Gate Valve manual, included with this
manual
Flex Joint Component Documentation Customer-supplied

Connectors
Torque Tools
4-2
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-3 of 82
Maintenance
4
Preventive Maintenance – Lower Marine Riser Package
Equipment Procedure Frequency
Riser Adapter Inspect and clean. Each trip. Refer to instructions in

manufacturer’s manual.
Flex Hoses Inspect, clean and lubricate. Plug Each trip. Refer to instructions in
mating stab ends of both choke manufacturer’s manual.
and kill lines.
Flex Joint Inspect and clean. Each trip. Refer to instructions in

Upper SBOP Inspect elements for severe wear Each trip or monthly. See the
or damage. Replace if necessary. Wedge Cover Spherical BOP user’s
manual.
Perform wellbore pressure test. Each trip or monthly. See the

Wedge Cover Spherical BOP user’s
manual.
Female Clean inside and outside tapered Each trip

Receptacles and surfaces. Grease lightly. Inspect
Pod Male Stabs seals for nicks, cracks and other
damage. Replace damaged/
missing seals. Plug ports to
prevent entry of foreign matter
while pod receptacle is exposed
to rig environment.
Primary Gripper Inspect locking dogs, pack with Between wells

Assembly grease (see the table titled
“Recommended Lubricants” on
page 4-62).
Pressure test annually (see the Replace as indicated

section titled “Assemble, Primary
Gripper Cylinder” in the Multiplex
Control Pod and BOP Stack
Control System user’s manual).
Replace seals every 3 years (see Replace as indicated

the section titled “Primary
Gripper Cylinder Inspection and
Repair” in the Multiplex Control
Pod and BOP Stack Control
System user’s manual).
Lower Female Inspect and grease shear pins Between wells

Gripper Assembly and hub (see the table titled
“Recommended Lubricants” on
page 4-62).
Replace all springs every 3 years Replace as indicated

(see the section titled “Assemble
and Install Lower Female Gripper
Assembly” on page 4-54).
4-3
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-4 of 82
Preventive Maintenance – Lower Marine Riser Package (Continued)
Secondary Pressure test annually (see the Between wells

Cylinder section titled “Assemble
Secondary Cylinder” on
page 4-66).
Replace seals every 3 years (see Replace as indicated

the section titled “Secondary
Cylinder Assembly Inspection
and Repair (P/N 20030559)” on
page 4-62.
Choke/Kill Female Inspect, clean and lubricate. Each trip
Stab Assemblies Check polypak inserts for wear. Once yearly
Shuttle Valves Check fittings for tightness. Each trip
Replace O-rings. Annually
Accumulator Inspect and clean. Check Between wells

Bottles precharge pressure. Replace any
bad bladders.
LMRP Connector Inspect, clean and lubricate. Each trip. Refer to instruction in
LMRP Spider Inspect, clean and lubricate. Each trip

Assembly
Guidelegs Inspect and clean. Each trip
Clamp Assemblies Inspect, clean and lubricate. Each trip
Ring Gaskets Inspect, replace as necessary. Each trip
Shackles Clean/grease. Replace if needed. Each trip
Hydraulic Hoses Inspect for wear or damage; Each trip

and Connections replace as necessary.
LMRP – Overall Inspect bolts, nuts, studs for Each trip

fatigue.
Clean all exterior surfaces. Each trip
For extended storage, plug inner Last trip for extended period
chambers and wrap exterior with
polyethylene film before storage.
4-4
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-5 of 82
Maintenance
4
Preventive Maintenance – BOP Stack
Each trip. Refer to

Mandrel Inspect and clean.
Each trip or monthly. See

Inspect each element for severe wear
Wedge Cover Spherical BOP
or damage. Replace if necessary.
user’s manual.
Lower SBOP
Perform wellbore pressure test. Wedge Cover Spherical BOP
user’s manual.
Open ram doors and inspect ram

assembly for wear. Replace as
Every three months. See NXT
necessary. Replace door seals as
Ram BOP user’s manual.
necessary. Lubricate bolts and sealing
Ram BOPs surfaces.

Perform field wellbore pressure test.
NXT Ram BOP user’s
Check for leaks.
manual.
Check fittings for tightness. Each trip

Shuttle Valves
Replace O-rings. Annually
Guideposts Inspect, clean and grease. Each trip
Accumulator Inspect and clean. Check precharge

Between wells
Bottles pressure. Replace any bad bladders.
Stack (Wellhead) Each trip. See manufacturer’s

Inspect and clean.
Connector instruction manual.
Shackles Clean and grease. Replace if needed. Each trip
Inspect hoses for wear and damage.

Hydraulic Hoses
Replace as necessary. Tighten all Each trip
and Connections
loose connections.
Inspect bolts, nuts, and studs for

Each trip
fatigue. Clean all exterior surfaces.
BOP Stack –
For extended storage, flush stack with
Overall
proper hydraulic fluid to prevent rust.
Last trip for extended period.
Plug inner chambers and wrap exterior
with polyethylene.
4-5
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-6 of 82
6,000 psi Accumulator Bottles, Top/Bottom

Loading
All stack-mounted accumulators should be cleaned and inspected each time the BOP
stack is landed and retrieved. The nitrogen precharge should be checked between wells.

The yellow plastic safety cap — located at the top of the

protective cap — is designed to “blow-off” if there is a valve
stem gas leak. If the cap is missing, check the precharge
immediately (see the section titled “Checking Nitrogen
Precharge” on page 4-7).
Cleaning and Inspecting Accumulator Bottles

Use the following guidelines when cleaning and inspecting the accumulator bottles. For
repair procedures, see the section titled “Bladder Replacement, Top Loading Accumulator”
on page 4-30)
1. Clean all the metallic parts of the accumulator with an organic solvent.
Avoid exposing the rubber parts to the solvent to prevent

any attack on the rubber.
2. Inspect the condition of the metallic components of the fluid port (poppet, spring,
stop nut, and piston). Replace the complete fluid port assembly if any of the
components are damaged.
3. Push the poppet valve head to make sure it slides freely through the guide in the
fluid port.
4. Clean the bladder with isopropyl alcohol or equivalent. Inspect the bladder for any
visible damages and replace, as necessary.
5. Check that there is no corrosion inside or outside of shell.
6. Replace all parts considered defective. The O-rings and backup rings must be
replaced.
4-6
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-7 of 82
Maintenance
4
Checking Nitrogen Precharge

Nitrogen precharge pressure in the accumulators should be checked between wells.
Stack-mounted accumulators must be precharged plus true vertical hydrostatic depth prior
to deploying the BOP stack subsea. (For a list of nitrogen precharge pressures for each
accumulator, see the table titled “Nitrogen Precharge Pressure” below.)
Do not pressurize the shear accumulator bottles over

their safe maximum working pressure of 6,000 psi (414
bar). Failure to heed this warning may cause the bottle
to rupture, resulting in severe injury or death to
personnel.
Nitrogen Precharge Pressure
Surface Accumulator Subsea Accumulator

BOP Stack Accumulators Precharge Precharge
Upper Annular Water depth per foot times 0.445

500 psi
Surge Accumulator + 500 psi
LMRP Water depth per foot times 0.445

1,500 psi
Accumulators + 1,500 psi
Inner/Outer Gas Relief Valve Water depth per foot times 0.445
900 psi
21⁄2 Gallon Accumulators + 900 psi
Lower Annular Water depth per foot times 0.445

500 psi
Surge Accumulator + 500 psi
EHBS Water depth per foot times 0.445

1,500 psi
Shear Water depth per foot times 0.445

3,000 psi
Acoustic Water depth per foot times 0.445

1,500 psi
Inner/Outer Choke and Kill Water depth per foot times 0.445
900 psi
Valve Accumulators + 900 psi
4-7
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-8 of 82
Perform the following to check nitrogen precharge pressure:

1. Calculate the required nitrogen precharge using one of the following formulas:
R Metric Unit Formula — Water depth in meters, times 0.101, plus the surface
accumulator precharge pressure, equals subsea accumulator nitrogen
precharge pressure. For example, the calculated required annular surge
accumulator pressure for 300 meters water depth is:
300 meters x 0.101 (30.3) + 34.5 bar = 64.8 bar (Precharge the accumulator to 65 bar.)
R US Unit Formula — Water depth in feet, times 0.445, plus the surface
accumulator precharge pressure, equals subsea accumulator nitrogen
precharge pressure. For example, the calculated required annular surge
accumulator pressure for 984 feet water depth is:
984 x 0.445 (437.88) + 500 psi = 937.88 psi (Precharge the accumulator to 938 psi.)
2. Release the system pressure. Do not release the gas precharge.

3. Remove the gas protective cap (valve guard) and valve cap.
4. Install the gauging device (see Figure 5-1 on page 5-3) on the gas valve stem.
5. Open the gas valve hex fitting (do not loosen from the bladder).
6. Check the pressure and compare the reading with the required pressure calculated
in step 1:
R If the nitrogen precharge is low, add additional dry nitrogen gas (see the section
titled “Precharging Accumulator Bottles, Top And Bottom Loading” on
page 4-41).
R If the nitrogen precharge pressure is high, release excess nitrogen gas by
opening the bleeder valve (at the bottom of the gauging device) until the
gauging device reads the required pressure.
4-8
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-9 of 82
Maintenance
4
Troubleshooting
Many BOP stack failures are the result of malfunctions in the hydraulic line. Each of the
many functions built into the BOP stack assembly is controlled by two or more hydraulic
lines, which, due to system use, may leak system pressure. Vibration is the primary cause
of leakage. Most of the hydraulic lines on the BOP stack assembly are flexible hoses to
avoid vibration.
Begin the troubleshooting procedure by eliminating any electrical or hydraulic
malfunctions, which may be present in the surface control equipment. If a stack function
does not operate, it may be the control equipment and not the stack function, which needs
repair. Refer to Multiplex Control Pod and BOP Stack Control System user’s manual. If the
system power and the surface control equipment are functioning properly, check the stack
equipment and hydraulic lines. Pull the LMRP and BOP stack hydraulic schematics, and
follow the procedures outlined in the manual for the BOP control system.
When the trouble has been isolated to a particular hydraulic circuit on the BOP stack, refer
to the appropriate hydraulic schematic to isolate the malfunction either to equipment
trouble or hydraulic line trouble.
For a list of probable causes of improper operation of stack components and the corrective
actions that should be taken, see the table titled “Troubleshooting Improper BOP Stack
Function” on page 4-10. In addition, refer to the manufacturer’s technical manuals for
detailed troubleshooting information for the major equipment on the BOP stack and LMRP.
R Vent the hydraulic pressure from the accumulator banks or racks only when
absolutely necessary. Always ensure that the pressure in the hoses and
components needing repair is completely vented to atmosphere prior to attempting
any removal or repair procedure.
Observe all safety precautions outlined in Chapter 1,

titled “General Information” prior to attempting any
removal or repair procedures. Pay particular attention
to the safety procedures mentioned below.
Compliance with warnings, cautions, and notes will
protect equipment and personnel from injury.
R Never torque fittings or connections while lines are pressurized. Application of

torque to fittings or connections while lines are pressurized may rupture lines and
result in injury to personnel.
R Set the appropriate circuit breaker to “Off.” Lock and tag with a notice requiring open
circuit condition to prevent accidental application of power to the system while
maintenance procedures are being performed. Inadvertent starting of the
equipment during maintenance procedures can result in injury to personnel and/or
damage to equipment.
4-9
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-10 of 82
Troubleshooting Fluid Leaks

A fluid leak in the subsea BOP control system can normally be detected by watching the
flowmeter on the driller’s panel. If the flowmeter indicates a fluid flow when no functions
are being performed, or if the flowmeter continues to run and does not stop after a function
has been performed, a leak probably exists somewhere in the system.
Troubleshooting Improper BOP Stack Function
Possible Cause Corrective Action
Insufficient fluid in the Check fluid level in mixed fluid reservoir of HPU. Check mixing
system system.
Visually check exterior of stack for damaged components. Check that

all shuttle valves are secure and not damaged.
Mechanical damage
Functionally test stack functions. If function does not operate, remove
or structural damage
the equipment and repair. Inspect all internal parts and replace any
which are worn or damaged. Refer to the appropriate technical
manual for disassembly and repair procedures.
Check all external fittings and connections to confirm that they are not
loose.
Check all hydraulic hoses for wear and/or damage. Confirm that
Internal or external
hydraulic hoses are properly fitted and firmly engaged.
leaks
Perform pressure tests as specified in appropriate technical manual.
Check exterior for visible leakage. Observe gauges for indications of
internal leaks.
Flush all hydraulic lines to clear them of dirt, sludge and any foreign
Dirt, decomposed
matter.
packing, water,
sludge, rust, etc. in
Open stack equipment and clean inside. Refer to the appropriate
the system
technical manual for disassembly and cleaning procedures.
Improper adjustments Check all stack equipment for correct assembly and adjustments.
Flowmeter Indicates Fluid Flow without Active Function

1. Make a thorough visual inspection of the surface equipment as instructed in step 2 -
3 below. After each step check the surface flowmeter to see if the fluid flow has
stopped. If the flow persists, proceed to each next step.
2. At the HPU examine all the tubing, piping and the accumulators to detect any
broken lines. Tighten any loose fittings.
3. If no leaks from broken lines or loose fittings are found at the HPU, check to be sure
all valves are in the proper position. Refer to the HPU schematic to verify correct
valve positions (see Hydraulic Power Unit/Mixing System user’s manual).
4. If the subsea flowmeter indicates a leak, perform a function-by-function check of the
system as instructed in step 5 below.
5. Place each function one by one in the Block position. Allow sufficient time for the
function to operate. Watch the flowmeter carefully while blocking each function to
see whether or not the leak stops. If the flowmeter stops when a certain function is
blocked, the leak is located in that function.
4-10
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-11 of 82
Maintenance
4
Subsea Flowmeter Runs after Function is Completed
i
Each time a function is operated it will not use the exact
amount of fluid listed on the fluid capacity data for that
function. The amount of operation fluid may vary either
slightly above or slightly below the listed capacity
necessary to operate the function. However, if the
flowmeter continues to show a fluid flow after the time
required for the function to perform, there is a leak in the
system. The procedure outlined below should be followed.
1. Check the SPM valve seat for foreign material or trash. Trash in the SPM valve seat
can cause the valve to stay open and bleed fluid through the system. To check for
trash, operate the valve several times to try to flush out the foreign material. After
operating the valve several times, observe the subsea flowmeter to see if the leak
has stopped.
2. If the leak continues after the SPM valve has been flushed, the problem may be in
the hydraulic regulator for that circuit. Bleeding the regulator pressure to zero
pressure and back to operating pressure three or four times may clear trash from the
regulator or free a sticking regulator.
3. If the leak persists after step 1 - 2 above have been performed, lower the ROV and
inspect pod. The leak is most likely caused by a broken line, a bad SPM valve in the
pod, or a bad seal in the function itself. A fluid leak will show up in the water as a
white mist seeping from the leak area.
R If the leak is in the pod, there is a bad SPM valve or faulty regulator in the pod. If
the leak is serious, pull the LMRP for repairs. Refer to the Multiplex Control Pod
and BOP Stack Control Systems user’s manual for repair procedures on the
SPM valves and shuttle valves. Always refer to the pod schematic to locate the
correct pod pocket number and valve for the leaking function.
R If the leak is somewhere on the stack, pull the stack, pressure test to locate the
leak, and then repair the stack on the surface.
Troubleshooting Malfunctions
The two most common malfunctions in the hydraulic portion of the subsea BOP stack and
control system are:
R Slow reaction time in the operation of a function
R No indication of fluid flow when a function button is pushed.
4-11
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-12 of 82
Slow Reaction Time in Operation of a Function

A malfunction exists somewhere in the system if a function does not operate within the
normal time frame for that function. For example, if rig personnel pushes a button to
operate a function that is supposed to take 22 seconds but the operation takes 60
seconds, a malfunction exists somewhere in the system.
1. Check all of the pressure gauges to see if the system has the proper operating
pressures. If the gauges show inadequate operating pressures, check all of the
following equipment:
R Check the air regulator and the electrical supply to make sure that the proper
energy is getting to the hydraulic circuit.
R Check the pumps and the pressure switches to the pumps to confirm they are
operating properly. Repair the pumps, if necessary. Adjust the pressure
switches.
R Check the fluid reservoir to make sure there is adequate fluid in the system. If
the fluid level in the reservoir is low, add more fluid. If the reservoir has run dry,
the pumps will have to be primed again before the system can be returned to
operation.
R Check the nitrogen precharge in the accumulator bottles. Bleed the fluid from
the bottles back into the reservoir. Check each bottle separately to make certain
that each has the proper nitrogen precharge.
2. If all system pressures are good and the accumulator shutoff valves are open, check
all surface connections.
3. If all connections are tight and the system pressure is good but the function still
operates slowly, pull the LMRP. Check all pod functions one at a time to locate
circuits with slow time response.
Flowmeter Does Not Indicate Fluid Flow During Function

A malfunction exists somewhere in the system if the flowmeter does not register a fluid
flow when a function is activated. Two possibilities exist:
R The function could in fact have been operated but a defective component prevented
the flowmeter at the panel from registering the operations.
R Malfunctioning equipment could have prevented the function from operating when
the button was pressed, and thus no flow would be registered through the
flowmeter.
4-12
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-13 of 82
Maintenance
4
Stack (Wellhead) Connector Fails to Lock

If the “Stack Connector-Lock” function fails to operate, there are two possible causes:
R The BOP stack is improperly aligned with the wellhead.
R The BOP stack is properly aligned but there is not enough pressure to latch the
stack onto the wellhead.
Perform the following procedure to try to lock the stack connector:
1. Increase the manifold pressure by regulating the manifold HKR valve inside the
active pod. The increased pressure may be sufficient to lock the connector. Try this
procedure at both pods.
2. Place the Stack Connector Secondary valve to the Vent position.
3. Repeatedly move the Stack Connector valve from Unlock to Lock position until the
stack connector locks.
Riser Connector Fails to Lock

If the “Riser Connector-Lock” function fails to operate, there are two possible causes:
R The LMRP is improperly aligned with the mandrel on the BOP stack.
R The LMRP is properly aligned but there is not enough pressure to latch the LMRP
onto the BOP stack.
Perform the following procedure to try locking the connector:
1. Increase the manifold pressure by regulating the manifold HKR valve inside the
active pod. The increased pressure may be sufficient to lock the connector. Try this
step at both pods.
2. Place the Riser Connector Secondary valve to the Vent position.
3. Repeatedly move the Riser Connector valve from Unlock to Lock position until the
riser connector locks.
4-13
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-14 of 82
Corrective Maintenance
The BOP stack assembly consists of subassemblies which are built ruggedly to be as
trouble-free as possible. Little corrective maintenance should be required if recommended
preventive maintenance procedures are followed. Only qualified personnel should perform
the necessary corrective maintenance.
Installing the LMRP onto the Lower BOP Stack
Observe all safety precautions outlined in the section

titled “Safety Precautions” on page 1-4 prior to
attempting any removal or repair procedures.
Compliance with warnings, cautions, and notes will
protect equipment and personnel from injury.
Prior to installing the LMRP onto the lower stack, verify that the LMRP connector is
unlocked, the electrical wet-mate connector (P/N 20028001) is retracted, and all stabs are
in the retracted position.
Prior to being shipped, the choke and kill female to male stab adjustments were
completed. However, to ensure the choke and kill retractable female locking stabs are
properly aligned over the male stab, proceed as follows:
1. Verify that the 11⁄4″ studs and nuts securing the choke and kill retractable female
stabs and mounting plates to the LMRP spider are all loose, to permit the choke and
kill female stabs to align over the fixed choke and kill male stabs on the lower BOP
stack.
2. Using a clean hydraulic supply hot line, verify that the retractable female locking stab
(D-735558D) is retracted and unlocked (see left side of Figure 4-1 on page 4-15).
3. Raise the LMRP up to set it onto the lower BOP stack. Exercise caution to match the
correct choke and kill female stabs on the LMRP with the correct choke and kill male
stabs of the lower BOP stack.
4. Verify that the guide post numbers on the LMRP align with the guide post numbers
on the lower BOP stack. Then carefully lower the LMRP until it has fully landed on
the lower BOP stack.
5. Using a clean hydraulic supply hot line, lock the LMRP connector onto the lower
BOP stack.
6. Using a clean hydraulic supply hot line, extend the choke and kill retractable female
stabs over the choke and kill male stabs on the lower BOP stack (see right side of
Figure 4-1 on page 4-15). As the female stabs are extended (lowered), they adjust
themselves into alignment over the male stabs on the lower BOP stack.
7. Fully torque the 11⁄4″ studs and nuts to 761 ft-lb (1,032 Nm) to secure the choke and
kill retractable female stabs and mounting plates to the LMRP spider.
4-14
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-15 of 82
Maintenance
4
Retractable
Female Stab
Mounting Plate
Carry Through
Mounting Plate
Female Locking
Stab
Male Stab
Retainer Nut
Spacer
Spool
Female Stab Retracted Female Stab Extended and Locked
Figure 4-1. Female Stab Positions
4-15
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-16 of 82
Repairing BOP Stack Components

If a major overhaul of the spherical BOPs or the NXT ram BOPs is necessary, it is
recommended that an NOV overhaul/repair facility be contacted. The following lists the
actions which can be taken at the rig prior to contacting an NOV facility.
R Spherical BOP — To determine whether major repairs to the SBOP are required, a
drilling company qualified hydraulic maintenance person must perform a hydraulic
pressure test and wellbore pressure test and open the SBOP to inspect the
elements for excessive wear or damage. Because of the SBOP’s location on the
LMRP, the API connection to the flex joint must be disconnected to view the
spherical elements. For more information on the Shaffer SBOP, refer to the Wedge
Cover Spherical™ BOP user’s manual.
R Ram BOP — To determine whether major repairs to the NXT ram preventer are
required, a qualified hydraulics maintenance person must perform a hydraulic
pressure test and wellbore pressure test and open the ram doors to inspect the
internal ram segments and associated parts. For more information on the Shaffer
NXT Ram BOP, refer to the NXT Ram BOP user’s manual.
R HB Gate Valve — For corrective maintenance information for the HB gate valve,
refer to the Type HB Gate Valve user’s manual.
R DB Gate Valve — For corrective maintenance information for the DB gate valve,
refer to the Type DB Gate Valve user’s manual.
R Subsea Control Pods — For corrective maintenance information for the two
subsea control pods, refer to the Multiplex Control Pod and BOP Stack Control
Systems user’s manual.
R Acoustic Pod — For corrective maintenance information for the acoustic pod, refer
to the Acoustic Pod user’s manual.
R EHBS — For corrective maintenance information for the EHBS, refer to the
Emergency Hydraulic Backup System user’s manual.
4-16
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-17 of 82
Maintenance
4
Replacing the Choke and Kill Male Stab Sub

Perform the following to replace the choke and kill male stab sub. For a list of tools and
supplies used, see the following table:
Recommended Tools/Supplies – Choke and Kill Male Stab Sub
Description Purpose
Strap wrench Rotating male stab sub
5⁄ ″ Removing/reinstalling 3⁄8″–16 socket head

16 hex wrench
cap screw
Clean, dry compressed air Removing loose dirt and grit
Ultrasonic cleaner tank Cleaning components
Cavi-clean liquid detergent and additive or Cleaning components

Varisol cleaner and Safety clean rinse
Lubriplate grease (P/N 20026730) Lubricating male stab during reassembly
Moly Paste Lube 503 (P/N 7403582) or Lubricating set screw threads during
Fastorq A/G s.s. Anti-seize Compound reassembly
Mobilith AW-2 grease (P/N 718320) Lubricating the male stab sub pin
i
Item numbers in parentheses refer to callouts in
engineering drawing D-735530D and Figure 4-2 on
page 4-18.
1. Remove the four 3⁄8″-16UNC set screws (3) with a 5⁄16″ hex wrench.
2. Use a strap wrench or suitable wrench with 53⁄4″ opening, and rotate the male stab
sub (2) counterclockwise from male stab (1).
3. Remove the two polypak seals (4) from the male stab sub.
4. Install two new polypak seals into a new male stab sub.
i
For proper orientation of polypak seals, see engineering
drawing D-735530D.
5. Lubricate the inside diameter of the male stab with Lubriplate grease
(P/N 20026730).
4-17
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-18 of 82
6. Use a strap wrench or suitable wrench with 53⁄4″ opening, and rotate the male stab
sub (2) clockwise into the male stab (1), until the sub bottoms out inside the body of
the male stab. Do not over-tighten.
7. Coat the threads with Moly Paste (P/N 7403582), and then install four 3⁄8″-16UNC
set screws (3) using a 5⁄16″ hex wrench.
Figure 4-2. Choke and Kill Male Stab Sub
4-18
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-19 of 82
Maintenance
4
Replacing the Choke and Kill Male Stabs

The choke and kill male stabs may need to be replaced or repaired if they are damaged
during landing and retrieving procedures.
Whenever the choke and kill male or retractable female

stabs are removed from the stack, the stabs must be
realigned and readjusted for proper engagement prior to
the final bolting in. See the section titled “Installing the
LMRP onto the Lower BOP Stack” on page 4-14.
1. Confirm that the stack components, particularly the choke and kill valves, are bled of
all hydraulic pressure.
2. Confirm that the LMRP connector is in the Unlock position, and all stabs are
retracted. Lift the LMRP off the BOP Stack (Split Stack), and lower to a safe, clear
area on the rig deck.
3. Remove the male stab from the upper spider weldment. To remove the male stab,
remove the eight bolts which secure the retainer nut to the upper spider. Unthread
the retainer nut from the male stab, and remove the retainer nut and spacer.
4. Remove the flange nuts which connect the male stab to the spool. Remove the male
stab from the bottom of the spider plate.
i
In order to remove the male stab, the spool may need to be
removed.
5. Install a new male stab and gasket onto the spool. Install gasket dry. Reinstall the
flange nuts and torque to appropriate specifications.
6. Install the spacer and locking nut over the top of the male stab. Rotate the locking
nut clockwise until it contacts the spacer and mounting plate of the upper spider.
Then rotate the locking flange to align the mounting holes in the flange and spider
mounting plate. Install the bolts. Torque to 386 ft-lb (523 Nm).
4-19
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-20 of 82
Choke and Kill Female Lock Stabs

(P/N 735558)
The choke and kill female lock stabs may need to be replaced or repaired if they are
damaged during landing and retrieving. In addition, the internal bearing and polypak seals
of the female lock stabs should be replaced annually or as needed. The following section
provides instructions for removing the female lock stab assembly from the LMRP. See this
section only if the female locking stab itself needs replacement.
i
Whenever the choke and kill male or female stabs are
removed from the stack, the stabs must be realigned and
readjusted for proper engagement prior to the final bolting.
See the section titled “Installing the LMRP onto the Lower
BOP Stack” on page 4-14.
Female Stab Replacement
i
Item numbers in parentheses refer to engineering drawing
D-735558D located in Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and
Parts Lists”.
1. Confirm that the LMRP components, particularly the choke and kill valves, are bled
of all hydraulic pressure.
2. Confirm that the LMRP connector is in the unlock position and all stabs are
retracted. Hook into the four shackles of the LMRP, and lift the LMRP off the lower
BOP stack. Set the LMRP on a large work area which is clean and free of debris.
To remove the Female Lock Stab from the LMRP, proceed as follows:
1. Arrange appropriate lifting gear and webbing strap to support the weight of the
locking stab assembly (P/N 735558).
2. Remove the indicator pin (14), the ten socket head cap screws (20), the lock
washers (19) and the two split rings (6), which secure the locking stab to the
retractable female stab.
3. Remove the locking stab to a clean work bench.
Seal and Bearing Replacement

Remove the modular bearing (13) and the two polypak seals (12) from inside the female
stabs.
Install a new modular bearing (13) and two new polypak seals (12) into the bore of the
female stabs. Apply a generous amount of seal lubricant to the seals and bearing prior to
installation.
4-20
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-21 of 82
Maintenance
4
Replacing Seals on the Retractable Stab

Cylinder Assembly
The following sections provide disassembly/reassembly procedures for replacing seals on
the retractable stab cylinder assembly. Item numbers in parentheses refer to callouts in
engineering drawing D-735616D and Figure 4-3 on page 4-22. For a list of tools and
Whenever the Choke/Kill male or female stabs are

removed from the BOP Stack, the stabs must be realigned
for proper engagement prior to final bolting in. See the
section titled “Installing the LMRP onto the Lower BOP
Stack” on page 4-14.
Recommended Tools/Supplies – Retractable Stab Cylinder Assy
Description Purpose
Torque wrench with 250 ft-lb range Applying proper torque
Hydraulic test pump with 3,000 psi gauge Pressure testing equipment
Grease pump Filling cylinder cavities
Rubber mallet Disassembling
Chain vise Securing cylinder assembly
3⁄ ″ Removing/reinstalling 1⁄2″-13 socket head

4 hex wrench
cap screw

Lubriplate grease (P/N 20026730) Lubricating components during reassembly
Moly Paste Lube 503 (P/N 7403582) or Lubricating screw threads during reassembly
Fastorq A/G s.s. Anti-seize Compound
Mobilith AW-2 grease (P/N 718320) Filling cylinder cavity
Replacing the seal on the retractable stab (P/N 735616) requires the LMRP to be removed
from the lower BOP stack, and the female lock stab (P/N 735558) to be removed from the
retractable stab. To remove the LMRP, see the section titled “Installing the LMRP onto the
Lower BOP Stack” on page 4-14. To remove the female lock stab, see the section titled
“Choke and Kill Female Lock Stabs (P/N 735558)” on page 4-20.
4-21
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-22 of 82
19
6
7
20
8
10
21 9
Figure 4-3. Retractable Stab Cylinder Assembly
4-22
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-23 of 82
Maintenance
4
Disassembly
Item numbers in parentheses refer to engineering drawing D-735616D and Figure 4-3 on
page 4-22.
i
Before commencing disassembly procedures, verify that all
O-rings, polypak seals and wear bands are available (see
Bill of Material 735616 located in Chapter 5, titled
“Specifications and Parts Lists”).
1. Secure the outer housing (1) in a chain vise.

2. With a 3⁄4″ hex wrench, remove the 1⁄2″ hex head cap screws (15), lock washers
(16), and plain washers (17) from the outer housing (1).
3. Remove the carry through mounting plate (3) from the housing, and remove the
O-ring (10) and polypak seals (9) from the plate.
4. Arrange appropriate lifting gear and choker strap around the piston (2), and pull the
piston (2) from the outer housing (1).
5. Remove the wear band (20) and polypak seals (8) from the piston.
6. Remove the wiper seal (5), wear band (19), and polypak seals (6, 7) from the bore
of the housing.
7. Discard the old wiper seal, O-rings and polypak seals.
Assembly
Item numbers in parentheses refer to engineering drawing D-735616D and Figure 4-3 on
page 4-22.
Clean all parts and inspect for nicks, burrs, cuts and scouring. Replace all damaged parts.
2. Stand the piston (2) vertically on a clean bench. Lightly coat the polypak seals with
Lubriplate. Install the wear band (20) and two polypak seals (8) into the outer
grooves of the piston. Refer to engineering drawing D-735616 for proper seal
orientation.
3. Install the wiper seal (5), the two polypak seals (6), the polypak seal (7) and the
wear band (19) into the inner bore of the housing (1). Refer to engineering drawing
D-735616 for proper seal orientation.
4. Lubricate the inner bore of the outer housing (1) with SAE 10W oil. Carefully enter
the piston into the inner bore of the outer housing (1), taking care not to damage the
polypak seals, and that the wear bands remain in place. Refer to engineering
drawing D-735616 for proper orientation of the piston.
5. With a brass bar and rubber mallet, tap the piston into the bore of the outer housing
until it bottoms on the shoulder of the housing.
6. Lightly coat the O-ring (10), the two polypak seals (9) and the wear band (21) with
Lubriplate, and install into their grooves on the carry through housing plate (3).
4-23
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-24 of 82
7. Install the carry through housing plate (3) over the piston, taking care not to damage
the polypak seals, and that the wear bands remain in place. Refer to engineering
drawing D-735616 for proper orientation of the polypak seals.
8. Align the four holes in the carry through housing plate with the four holes in the
housing.
9. Using a 3⁄4″ hex wrench, install the four 1⁄2″ hex head cap screws (15), lock washers
(16), and plain washers (17) into the outer housing (1). Torque to 34 ft-lb (46 Nm).
10. With a hydraulic test pump and appropriate valves and gauges, connect into the
extend port and retract port.
11. Extend and retract the stab to remove all air from the system. With 3,000 psi
(207 bar) pressure, test the stab in the extended and retracted position for 15
minutes.
4-24
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-25 of 82
Maintenance
4
Replacing the Seals on the Retractable Stab

Lock Assembly (P/N 735558)
the retractable stab lock assembly. Item numbers in parentheses refer to callouts in

for proper engagement prior to final bolting in. See the
section titled “Installing the LMRP onto the Lower BOP
Stack” on page 4-14.
Recommended Tools/Supplies – Retractable Stab Lock Assembly
Description Purpose
Lifting tackle and nylon lift straps
Torque wrench with 300 ft-lb (407 Nm) range Applying proper torque
Hydraulic test pump with 3,000 psi gauge Pressure testing equipment
Grease pump Filling cylinder cavity
Rubber mallet
Chain wrench Rotating upper body
8″ adjustable wrench
3⁄ ″ hex wrench
8
5⁄ ″ Removing/reinstalling 3⁄8″-16 socket head

8 hex wrench
cap screw

Filling cylinder cavity and lubricating lock dog

Mobilith AW-2 grease (P/N 718320)
segments
4-25
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-26 of 82
Replacing the seal on the retractable stab lock assembly (P/N 735558) requires the LMRP
to be removed from the lower BOP stack, and the female lock stab to be removed from the
retractable stab (P/N 735616). To remove the LMRP, see the section titled “Installing the
LMRP onto the Lower BOP Stack” on page 4-14. To remove the female lock stab, see the
section titled “Choke and Kill Female Lock Stabs (P/N 735558)” on page 4-20.
18 19
25
19 20
6
14
16 17
3
21
15
8
Aux. Unlock
10 7
23
Lock
1
10
11
Unlock
Note: See assembly
drawing for Item #21 2
Spring Pins
22 5
Unlocked Position Locked Position

Shown Shown
13 12 2x
Figure 4-4. Retractable Stab Lock Assembly
4-26
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-27 of 82
Maintenance
4
Disassembly
Before commencing disassembly procedures, verify that all O-rings and polypak seals are
available (see Bill of Material 735558 located in Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts
Lists”).
1. Unlock the retractable stab lock assembly, and retract the choke/kill line.
2. Use a small adjustable wrench to remove the indicator pin (14).
3. Prepare for removal of the retractable stab lock assembly:
Be prepared for the retractable stab lock assembly to be

removed from the retractable stab cylinder assembly.
Arrange appropriate lifting strap and lifting tackle to
support the weight of the retractable stab lock assembly.
a. Arrange appropriate lifting strap and lifting tackle to support weight of

retractable stab lock assembly.
b. Install suitable wood blocks to support the weight of the retractable stab lock
assembly.
c. Use a 5⁄8″ hex wrench to remove the 3⁄4″ socket head cap screws (20), lock
washers (19), and split ring (6) from the upper body (3).
4. Remove the retractable stab lock assembly.
6. Use a 3⁄8″ hex wrench to remove the twelve 1⁄2″ socket head cap screws (16) and
lock washers (17) from the upper body (3).
7. Use a 5⁄8″ hex wrench to remove the ten 3⁄4″ socket head cap screws (18) and lock
washers (19) from the upper body (3).
8. Remove the upper body (3) from the outer housing (2).
9. Use a hardwood block and mallet to drive the body (1) and eight lock dog segments
(5) out the bottom of the outer housing (2). As the body emerges from the outer
housing, be prepared to catch the eight loose segments.
10. Use a suitable brass rod and rubber mallet to remove the piston (4) from the outer
housing (2).
11. Discard all old O-rings and polypak seals.
4-27
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-28 of 82
Reassembly
i
and readjusted for proper engagement prior to final bolting
in. See the section titled “Installing the LMRP onto the
Lower BOP Stack” on page 4-14.
1. Clean all parts and inspect for nicks, burrs, cuts and scouring. Replace any
damaged parts.
i
If the piston tip (22) is not damaged, it is not necessary to
remove it from the piston (4). If the tip requires
replacement, it must be assembled using Loctite 242.

3. Stand the piston (4) vertically on a clean bench. Lightly coat the polypak seals with
Lubriplate. Install the polypak seals (10, 11, 15) into the outer grooves of the piston,
and install polypak seal (23) into the inside groove of the piston (see engineering
drawing D-735558 for proper seal orientation).
i
During the following procedure, verify that the polypak
seals are entered properly into the housing. If the seals are
cut on entry, replace the seal.
4. Stand the outer housing (2) vertically on a clean bench, large opening upward.
Lubricate the bore of the housing with SAE 10W oil. With a suitable hardwood block
and mallet, drive the piston into the outer housing until the top of the piston is
approximately 1⁄8″ below the rim of the outer housing.
5. Install polypak seals (12) into the grooves on the stab body (1).
6. Stand the outer housing (2) vertically on a clean bench, small opening upward.
Lubricate the bore of the piston (2) with SAE 10W oil. With a suitable hardwood
block and mallet, drive the body (1) into the piston until the top of the piston is
approximately 11⁄2″ (38 mm) above the rim of the outer housing.
7. Apply a liberal coating of grease around the stab body (1), and install the eight lock
dog segments (5) around the body. Arrange the lock dog segments in the unlock
position.
8. Continue to drive the stab body (1) into the piston (4), until the tip of the lock dogs is
below the rim of the outer housing. During this procedure, take care not to dislodge
the lock dog segments as they enter into the bore of the piston.
4-28
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-29 of 82
Maintenance
4
9. Stand the outer housing (2) vertically on a clean bench, large opening upward.
Install the O-ring (7) into its groove on the top of the stab body (1).
10. Lightly coat the polypak seals (8, 9) with Lubriplate. Install the polypak seals (9) into
the inner grooves of the upper body (3). Install a polypak seal (8) into the outer
groove of the body (3) (see engineering drawing D-735558 for proper seal
orientation).
11. There are two 3⁄8″-16UNC tapped holes on the outer rim of the piston (4) that are
used to install the indicator pin (14) that best aligns the 12 tapped holes in the outer
housing and the 10 tapped holes in the stab body. Do not install the indicator pin, but
mark with a pencil the location of the indicator pin on the outer housing.
12. Install the upper body (3), aligning the ten holes in the upper body with the tapped
holes in the stab body (1). Lubricate the threads with Moly Paste, install the ten
socket head cap screws (18) and lock washers (19), and torque to 218 ft-lb
(295 Nm).
13. With a chain wrench, rotate the upper body (3) to align the pencil mark with the
indicator pin. Install the indicator pin, and hand tight.
14. With a chain wrench, rotate the upper body (3) to align the 12 holes in the upper
body with the tapped holes in the outer housing (2). Lubricate the threads with Moly
Paste, install the 12 socket head cap screws (16) and lock washers (17), and torque
to 44 ft-lb (60 Nm).
15. With a hydraulic test pump and appropriate valves and gauges, connect into the lock
port, unlock port and auxiliary unlock port.
16. Lock and unlock the stab lock assembly to remove all air from the system. With
3,000 psi (207 bar) pressure, test the stab lock assembly in the lock, unlock and
auxiliary unlock position for 15 minutes.
17. Place the stab lock assembly in the lock position, and connect a grease pump.
Pump grease until pressure is felt on the pump handle (cavity volume 3 quarts
[2.8 liters]). The cylinder assembly is ready to be installed.
18. Prior to installing the stab lock assembly onto the LMRP, function the stab lock
assembly to the unlock position. The stab lock assembly is ready to be installed.
19. When installing the stab lock assembly to the cylinder, torque socket head cap
screws (20) to 218 ft-lb (295 Nm).
4-29
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-30 of 82
Bladder Replacement, Top Loading

Accumulator
Perform the following to replace the bladder in 6,000 psi top loading accumulators (see
Figure 4-5 on page 4-32). For list of required tools, see the table titled “Tools for 6,000 psi
(414 bar) Accumulator Bladder Assembly” below. For parts list, see the table titled “Parts
List for 6,000 psi (414 bar) Top Load Accumulator Bottle” below.
i
For nitrogen precharge pressure, see the table titled
“Nitrogen Precharge Pressure” on page 4-7.
Tools for 6,000 psi (414 bar) Accumulator Bladder Assembly
Tools Required P/N
Core Tool, all sizes 309784
Bladder Pull Rod 90-01001
Charging and Gauging Assembly 17-00071
Valve Extension 17-00042
Parts List for 6,000 psi (414 bar) Top Load

Accumulator Bottle
Item # Description P/N
Assembly 15-gallon 20037288
1Ã Safety Cap
2Ã Protective Cap
3Ã Valve Cap
4Ã High Pressure Gas Valve
5 Bladder Kit 9911156
6Ã Top Load Adapter
7Ã Lock Nut, Qty. 2
8Ã Spacer, Qty. 2
9Ã Anti-Extrusion Ring
10Ã Bleed Plug
11Ã Oil Port
4-30
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-31 of 82
Maintenance
4
Parts List for 6,000 psi (414 bar) Top Load

Accumulator Bottle (Continued)
12Ã Stop Nut
13Ã Piston
14Ã Spring
15Ã Poppet
16 Shell
17Ã O-ring
18Ã Rubber Backup Ring
19Ã Metal Backup Ring
20Ã Hex Jam Nut
21 Seal Sub O-ring, Qty. 1 7402980
22 Sea Sub Backup Ring, Qty. 2 7402981
23 Sea Sub Face Seal, Qty. 1 5003151
Ã Parts may be ordered by referencing the item number, description, accumulator size,
accumulator pressure rating and accumulator bottle part number.
4-31
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-32 of 82
Protective Cap
Valve Cap*
Hex Jam Nut High Pressure Gas Valve*
Bladder Kit
*Rubber Backup Ring
*O-ring Top Load Adapter
*Metal Backup Ring
Locknut
Spacer
Anti-Extrusion Ring
Shell
Bladder*
Anti-Extrusion Ring
Poppet
Spring
Metal Backup Ring
O-ring
Spacer
Piston
Rubber Backup Ring
Stop Nut Locknut
Special Seal Sub
Figure 4-5. Top Loading Accumulator Bottle
*Bladder kit contains these items.
4-32
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-33 of 82
Maintenance
4
Preparing to Remove Accumulator Bladder (Top Loading)

Replacing the accumulator bladder requires all hydraulic pressure to be vented from the
accumulator in accordance with the following steps:
Do not attempt to replace the accumulator bladder

until all hydraulic pressure is vented to atmosphere
and all gauges show 0 psi (0 bar).
1. Isolate the accumulator bottles from the main hydraulic supply by closing the
appropriate ball valve.
2. Vent the residual nitrogen precharge pressure from the bottle to atmosphere using
the charging and gauging assembly.
3. Drain the fluid from the accumulator by opening the 3⁄4″ ball valve.
i
Top loading accumulator bottles do not need to be
removed from the unit to replace the bladder.
4-33
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-34 of 82
Removing the Accumulator Bladder (Top Loading)

1. Remove the gas protective cap and valve cap from accumulator (see Figure 4-5 on
page 4-32).
2. Install the proper charging and gauging assembly on the gas valve stem. Attach the
air chuck to the accumulator bladder gas valve by hand-tightening the swivel hex
connection.
3. Open the valve by turning its top (small) hex nut counterclockwise.
HIGH PRESSURE GAS IS DANGEROUS! Wear proper

eye protection. Take proper safety precautions.
4. Bleed off all nitrogen gas pressure by opening the bleed valve completely. Remove
the gas valve.
5. Remove the gauging device from the gas valve stem.
6. Attach a bladder pull rod to the bladder by carefully threading over the Schrader
connection.
7. Remove the hex jam nut from the bladder stem.
8. Attach two more pull rods and push the bladder into the shell.
9. Remove the lock nut from the top of unit using spanner wrench.
10. Remove spacer and rings.
11. Push the top load adapter into the accumulator and through the anti-extrusion ring.
Remove the anti-extrusion ring by folding it and pulling it through the hole.
12. Remove the top load adapter and pull the old bladder from the top of the
accumulator.
4-34
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-35 of 82
Maintenance
4
Reinstalling the Accumulator Bladder (Top Loading)

1. Remove the valve core and the gas valve from the new bladder and squeeze all air
from the bladder. Replace the valve core.
2. Unfold bladder completely.
3. Lubricate the bladder and shell with system fluid.
4. Attach bladder pull rod to bladder, carefully threading over the Schrader connection.
5. Roll the vertical length of the bladder and insert into the top of the accumulator.
Push the bladder down into the shell.
Verify the bladder is not bent, twisted or folded in the shell,

as this will cause the bladder to burst.
6. Push the top load adapter assembly and then the anti-extrusion ring into the shell.
7. Pull top load adapter assembly through the anti-extrusion ring. Seat ring in the hole,
metal side down.
8. Pull the bladder through the top load adapter.
9. Attach the hex nut onto the exposed gas valve stem hand tight.
10. Remove the pull rod.
11. Install new metal backup ring and O-ring, making sure not to pinch the O-ring. Install
new rubber backup ring, spacer, and lock nut. Hand-tighten lock nut.
12. Precharge the accumulator (see the section titled “Precharging Accumulator Bottles,
Top And Bottom Loading” on page 4-41).
13. Tighten the jam nut, making sure the gas valve stem does not rotate.
14. Tighten the lock nut.
4-35
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-36 of 82
Bladder Replacement, Bottom Loading

Accumulator
For parts identification, see Figure 4-6 on page 4-37 and table titled “List of Common
Parts – Bottom Loader” on page 4-38. For a list of tools required to replace the
accumulator bladder, see the following table.
Tools for Replacing Accumulator Bladders
Tool P/N
Core Tool (all sizes) 309784
Bladder Pull Rod 9001001
Charging and Gauging Assembly (3,000 psi) 1700001
Charging and Gauging Assembly (6,000 psi) 1700071
Valve Extension 1700042
Preparing to Remove Accumulator Bladder (Bottom Loading)

Replacing the accumulator bladder requires all hydraulic pressure to be vented from the
accumulator in accordance with the following steps:
Do not attempt to replace the accumulator bladder

until all hydraulic pressure is vented to atmosphere
and all gauges show 0 psi (0 bar).
1. Isolate the accumulator bottles from the main hydraulic supply by closing the
appropriate ball valve.
2. Vent the residual nitrogen precharge pressure from the bottle to atmosphere using
the charging and gauging assembly.
3. Drain the fluid from the accumulator by opening the 3⁄4″ ball valve.
4-36
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-37 of 82
Maintenance
4
Safety Cap
Protective Cap
Valve Cap
High Pressure Gas Valve
Bladder Kit
Hex Jam Nut
Name Plate
Shell
Bladder
Poppet Anti-Extrusion Ring
Spring
Metal Backup Ring
Spacer O-ring
Piston
Rubber Backup Ring
Stop Nut Locknut
Bleed Plug
Oil Port
Figure 4-6. Bottom Loading Accumulator Bottle
4-37
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-38 of 82
List of Common Parts – Bottom Loader
6,000 psi (414 bar) Bottom Load Accumulator Bottle
21⁄2 Gallon
(P/N 0000981)
1* Safety Cap
2* Protective Cap
3* Valve Cap
4* High Pressure Gas Valve
5* Bladder Kit 9911155
6* Hex Jam Nut
7 Name Plate
8* Anti-Extrusion Ring
9* Lock Nut
10* Bleed Plug
11* Oil Port
12* Stop Nut
13* Piston
14* Spacer
15* Spring
16* Poppet
17 Shell
18* Metal Backup Ring
19* O-ring
20* Rubber Backup Ring
* Note: Parts may be ordered by referencing the item number, description, accumulator size,
accumulator pressure rating and accumulator bottle part number.
4-38
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-39 of 82
Maintenance
4
Removing the Accumulator Bladder (Bottom Loading)

1. Remove the gas protective cap and valve cap from accumulator (see Figure 4-6 on
page 4-37).
2. Install the proper charging and gauging assembly on the gas valve stem. Attach the
air chuck to the accumulator bladder gas valve by hand tightening the swivel hex
connection.
3. Open the valve by turning its top (small) hex nut, counterclockwise.
HIGH PRESSURE GAS IS DANGEROUS! Wear proper

eye protection and take proper safety precautions.
4. Bleed off all nitrogen gas pressure by opening the bleed valve completely. Open the
gas valve fully and then remove the gas valve.
5. Remove the gauging device from the gas valve stem.
6. Remove the accumulator bottle from the bottle rack.
7. Remove the hex jam nut and name plate.
8. Remove the lock nut from the bottom of unit using spanner wrench.
9. Remove spacer and rings.
10. Push the plug assembly into the accumulator and through the anti-extrusion ring.
Remove the anti-extrusion ring by folding it and pulling it through the hole.
11. Remove the plug assembly and pull the old bladder out from the bottom of the
accumulator.
4-39
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-40 of 82
Installing the Accumulator Bladder (Bottom Loading)

1. Remove the valve core and the gas valve from the new bladder and squeeze all air
from the bladder. Replace the valve core.
2. Unfold bladder completely.
3. Lubricate the bladder and shell with system fluid.
4. Attach a bladder pull rod to the bladder by carefully threading over the Schrader
connection. Insert the rod through the accumulator (bottom to top). Pull the bladder
into the shell. Do not allow the bladder to bind or kink.
5. Attach the name plate and hex jam nut to the exposed gas valve stem and hand-
tighten. Remove the pull rod.
Verify the bladder is not bent, twisted or folded in the

shell, as this will cause the bladder to burst.
6. Push the plug assembly and then the anti-extrusion ring into the shell.
7. Pull the plug assembly through the anti-extrusion ring. Seat the ring in the hole,
metal side up.
8. Install a new metal back-up ring and a new O-ring, making sure not to pinch the
O-ring. Install a new rubber back-up ring, spacer, and lock nut. Hand-tighten the lock
nut.
9. Precharge the accumulator (see the section titled “Precharging Accumulator Bottles,
Top And Bottom Loading” on page 4-41).
10. Tighten the hex jam nut, making sure the gas valve stem does not rotate.
11. Tighten the lock nut on the fluid end.
4-40
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-41 of 82
Maintenance
4
Precharging Accumulator Bottles, Top And

Bottom Loading
Perform the following to precharge nitrogen in 6,000 psi accumulators. To calculate
required pressure, see the section titled “Checking Nitrogen Precharge” on page 4-7.
NEVER USE OXYGEN OR SHOP AIR FOR

PRECHARGING! This could create a highly explosive
mixture, resulting in serious injury to personnel.
Always use inert nitrogen gas for precharging.
Most accumulators are shipped with minimum pressure. It

is the responsibility of the user to determine the proper
precharge level and ensure that the proper pressure is
maintained at all times. For proper precharge pressure,
see the hydraulic schematic in Chapter 5, titled
“Specifications and Parts Lists”.
i
In bladder-type accumulators, the nitrogen precharge
pressure is charged through the cap at the top of the
bottle.
1. Pump a small amount of system fluid (10% of accumulator capacity) into the
accumulator at low pressure. Do not exceed 35 psi.
2. Turn off system power and release all hydraulic pressure from the accumulator.
3. Remove the protective cap (gas valve guard) and the valve cap (if there is one).
4. Attach the gland and nut portion of the charging assembly to a dry nitrogen gas
bottle and tighten securely.
If the gland and nut do not fit, you are using the wrong gas
or wrong pressure!
5. Attach the air chuck to the accumulator bladder gas valve by hand tightening its
swivel hex connection. (For top-repairable models, use a TR Valve Extension.)
4-41
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-42 of 82
6. Open the valve by turning its top (small) hex nut counterclockwise.
7. Set nitrogen bottle gas regulator (if attached) to 35 psig.
The use of a nitrogen gas regulator is strongly

recommended!
8. Open nitrogen bottle gas valve.
If you are not using a nitrogen gas regulator, care should

be taken to slowly “crack” the valve open. With a regulator,
the valve can be opened fully.
9. Precharge slowly (35 psig) with dry nitrogen gas until bladder is fully inflated.
Initial precharging at a rate above 35 psig will cause

the bladder to burst.
10. Continue precharging to desired pressure by increasing gas flow slowly.

11. If the gauge registers no pressure, there are four possible causes:
R The bladder is empty.
R The bladder has been ruptured and cannot hold the precharge.
R A pinhole in the bladder is letting the nitrogen leak out into the hydraulic fluid
during operation.
R The valve at the top of the bottle is leaking and allowing the precharge to
escape out of the bottle.
To troubleshoot the accumulator bottle, connect the charging and gauging assembly
and charge the bottle with nitrogen as instructed in step 7. Be sure to add enough
nitrogen to get a reading on the gauge. If the bladder is damaged, the nitrogen will
pass through the bladder and into the pipes. No pressure will register on the gauge,
and a bubbling sound will be audible in the pipes. If the bladder is damaged, it must
be replaced. For bladder replacement instructions, see the section titled “Bladder
Replacement, Top Loading Accumulator” on page 4-30.
4-42
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-43 of 82
Maintenance
4
If the bladder is merely empty, the nitrogen charge will increase the reading on the
gauge until the correct pressure is reached. However, if the bladder is empty due to
a leaking valve or a pinhole, the new nitrogen charge will leak out. Therefore, be
sure to recheck the pressure in the bottle after a few minutes to see if the pressure
has fallen. If the valve is leaking, replace it.
12. Close the valve by turning its top (small) hex nut clockwise.
13. Remove the charging assembly. Check for gas leakage.
i
When checking for gas leakage, gas leak detection fluid or
soapy water should be used.
14. Tighten hex jam nut and lock nut fully.

15. Replace the valve cap, protective cap and nameplate. Hand tighten.
16. Install accumulator on system. Check for leakage.
17. Pressurize system and resume normal operation.
i
Failure to follow proper service and installation instructions
will void product warranty.
4-43
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-44 of 82
Wellbore Press./Temp. Wet-Mate Connector

Adjustment Procedure
The following describes the necessary adjustment procedure, to ensure proper
functionality of the Press./Temp. wet-mate electrical connector mounted on the BOP stack.
Adjustment Procedure
i
In the following procedures, all items in parentheses refer
to engineering drawing D-20028001D located in
Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”.
1. Attach the wet-mate electrical connector assembly housing (1) to the LMRP
mounting ring (21) (see Figure 4-7).
Assembly Housing
Mounting Ring
LMRP Frame
Figure 4-7. Wet-Mate Connector Mounted on LMRP
4-44
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-45 of 82
Maintenance
4
2. Attach the wet-mate lower probe bracket (25) to the lower stack connector mounting
ring (24) (see Figure 4-8).
Wet-Mate Lower Bracket
Lower Stack Frame Lower Stack

Mounting Ring
Figure 4-8. Wet-Mate Bracket Mounted on Lower Stack
3. Slowly extend the hydraulic cylinder assembly, until the female plug enters the
receptacle (see Figure 4-9).
LMRP Mounting Ring
Lower Stack Mounting Ring
Figure 4-9. Wet-Mate Plug Entered into Receptacle
4-45
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-46 of 82
4. Confirm the connector halves are fully mated and that the supporting flange of the
male receptacle half is pushed away from the bracket assembly (25) by 3⁄16″ (see
Figure 4-10).
2” 0.1875”
Nylok Nut
Figure 4-10. Proper Gap and Spring Compression
5. If the dimension measured in step 4 is less than 3⁄16″, shims must be inserted
between the lower BOP stack mounting ring (24) and the wet-mate bracket (25) to
achieve the 3⁄16″ dimension ±0.010″.
6. If the dimension measured in step 4 is greater than 3⁄16″, shims must be inserted
between the housing (1) and the LMRP mounting ring (21) to achieve the 3⁄16″
dimension ±0.010″.
7. When the 3⁄16″ gap is properly adjusted and set, the spring compression load must
be adjusted, to ensure proper engagement loading and displacement travel.
8. The proper compressed spring length is 2″, and is adjusted by the four nylok nuts
(18) on the bottom of the studs (26) (see Figure 4-10).
Hydraulic Shuttle Valves

For repair procedures and parts lists, refer to the Multiplex Control Pod and BOP Stack
Control Systems user’s manual.
4-46
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-47 of 82
Maintenance
4
Pilot Operated Check Valves

SPM Control Valves

Hydrophone Arm Assembly (P/N 20002603)

For repair procedures and parts list, refer to the Acoustic Pod user’s manual.
Primary Gripper Assembly Inspection and

Repair (P/N 20032556)
For repair procedures and parts list, refer to the Multiplex Control Pod and BOP Stack
Lower Gripper Assembly Inspection and Repair

(P/N 20030558)
This section outlines the inspection and repair procedures for the Lower Gripper
Assembly, and replacement procedure of the shear pins on the hub located on the lower
gripper assembly. These procedures are provided for field inspection and repair, and
involve replacing the shear pins, lower hub, and other wearable or damaged components.
For more information, see the section titled “Lower Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030558)” on
page 2-26.
Recommended Tools and Equipment

R Torque wrench with range up to 300 ft-lb
16″ - 11⁄8″ - 11⁄2″ - 21⁄2″ - 25⁄8″ Box Open End Wrench
R 15⁄
2″ - 3⁄4″ - 11⁄4″ Hex Wrench

R 1⁄
R 2 each 10-24 UNC by 12 inch all thread and nuts

R 4 each 5⁄8″-11UNC Eye Bolt
R 2 each 1″-8UNC Eye Bolt
R Hard Rubber Mallet
R Strap Wrench
R Clean, dry compressed air
R Ultrasonic Tank Cleaner
R Cavi-Clean liquid detergent and additive or Varsol cleaner
R Safety Clean Rinse (if using Varsol)
4-47
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-48 of 82
Recommended Lubricants
Type P/N Where Used
*Sweeney 503 Moly Paste Lube

7403582 Bolts, screws, nuts, plugs
(friction factor 0.067)
O-ring Lube, 8 oz. Tube 1874596 Seals, O-rings
Lubriplate 20026730 Lock Segments, Piston Rod
*Other suitable lubricants are as follows:

Recommended Torque Values and Wrench Size
Item Qty. Description Wrench Size *Torque
13 8 3⁄ ″-10UNC H.H.C.S. 11⁄8″ 115 ft-lb (156 Nm)

4
16 4 5⁄ ″-11UNC H.H.C.S. 16⁄ ″ 75 ft-lb (102 Nm)

8 16
20 8 1″-8UNC S.H.C.S. 3⁄ ″
4 Hex 269 ft-lb (365 Nm)
23 1 13⁄4″ S.H.C.S. 11⁄4″ Hex No Torque Value
22 4 5⁄ ″-11UNC Set Screws 1⁄ ″ Hex No Torque Value

8 2
27 8 3⁄ ″ Hex Nut 11⁄2″ 115 ft-lb (156 Nm)

4
150 to 170 ft-lb

25 4 13⁄4″ Hex Nut 25⁄8″
(203 to 230 Nm)
*All torque values are based upon the use of Sweeney 503 Moly Paste thread lubricants (friction factor 0.067)
(P/N 7403582).
i
In the table above, items 22 and 23 do not require torque
values. These items are used as an anti-rotation device; as
an adjustment device, they are fully described in the
following text.
Do not attempt to disassemble the lower gripper assembly without the following parts
being available at the rig site:
R 2 each Shear Pins (P/N 20030680-01)
R 1 each Lower Hub (P/N 20030676)
R 1 each Spring (P/N 20030682)
R 1 each Spring Retainer (P/N 20031341-01)
R 1 each Shear Pin Retainer (P/N 20030679)
R 1 each Spring Retainer (P/N 20031341-02)
4-48
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-49 of 82
Maintenance
4
R 1 each Bucket Spring (P/N 20030670)

R 12 each Belleville Springs (P/N 2003005), see Note below
i
During the inspection of the lower gripper assembly, if any
Belleville spring (P/N 2003005) is suspect, it is
recommended all twelve springs be replaced.
It is recommended that two complete hub and shear pin assemblies be held as spare
onboard the drilling vessel, as they may be required after an unplanned breakaway of the
LMRP from the lower BOP stack. The hub shear pin assemblies can be replaced subsea
by the ROV (see the section titled “Lower Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030558)” on
page 2-26).
i
If the shear pins have been sheared, for whatever reason,
it is recommended that a complete inspection of the
Primary Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030556), the Lower
Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030558), and the Secondary
Cylinder Assembly (P/N 20030559) be initiated as soon as
the LMRP and Lower BOP stack are retrieved on surface.
i
Before commencing work on the Lower Gripper Assembly,
it is recommended that the LMRP be removed from the
lower BOP stack, and placed in a safe area (see the
section titled “Remove LMRP” below).
Remove LMRP
Before the Lower Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030558) or the gripper hub can be removed
from the lower BOP stack, it is required that the LMRP be removed from the lower stack.
The LMRP should be placed in a safe area.
The following procedure is for removal of the LMRP only, leaving the lower BOP stack
connector locked onto the test stump. Appropriate safety procedures must be followed
before continuing, to ensure the safety of drilling personnel.
To remove the LMRP from the lower BOP stack, proceed as follows:
1. Retract the wet-mate connection.
2. Retract the acoustic stabs.
3. Unlock and Retract the choke and kill stabs.
4. Retract the blue and yellow MUX Pod secondary cylinders.
5. Place all lower Stack functions in the Block position.
4-49
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-50 of 82
6. Disengage the Blue Pod primary gripper.

7. Unlatch the Blue Pod primary gripper.
8. Engage the Blue Pod primary gripper.
9. Disengage the Yellow Pod primary gripper.
10. Unlatch the Yellow Pod primary gripper.
11. Engage the Yellow Pod primary gripper.
12. Unlock the LMRP connector.
13. Lift the LMRP and lower to a safe area.
Once the LMRP is located in a safe area, vent all hydraulic pressure from the MUX pods to
atmosphere and isolate electric power to the SEAs.
Shear Pins, Lower Gripper Assembly
Isolate the Secondary Cylinder Assembly (P/N

20030559) from all system pressure before performing
any disassembly procedures or removing the lower
gripper assembly from the lower BOP stack. Failure to
heed this warning may cause damage to equipment or
injury to personnel.
i
The numbers in parentheses correspond to the callouts in
Figure 4-12 on page 4-60, and the item numbers in the
table titled “Parts List – Lower Gripper Assembly (P/N
20030558)” on page 4-61. See this table for assembly and
part numbers.
In the event the hub shear pins are sheared subsea, and the hub retrieved and replaced
by the ROV. At the earliest opportunity, when the BOP stack is retrieved to the surface, the
sheared pins should be removed from the bottom bucket (9). A high-pressure water hose
or suitable piece of wood and heavy grease can do this.
Inspect the hub for any physical damage; if the hub is damaged replace the hub. If there is
no damage to the hub, install two new shear pins as follows:
1. Place the hub (pin up) vertically in a copper jawed vise.
2. Screw a 10-24UNC by 8 inch all thread into the flat end of the shear pin (5). Install
the spring (4) over the all thread. Using an appropriate sized drill bit, remove the
thread from remaining shear pin. Holding shear pin, all thread and spring, slide the
remaining shear pin over the all thread to contact the spring. Install a washer and
10-24UNC nut onto the all thread, and tighten nut until the shear pin’s tip to tip
dimension is about 6″ long.
4-50
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-51 of 82
Maintenance
4
3. Lightly lubricate the bore in the hub and the two shear pins (5) with Lubriplate, and
slide shear pins into bore of the hub. Rotate shear pins so that flats face upward,
and install 51⁄4″ diameter retainer (6) into groove in shear pins and hub.
4. Lower retainer ring (7), with recess down, onto the hub, and align recess with shear
pins. Push retainer ring down to contact retainer (6).
5. Install 51⁄2″ diameter retainer (8) into top of retainer ring (7), and into groove in hub.
6. Unscrew the all thread from the shear pins. Hub shear pin assembly is ready to be
installed into lower female gripper.
Hub Shear Pin Assembly, Lower Female Gripper Assembly
i
Before commencing work on the Lower Female Gripper
Assembly, it is recommended that the LMRP be removed
from the lower BOP stack, and placed in a safe area (see
the section titled “Remove LMRP” on page 4-49).
1. The hub shear pin assembly can easily be snapped into the lower gripper assembly
bottom bucket (9). Coat the groove in the bottom bucket with Lubriplate, and using a
sharp blow with a rubber mallet, snap hub into place.
The hub can easily be inserted; therefore do not

unintentionally install, because it is not an easy operation
to remove.
2. To remove the hub shear pin assembly, rotate the hub until the shear pins align with
the two 1″ diameter holes on the outside of the bucket. Jam two nuts on the end of a
10-24UNC by 51⁄4″ all thread. Insert the all thread through the shear pin, and screw
into the opposite shear pin. Tighten all thread to compress spring. When the shear
pins clear the inside diameter (6.1″) of the bucket, pull the hub assembly vertically
from the bucket.
Remove and Inspect Lower Female Gripper Assembly
i
Before commencing work on the Lower Female Gripper
Assembly, it is recommended that the LMRP be removed
from the lower BOP stack, and placed in a safe area (see
the section titled “Remove LMRP” on page 4-49).
4-51
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-52 of 82
For a detailed inspection of the Lower Female Gripper Assembly, is it recommended that
the lower female gripper assembly be removed from the lower BOP stack to a clean work
area.

any disassembly procedures or removing the lower
female gripper assembly from the lower BOP stack.
Failure to heed this warning may cause damage to
equipment or injury to personnel.
To remove the lower female gripper assembly from the lower BOP stack, proceed as
follows:
i
20030558)” on page 4-61.
1. Tag and remove all hydraulic hoses from the bottom of the lower female receptacle.
Protect hoses from damage and contamination.
Before proceeding to step 2: to ensure proper alignment

on reassembly of the MUX Pod male stab to the female
receptacle, it is very important to verify the orientation
marks between the lower female receptacle and the lower
stack spider. Look for a large X stamp mark on the outer
edge of the Female Receptacle, the Upper Flange (10),
Connector Plate (2), Landing Plate (1), and the Lower
Stack Spider. The X marks should align vertically from top
to bottom. If no X marks are visible: to establish proper
orientation on reassembling, do not proceed to step 2 until
appropriate marks are made. Failure to heed this caution
can cause improper function of the lower BOP stack.
2. Using a 3⁄4″ hex wrench remove the eight 1″-8UNC socket head cap screws (20)
and lock washers (21) securing the female receptacle to the upper flange (10).
Install four 1″-8UNC eye bolts in the base of the female receptacle, attach shackles
and lift slings. To prevent damage to the inside diameter of the female receptacle,
wrap rags and duct tape around shackles and lifting slings. Remove the female
receptacle to a safe area.
4-52
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-53 of 82
Maintenance
4
i
In the following step 3, it may be necessary to slowly
extend the secondary cylinder a little, to allow more room
to remove the four guide rods.
3. Using an 11⁄8″ box open wrench, remove the four nuts (25) and four guide rods (12)
from the landing plate (2) and landing sleeve (1). Store in a safe place.
i
In the following step 4, the numbers in parentheses
correspond to the callouts in Figure 4-13 on page 4-68,
and the item numbers in the table titled “Parts List –
Secondary Cylinder” on page 4-69.
4. Using a 3⁄4″ box open wrench, remove the eight 1⁄2″ hex head cap screws (23) and
lock washers (24) securing the secondary cylinder sleeve (22) to the landing plate
(see Figure 4-13 on page 4-68). Lower sleeve assembly to rest on the base plate
(3).
5. Install two 1″-8UNC lifting eye bolts into the upper flange (10), attach shackles and
lift slings. Lift the upper flange, hub, Belleville springs, landing plate assembly from
the lower stack, and remove to a safe, clean work area.
6. Remove the hub shear pin assembly from the bottom bucket (see the section titled
“Hub Shear Pin Assembly, Lower Female Gripper Assembly” on page 4-51).
7. Using a 11⁄2″ open-end wrench, remove the two guide rods (14) from the upper
flange (10).
8. Using a 15⁄16″ open-end wrench, remove the four 5⁄8″-11UNC hex head cap screws
(16) from the landing plate (2), and remove the two adjustment plates (15) from the
landing plate.
9. Using a 1⁄2″ hex wrench, remove the four 5⁄8″-11UNC set screws (22) from the
landing plate.
10. Using a 3⁄4″ bar through the two 1″ holes in the bottom bucket or a strap wrench to
hold the bucket, and unscrew the 13⁄4″ socket head cap screw (23) from the bottom
bucket. This will relieve tension from the 12 Belleville springs (11). Remove the 13⁄4″
socket head cap screw, bottom bucket (9), spring (24) from the bottom of the landing
plate, and remove the upper flange (10), Belleville springs (11) from the top of the
landing plate.
11. Clean and inspect all parts.
4-53
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-54 of 82
Assemble and Install Lower Female Gripper Assembly

When assembling the components, align the X mark on the Lower Stack Spider with the X
mark on the Landing Sleeve (1), the Landing Plate (2), the Upper Flange (10), and the
Female Receptacle. The X marks should align vertically from top to bottom. To assemble
the lower female gripper assembly and install on the lower BOP stack, proceed as follows:
i
part numbers. For torque values see the section titled
“Recommended Torque Values and Wrench Size” on
page 4-48.
i
Clean and inspect all removed parts, and replace any
damaged items. It is also recommended to replace all 12
Belleville springs, should any one spring be damaged or
suspect.
1. Using a 1⁄2″ hex wrench, install the four 5⁄8″-11UNC anti-rotation set screws (22) into
the connector plate (2). The top of the set screws must be flush with the bottom of
the counter-bore in the landing plate. Do not install below the counter-bore, as this
may restrict the travel of the bottom bucket (9).
2. Elevate the connector plate (2) on two wood blocks 6 inches above the workbench.
Lubricate the thread with 503 Moly paste and install the 13⁄4″ socket head cap screw
(23) into the base of the connector plate. With a suitable piece of wood, elevate the
cap screw, so that approximately 1 inch of thread is above the connector plate.
3. Coat the spring (24) with Lubriplate and install over the cap screw thread on the
bottom of the landing plate.
4. Coat all 12 Belleville springs (11) with Lubriplate and drop into the bottom of the
connector plate (2).
i
In step 5 align the “X” mark on the connector plate (2) with
the “X” mark on the upper flange (10).
5. Coat the inside diameter of the landing plate above the Belleville springs with
Lubriplate. Lift the upper flange (10) over the Belleville springs and the connector
plate, and lower the upper flange until it contacts the Belleville springs.
4-54
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-55 of 82
Maintenance
4
6. Coat the inside and outside diameter of the bucket (9) with Lubriplate, and install
into the hole in the top of the upper flange (16). Rotate the bucket until it aligns with
the four set screws (2), and lower bucket until it contacts the upper flange.
7. Hold the bucket down with one hand to compress spring, reach under the landing
plate and screw the 13⁄4″ socket head cap screw (23) into the base of the bucket.
Rotate the cap screw no more that two to three turns clockwise into the bucket.
i
In the following step 8, the outer guide rods (14) can be
identified by their length of 173⁄4″.
8. Slide the two adjustment plates (15) over the two outer guide rods (14). Coat the
guide rod threads with 503 Moly paste, and screw the first guide rod into the
threaded hole in the base of the upper flange (10). Screw the second guide rod 180°
from the other guide rod. Torque both guide rods to 150 – 170 ft-lb (203 – 230 Nm).
9. Rotate the upper flange (10) until the holes in the adjustment plates align with the
threaded holes in the connector plate. Coat the threads on the four 5⁄8″-11UNC hex
head cap screws (16) with 503 Moly paste, and install the cap screws and lock
washers (17) into the connector plate. Do not torque at this point, install only finger
tight.
10. Install two 1″-8UNC lifting eye bolts into the upper flange (10), attach shackles and
lift slings. Lift the upper flange, guide rods, Belleville springs, connector plate
assembly onto the landing plate (1) on the lower stack.
i
In the following step 11, it may be necessary to slowly
extend the secondary cylinder a little, to allow more room
to install the four guide rods.
11. Rotate the connector plate until the four (guide rod) holes in the connector plate
align with the four slotted openings in the landing plate. Install the four guide rods
(12) through the holes in the connector plate and upper flange. Coat the threads
with 503 Moly paste and install the four nuts (25) onto the guide rods. Torque nuts to
150 – 170 ft-lb (203 – 230 Nm).
i
In the following step 12, the numbers in parentheses
correspond to the callouts in Figure 4-13 on page 4-68,
and the item numbers in the table titled “Parts List –
Secondary Cylinder” on page 4-69.
4-55
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-56 of 82
12. Lift the secondary cylinder sleeve assembly (22), and rotate until the eight holes in
the sleeve align with the eight threaded holes in the base of the landing plate. Using
a 3⁄4″ box open wrench, install the eight 1⁄2″ hex head cap screws (23) and lock
washers (24) securing the secondary cylinder sleeve (22) to the landing plate (see
13. Using a 15⁄16″ socket wrench, torque the four 5⁄8″ hex head cap screws (16) to
75 ft-lb (102 Nm), securing the adjustment plates (15) to the connector plate (2).
14. Install the hub shear pin assembly into the bottom bucket on the lower gripper
assembly (see the section titled “Hub Shear Pin Assembly, Lower Female Gripper
Assembly” on page 4-51).
i
In step 15 align the “X” mark on the female receptacle with
the “X” mark on the upper frame.
15. Install four 1″-8UNC eye bolts in the base of the female receptacle, attach shackles
and lift slings. To prevent damage to the inside diameter of the female receptacle,
wrap rags and duct tape around shackles and lifting slings. Lift the female
receptacle onto the upper flange of the lower female gripper assembly. Rotate the
female receptacle until the alignment mark on the female receptacle aligns with the
mark on the upper flange, and lower the female receptacle onto the upper flange.
16. Install two of the eight 1″-8UNC socket head cap screws (20) and lock washers (21)
into the upper flange (10), and remove the lifting slings, eye bolts and shackles from
the female receptacle. Install the six remaining socket head cap screws and lock
washers. Torque all socket head cap screws to 269 ft-lb (365 Nm).
17. The lower female gripper assembly now requires to be properly adjusted (see the
following section titled “Adjust Lower Female Gripper Assembly”).
18. When adjustment procedure is completed, connect all hydraulic hoses to the
underside of the female receptacle.
Adjust Lower Female Gripper Assembly

If the MUX pod Primary Gripper Assembly has been removed for repair, the Lower Female
Gripper Assembly and Secondary Cylinder Assembly do not require to be adjusted.
If the MUX pod Primary Gripper Assembly has been

replaced, then due to tolerances, it is recommended that
the Lower Female Gripper Assembly and the Secondary
Cylinder Assembly be readjusted to ensure proper preload
of the lower female receptacle.
If the lower female gripper assembly or the secondary cylinder has been removed for
repair, the Lower Female Gripper Assembly and the Secondary Cylinder Assembly must
be readjusted to ensure proper preload of the lower female receptacle.
4-56
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-57 of 82
Maintenance
4

any adjustment procedures on the lower female
gripper assembly. Failure to heed this warning may
cause damage to equipment or injury to personnel.
i
part numbers.
1. Verify that the MUX pod Primary Gripper Assembly is in the Unlatch and Engaged
position, and that the Secondary Cylinder Assembly is in the Retract position.
2. Verify that the Lower Female Gripper Assembly connector plate (2) is resting on the
landing plate (1) (see Figure 4-11 on page 4-58). Using a 3⁄4″ box open wrench,
remove the eight 1⁄2″ hex head cap screws and lock washers securing the lower
secondary cylinder sleeve (22) to the connector plate (see Figure 4-13 on
page 4-68). Lower cylinder sleeve assembly to rest on base plate (3).
3. Using a 11⁄4″ hex wrench, rotate the 13⁄4″ socket head cap screw (23)
counterclockwise until all preload compression is removed from the Belleville
springs (11). Do not remove the cap screw; if it is accidentally removed, rotate
clockwise two to three threads turns.
Verify all personnel are clear of the MUX pod during

the following step 4 - 5. Failure to heed this warning
can cause injury to rig personnel.
4. Verify that the MUX pod Primary Gripper Assembly is in the Unlatch position, and
set MUX pod in the Disengage position. This will lower the Primary Gripper onto the
hub.
5. Set the MUX pod Primary Gripper in the Latch position, followed by the Engage
position. This will lift the lower female receptacle onto the MUX pod male stab.
6. Where the upper flange (10) inside diameter enters into the outside diameter of the
connector plate (2). At the top rim of the connector plate, scribe a mark on the
outside diameter of the upper flange (see Figure 4-11 on page 4-58).
4-57
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-58 of 82
10
5 3
Scribe a mark for 9

depth indication.
23
2
Figure 4-11. Gripper Assembly
Verify all personnel are clear of the MUX pod during

the following step 7 - 8. Failure to heed this warning
can cause injury to rig personnel.
7. Set the MUX pod Primary Gripper in the Disengage position. This will lower the
female receptacle from the MUX pod male stab.
8. Set the MUX pod Primary Gripper in the Unlatch position, followed by the Engage
position. This will unlock the primary gripper from the hub, and leave the lower
female receptacle and lower female gripper assembly resting on the landing plate
(1). The primary gripper collet assembly (23) will be retracted into the primary
gripper base (see the Primary Gripper engineering drawing D-20030556 in
Chapter 5, titled “Specifications and Parts Lists”).
4-58
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-59 of 82
Maintenance
4
9. The mark that was made in step 6 above represents the point where the primary
gripper locking piston is locked into the groove in the primary gripper cylinder.
10. Measure the distance from the scribed mark to the shoulder on the upper flange.
The dimension should show about a 2.1″ gap between the shoulder of the upper
flange and the rim of the landing plate.
i
Because of tolerances, the dimension found in step 10
may be plus or minus 1⁄8″. However, as an example we will
use the 2.1″ dimension in step 11.
11. Subtract 1.6 from the dimension found in step 10. For example: 2.1 – 1.6 = 0.5. This
represents 1⁄2″ of preload adjustment is required.
i
In the following step 12, the number of turns used is
derived from the adjustment socket head cap screw (23)
having an 8UNC thread. One rotation is 1⁄8″, half rotation is
1⁄ ″, and one quarter rotation is 1⁄ ″.
16 32
12. Using a 11⁄4″ hex wrench, rotate the 13⁄4″ socket head cap screw (23) clockwise 4
turns to preload the Belleville springs (11).
13. Lift the cylinder sleeve (22) and align the holes with eight threaded holes in the
connector plate (1). Using a 3⁄4″ box open wrench, install the eight 1⁄2″ hex head cap
screws and lock washers, and torque to 34 ft-lb (46 Nm), securing the secondary
cylinder sleeve to the landing plate (see Figure 4-13 on page 4-68).
4-59
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-60 of 82
Lower Female Receptacle
7 6
3
8
5
4
9 22
24
10
20 21
11
25
16 17
15
2
14
12
23
27 26
13
4-60
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-61 of 82
Maintenance
4
Parts List – Lower Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030558)
Item Description P/N Qty.
1 Landing Plate 20030688 1
2 Connector Plate 20031561 1
3 Lower Hub 20030676 1
4 Spring, Shear Pin 20030682 1
5 Shear Pin 20030680-01 2
6 Retainer, Spring 20031341-01 1
7 Retainer, Shear Pin 20030679 1
8 Retainer, Spring 20031341-02 1
9 Bottom Bucket 20030672 1
10 Upper Flange 20030684 1
11 Belleville Springs 20030005 12
12 Guide Rod, Inner 20031577 4
13 3⁄ ″-10UNC Hex Head Cap Screws 20030690 8

4
14 Guide Rod, Outer 20031576 2
15 Adjustment Plate 20031566 2
16 5⁄ ″-11UNC Hex Head Cap Screw 20031842 4

8
17 5⁄ ″ Lock Washer 20009562 4

8
18 Not Used – –
19 Not Used – –
20 1″-8UNC Socket Head Cap Screw 20029435 8
21 1″ Lock Washer 20001175 8
22 5⁄ ″-11UNC Set Screws 20030669 4

8
23 13⁄4″-8UNC Socket Head Cap Screw 20031843 1
24 Spring 20030670 1
25 13⁄4″-8UNC Hex Nut 020013 4
26 3⁄ ″ Flat Washer 20001178 8

4
27 3⁄ ″-10UNC Hex Nut 020328 8

4
4-61
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-62 of 82
Secondary Cylinder Assembly Inspection and

Repair (P/N 20030559)
The Secondary Cylinder Assembly is located on the lower BOP stack. The secondary
cylinder is used in the event the lower female receptacle is disengaged from the MUX pod
male stab. The extend and retract function on the cylinder can be activated from the Driller
or Toolpusher’s control panel or from the ROV panel located on the lower BOP stack. For
information about the secondary cylinder locking system, see the section titled
“Secondary Cylinder Assembly (P/N 20030559)” on page 2-28.
This section outlines the inspection and repair procedures for the hydraulically operated
Secondary Cylinder. These procedures are provided for field repair operations and involve
removing the secondary cylinder from the lower BOP stack and replacing all T-Seals,
Polypak Seals, and other wearable components.
Recommended Tools and Equipment

R Torque wrench with range up to 150 ft-lb
R 11⁄8″ Box Open End Wrench
4″
R 3⁄ Box Open End Wrench
R Spiral Lock Pliers
R Hard Rubber Mallet
R Strap Wrench
R Ultrasonic Tank Cleaner
R Cavi-Clean liquid detergent and additive or Varsol cleaner
R Safety Clean Rinse (if using Varsol)
Type P/N Where Used
*Sweeney 503 Moly Paste Lube 7403582 Bolts, screws, nuts, plugs
O-ring Lube, 8 oz. Tube 1874596 Seals, O-rings
Lubriplate 20026730 Lock Segments, Piston Rod
Grease 212410 Pod Male Stab and Female Receptacles
*Other suitable lubricants are as follows:

4-62
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-63 of 82
Maintenance
4
Recommended Torque Values and Wrench Size
Item Qty. Description Wrench Size *Torque
4 8 3⁄ ″-10UNC H.H.C.S. 11⁄8″ 114 ft-lb (155 Nm)

4
6 8 3⁄ ″-10UNC Hex Nut 11⁄8″ 114 ft-lb (155 Nm)

4
23 8 1⁄ ″-13UNC H.H.C.S. 3⁄ ″ 34 ft-lb (46 Nm)

2 4
26 4 1⁄ ″-13UNC Hex Nut 3⁄ ″ 34 ft-lb (46 Nm)

2 4
28 1 Pivot Strap Wrench 100 ft-lb (136 Nm)
9 1 Piston Strap Wrench 100 ft-lb (136 Nm)
*All torque values are based upon the use of Sweeney 503 Moly Paste thread lubricants (friction factor 0.067)
(P/N 7403582).
Isolate the secondary cylinder from all system

pressure before removing the cylinder from the lower
BOP stack and performing any disassembly
procedures. Failure to heed this warning may cause
damage to equipment or injury to personnel.
Do not attempt to disassemble the secondary cylinder without the following parts being
available at the rig site:
R 3 each Polypak Seals (P/N 031004)
R 1 each Wear Band (P/N 20031354)
R 1 each Spiral Lock Ring (P/N 20031357)
R 1 each Rod T-Seal (P/N 20031394)
R 1 each Piston T-Seal (P/N 20031395)
R 1 each Polypak Seal (P/N 20024667)
R 1 each Wear Band (P/N 20031355)
R 1 each Wiper Seal (P/N 20027813)
4-63
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-64 of 82
Remove Secondary Cylinder from Lower BOP Stack
i
table titled “Parts List – Secondary Cylinder” on page 4-69.
See this table for assembly and part numbers.
i
When removing the secondary cylinder from the lower
BOP stack, do not disturb (move) the four-adjustment cap
screws (4) located on the base plate (3). Failure to heed
this note will cause unnecessary work. In the event they
are disturbed, they will require to be re-adjusted (see the
section titled “Secondary Cylinder Adjustment” on
page 4-70).
1. Retract the secondary cylinder.

2. Bleed extend and retract hydraulic pressure to atmosphere.
i
Before removing the Extend and Retract hydraulic hoses,
tag the hose and the port it is attached to.
3. Disconnect the two hydraulic hoses from cylinder rod (1), and plug both ports. This
will keep contamination out of the cylinder and lock the cylinder in its short retracted
position.
4. Support the secondary cylinder (approximate weight 400 lb) and remove the eight
hex head cap screws, washers and nuts securing the secondary cylinder base (3) to
the lower stack.
5. Remove secondary cylinder from the lower stack to a clean work area.
4-64
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-65 of 82
Maintenance
4
Disassemble Secondary Cylinder
i
See this table for assembly and part numbers.
1. Remove the plugs from the extend port and retract port, and allow entrapped fluid to
drain from cylinder.
2. Remove the retainer ring (29) from the rod (1).
3. Remove the hex jam nut (28) from the rod.
4. Remove the base plate (3) from the rod, taking care not to disturb the four
adjustment screws (4). Store the base plate in a safe place to prevent adjustment
jackscrews (4) from being disturbed.
5. Remove retainer ring (21) from the inside of the barrel. Install two 1⁄4″-20UNC eye
bolts into the gland (17) and pull gland out of the barrel (8).
i
If the gland proves difficult to remove, connect potable
water supply pressure (100 psi maximum) and valve to the
retract port on the end of the rod. Slowly open valve to
pump the gland from the barrel.
6. Pull the rod (1) and piston (9) from the barrel (8). As the piston clears the barrel,
remove the four locking dogs (13).
7. Clamp the rod between copper -overed vise jaws, and unscrew the pivot (27) from
the rod (1).
8. With the rod clamped between copper-covered vise jaws, remove the spiral lock ring
(12) and unscrew the piston (9) from the rod.
9. Remove the two Polypak seals (10) and wear band (11) from the piston.
10. Remove the locking piston (14) from the bore of the piston. Remove the rod T-seal
(15) and piston T-seal (16) from the locking piston. Dispose of all items removed
from the piston (9) and locking piston (14).
11. Remove the wiper ring (20), Polypak seal (18), wear band (19) and Polypak seal
(10) from the gland (17). Dispose of all items removed from the gland.
12. Clean all parts and inspect for damage. Minor scratches can be removed with
smooth emery cloth. Replace any component that is deeply scoured or badly
dinged.
4-65
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-66 of 82
Assemble Secondary Cylinder
i
See this table for assembly and part numbers. For torque
values see the table titled “Recommended Torque Values
and Wrench Size” on page 4-63.
1. Lightly lubricate the rod T-seal (15) and piston T-seal (16) with Lubriplate, and install
on the locking piston (14).
i
See Figure 4-13 on page 4-68 for proper orientation of the
locking piston and seals before continuing to step 2.
2. Lightly lubricate the bore of the piston (9) with Lubriplate, and push the locking
piston into the bore of the piston.
3. Lightly lubricate the two Polypak seals (10) and install on the piston (9).
4. Clamp the rod (1) horizontally between copper-covered vise jaws, and lightly
lubricate the threads on both ends of the rod with 503 Moly paste. Screw the
piston/locking piston assembly until it bottoms on the rod. Using a strap wrench,
torque to 100 – 150 ft-lb (136 – 203 Nm).
5. Install the spiral lock ring (12) into the groove on the rod.
i
See Figure 4-13 on page 4-68 for proper orientation of the
seals and the gland (17) before continuing to step 6.
6. Lightly lubricate the wiper ring (20), Polypak seals (10, 18) and wear band (19) with
Lubriplate, and install on the gland (17).
7. Slide the gland over the rod (1), and screw the pivot (27) until it bottoms on the rod.
Using a strap wrench, tighten to 100 – 150 ft-lb (136 – 203 Nm).
i
In the following step 8, if any locking dog is damaged,
replace as a set; otherwise reuse.
4-66
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-67 of 82
Maintenance
4
8. Clamp the rod vertically between copper-covered vise jaws with the piston facing
upward. Apply a thin coat of Lubriplate on the locking dogs (13), and insert the four
locking dogs into the slots on the piston (9).
9. Install the wear band (11) on the piston, using Lubriplate to hold in place.
10. Lift the barrel (8) above the piston rod assembly, and carefully lower over the piston
until it touches the copper jaws of the vise.
11. Unclamp the vise and remove the barrel piston rod assembly. Rotate assembly 180°
and clamp vertically in vise on the outside of the barrel.
12. Using a hard rubber mallet, tap the piston rod assembly down into the barrel until
the gland (17) enters and bottoms on the barrel. Install the retainer ring (21) into the
groove of the barrel.
13. Lift the base plate (3) above the barrel assembly, and lower until the base plate rests
on the pivot (27).
In the following step 14, do not lock the retainer nut (28)
against the pivot (27). There must be clearance left
between these two items to allow the cylinder vertical float
on the base plate. This allows proper alignment of the
cylinder when it is in the Extend position.
14. Apply a few wraps of Teflon tape around the thread on the rod, and screw the
retainer nut (28) onto the rod until the nut just clears the spiral lock groove on the
rod.
15. Install the retainer ring (29) into the rod, and rotate the retainer nut (28)
counterclockwise until it contacts the spiral lock ring (29), hand tight.
16. Install test apparatus to the extend port and retract port, with maximum of 100 psi
hydraulic fluid pressure, cycle extend and retract three times to remove any
entrapped air. Visually inspect for fluid leaks.
17. Increase test pressure in 500 psi increments. Visually inspect for fluid leaks until
maximum test pressure of 4,500 psi is reached.
18. Hold test pressure for 15 minutes. Test criteria: no leakage, straight line on chart, no
dips.
19. If test is successful, install the secondary cylinder assembly onto the lower BOP
stack.
4-67
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-68 of 82
1/2” HHCS Securing Secondary

Cylinder Sleeve (22) to Gripper
Connector Plate
12
16 11
13 10
14
15
9
22
8
23
24
1
26
25 3
17 19 4
21 18
20
28 27
29
Figure 4-13. Secondary Cylinder
4-68
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-69 of 82
Maintenance
4
Parts List – Secondary Cylinder
Item Description P/N Qty.
1 Rod (Shaft) 20030711 2
2 Not Used – –
3 Base Plate 20030712 1
4 3⁄ ″ Adjustment Jackscrews – 4
4
5 Not used – –
6 Not used – –
7 Not used – –
8 Barrel (Cylinder) 20030641 1
9 Piston 20030640 1
10 Polypak Seal 031004 3
11 Wear Band 20031354 1
12 Spiral Lock Ring 20031357 1
13 Locking Dog (Segment) 20030717 4
14 Locking Piston (Cone) 20030720 1
15 Rod T-Seal 20031394 1
16 Piston T-Seal 20031395 1
17 Gland 20030699 1
18 Polypak Seal 20024667 1
19 Wear Band 20031355 1
20 Wiper Ring 20027813 1
21 Retainer Ring 20031359 1
22 Sleeve 20030721 1
23 1⁄ ″ Hex Head Cap Screw 20007150 8

2
24 1⁄ ″ Lock Washer 025084 8

2
25 Bearing Guide 20029003 1
26 1⁄ ″-13UNC Hex Head Nut 020316 4

2
27 Pivot 20030744 1
28 23⁄8″ Retainer Nut 20030759 1
29 Retainer Ring 20031358 1
4-69
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-70 of 82
Secondary Cylinder Adjustment

If the MUX pod Primary Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030556) has been removed for repair,
the Lower Gripper Assembly (P/N 20030558) and Secondary Cylinder Assembly (P/N
20030559) do not require to be adjusted.
If the MUX pod Primary Gripper Assembly has been

replaced, then due to tolerances it is recommended that
the Lower Gripper Assembly and the Lower Secondary
Cylinder Assembly be readjusted to ensure proper preload
of the lower female receptacle.
If the lower gripper assembly or the secondary cylinder has been removed for repair, the
Lower Gripper Assembly and the Secondary Cylinder Assembly must be readjusted to
ensure proper preload of the lower female receptacle.
In the event the seals or locking device on the primary gripper assembly fail, the
secondary cylinder assembly will require to be extended to preload the lower female
receptacle and maintain packer seal integrity between the lower female receptacle and the
pod male stab.
Before proceeding with the adjustment, the secondary cylinder must be in the Retract
position, and the primary gripper assembly must be in the Latch and Engage position.
This will engage and preload the female receptacle into the pod male stab.
To adjust the secondary cylinder, proceed as follows:
1. Break loose, one-half turn counterclockwise, the eight 3⁄4″ hex head cap screws (4)
securing the base plate (3) to the lower stack.
2. Back off the four 3⁄4″ adjustment cap screws (4) until they are below the surface of
the base plate (3).
3. Adjust the secondary cylinder hydraulic Extend/Retract hydraulic pressure to
500 psi (34 bar).
4. Place the secondary cylinder in the “Extend” position.
5. Remove the four 1⁄2″ hex head cap screws and lock washers securing the cylinder
sleeve (22) to the primary gripper connector plate (2). Using appropriately sized
pieces of wood to support the sleeve on the top of the lower landing plate (1), slide
the cylinder sleeve down to expose the top of the barrel (8).
i
if the top of the barrel contacts the underside of the
connector plate (2), rotate counterclockwise, in a cross
fashion, eight 3⁄4″ hex head cap screws (6) securing the
base plate (3) to the lower stack, until a 1⁄8″ gap exists
between the top of the barrel and the underside of the
connector plate.
4-70
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-71 of 82
Maintenance
4
6. Carefully rotate clockwise, in a cross pattern, the eight 3⁄4″ hex head cap screws (6)
until the barrel just contacts the underside of the connector plate (2).
7. Rotate clockwise the four 3⁄4″ adjustment cap screws (4) until they just contact the
stack spider plate.
8. Using a 11⁄8″ socket, torque the eight 3⁄4″ hex head cap screws (6) to 114 ft-lb
(155 Nm).
9. When adjustment is completed, place the secondary cylinder in the Retract
position.
10. Secondary cylinder is now adjusted to maintain proper preload on the lower female
receptacle.
ROV Valve Operator Assembly Repair

Procedures
This section outlines the overhaul procedures for the valves used on the ROV panels
located on the BOP stack.
These procedures are provided for field repair and involve replacement of all rubber goods
and certain other components that exhibit wear. Hydraulic pressure must be bled from the
system and the valve removed from the ROV panel to which it is plumbed.
Recommended tools:
R Torque wrench with range up to 1,593 in-lb
R Hydraulic test pump and 6,000 psi gauge
R Rubber mallet
R Adjustable wrench
R Box/open wrench set (US and Metric)
R Ultrasonic cleaner tank
R Cavi-clean liquid detergent and additive or Varasol cleaner
R Safety clean rinse (if using Varsol)
Recommended lubricants:
R Lubriplate grease (P/N 20026730)
R Sweeney 503 Moly Paste Lube (P/N 7403582) Anti-Seize Compound
4-71
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-72 of 82
Valve Operator Torque Values and Wrench Sizes
Valve *Torque
Operator Wrench
P/N Item # Qty. Description Size in-lb Nm
10 4 Hex Cap Screw 3⁄8″-16UNC 9⁄ ″

16 217 25
20028586
2 End Connections 1,239 140
10 4 Hex Cap Screw 3⁄8″-16UNC 9⁄ ″

16 217 25
20028554
2 End Connections 1,239 140
*Torque values are based on using Sweeney 503 Moly Paste thread lubricants (friction factor 0.067)
(P/N 7403582) Anti-Seize Compound.
ROV Panel Information
ROV Panel P/N Valve Operator P/N Valve Repair Kit P/N
20038879 20028554 20028555
20038877 20028554 20028555
20036807 20028586 20028589
20038881 20028554 20028555
20038880 20028554 20028555
20038878 20028554 20028555
Disassembly Procedure for Ball Valve Operator

(P/N 20028586 and 20028554)
Isolate the valve operator from all system pressure

before removing the ball valve from the ROV panel and
performing any disassembly procedures.
Before removing the valve, place the valve in the open

position; this prevents damage to the ball while removing.
4-72
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-73 of 82
Maintenance
4
i
Figure 4-14 on page 4-75 and item numbers in the parts
list.
i
Before commencing disassembly procedures, verify a
repair kit is available. See the table titled “ROV Panel
Information” on page 4-72 for ROV panel part number,
valve operator part number and repair kit part number.
1. Disconnect the upstream and downstream hydraulic lines from the ball valve end
connections (2).
2. Using a metric wrench, remove the four socket head cap screws from the operator
bracket, and remove the ball valve assembly to a clean work area.
Before removing the end connections (2) from the valve

body, place the valve in the open position; this prevents the
ball from falling out of the body.
3. Using an adjustable wrench, remove the end connections (2), seal (6) and Delrin
seats (5) from the valve body (1).
4. Place the valve in the closed position and remove the ball (3) from the body.
5. Using an adjustable wrench to prevent the stem (4) from turning, remove the gland
nut (10), locking device (9), gland (8) and outer packing (7).
6. Withdraw the stem (4) through the body cavity and remove the stem inner packing
(7) from the stem or body recess.
7. Clean and examine all parts. No eroded or corroded leak paths are permissible. The
ball must have no scratches across its seating surfaces, and any damage to the port
lip will destroy the new seats. A damaged ball must not be reused; install a new ball.
4-73
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-74 of 82
Assembly Procedure for Ball Valve Operator

(P/N 20028586 and 20028554)
1. Place the seal (6) on the end connector (2).
2. Insert the seat (5) into the end connect.
3. Lube the seat and end connector with Lubriplate.
4. Lube stem with thin coating of Lubriplate, and install stem inner packing (7) onto the
stem (4). Insert stem through body into stem hole and press fully up into body
recess.
5. Install outer packing (7), gland packing (8), locking device (9) and nut (10) onto
stem.
6. Using an adjustable wrench to prevent stem from turning, torque nut (10) to
approximately 71–88 in-lb (8–10 Nm). Operate stem several times and readjust if
too tight.
Over-tightening stem gland will only reduce the life of the

stem assembly.
7. Using an adjustable wrench, move stem into the closed position. Coat the ball with a
thin coating of Lubriplate, and insert the ball into the body cavity by sliding the ball
slot over the stem tang. Move the stem into the open position.
8. Lube the seat (5) and seal (6) with Lubriplate, and place into body.
9. Install the end connection (2) taking care not to trap the seals between the body and
the end connections. Torque end connections to 1,239 – 1,593 in-lb (140 – 180 Nm).
10. Set the valve in the open position, and verify the ROV panel rigid conduit valve is
also set in the open position. Lift the ball valve bracket assembly and align with the
operator D-slot.
11. Coat the threads with Moly Paste 503, and install the four 4 mm hex bolts and lock
washers to secure the valve body (1) to the operator housing.
12. At the ROV panel, confirm that the ROV panel open and close position corresponds
with the ball valve open and close position.
4-74
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-75 of 82
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-14. 1⁄ 2″ and 1⁄ 4″ High Pressure Ball Valve
Parts List – 1⁄2" Ball Valve Operator (P/N 20028586)
In Repair
Item # Kit Description P/N Qty.
Repair Kit 20028589
1 Body 1
2 End Connector 2
3 Ball 1
4 Stem 1
5 9 Delrin Seat 2
6 9 End Seal 2
7 9 Inner and Outer Packing 2
8 9 Gland Packing 1
9 Locking Device 1
10 Nut 1
11 Handle 1
12 Spring Washer 1
13 Bolt 1
4-75
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-76 of 82
Parts List – 1⁄4" Ball Valve Operator (P/N 20028554)
In Repair
Item # Kit Description P/N Qty.
Repair Kit 20028555
1 Body 1
2 End Connector 2
3 Ball 1
4 Stem 1
5 9 Delrin Seat 2
6 9 End Packing 2
7 9 Inner and Outer Packing 1
8 9 Gland Packing 1
9 Locking Device 1
10 Lock Nut 1
11 Handle 1
12 Spring Washer 1
13 Bolt 1
4-76
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-77 of 82
Maintenance
4
Replacing Seals – Female Acoustic Stab

Assembly
the retractable acoustic stab assembly. Item numbers in parentheses refer to callouts in
supplies used, see the table below:
Recommended Tools/Supplies – Female Acoustic Stab Assembly
Description Purpose
Torque wrench with 300 ft-lb (407 Nm) range Apply proper torque
Hydraulic test pump with 3,000 psi gauge Pressure test equipment
Rubber mallet
Strap wrench Rotating male stab sub
Chain vise Secure lower housing
15⁄16″ box wrench, open end
3⁄ ″ hex wrench
16

Moly Paste Lube 503 (P/N 7403582) or Lubricate screw threads during reassembly
4-77
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-78 of 82
6
17 18 19
9
8
10 x2
18 20
7 11 x2
21
16 12 15
13 14
Figure 4-15. Female Acoustic Stab Assembly
4-78
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-79 of 82
Maintenance
4
Disassembly
Before commencing disassembly procedures, verify all O-rings, polypak seals and
modular bearings are available (see Bill of Material 731737 located in Chapter 5, titled
“Specifications and Parts Lists”).
1. Retract the acoustic supply female stab.
2. Vent all hydraulic pressure to 0 psi (0 bar).
3. With a 15⁄16″ wrench, remove the 7⁄8″ hex head cap screws (20), lock washers (18),
and shims from the mounting ring (21) on the LMRP.
Do not lose any of the shims. Tie the shims together and
keep in a safe place.
4. Secure the lower housing (5) in a chain vise.

5. With a 15⁄16″ wrench, remove the eight 7⁄8″ hex head cap screws (17), lock washers
(18), and hex nuts (19) from the outer housing (5).
6. Lift the upper housing (1) from the lower housing (5).
7. Back off the set-screw (16) using a 3⁄16″ hex wrench, and remove the seal retainer
(12) with a strap wrench.
8. With a hardwood block and mallet, drive the female stab (8) out of the lower
housing.
9. Remove and discard all O-rings, modular bearings, and polypak seals.
Reassembly
1. Clean all parts and inspect for nicks, burrs, cuts and scouring. Replace any
damaged parts.
2. Secure the lower housing (5) in a chain vise.
3. Lightly coat the polypak seals (7) with Lubriplate. Install the two polypak seals (7)
into the inner grooves of the lower housing (see engineering drawing D-731737 for
proper seal orientation).
4. Lightly coat the polypak seals (9) with Lubriplate. Install the two polypak seals (9)
into the outer grooves of the female stab (8) (see engineering drawing D-731737 for
proper seal orientation).
5. With a hardwood block and mallet, enter and tap the female stab (8) into the lower
housing (5), taking care not to damage the polypak seals (7, 9). Continue to tap the
female stab until it is approximately 1″ into the bore of the lower housing.
6. Lightly coat the polypak seals (3) and wiper seal (2) with Lubriplate. Install the three
polypak seals (3) and wiper seal (2) into the inner grooves of the upper housing (see
engineering drawing D-731737 for proper seal orientation).
7. Lubricate the exposed shaft of the female stab (5) with SAE 10W oil. Place the
O-ring (6) into its groove on the lower housing flange. Lift and lower the upper
housing over the female stab. Continue to lower the upper housing, aligning the
holes of the two flanges, until it contacts the lower housing flange.
4-79
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-80 of 82
8. Lubricate the threads with moly paste, and with a 15⁄16″ wrench, install the eight 7⁄8″
hex head cap screws (17), lock washers (18), and hex nuts (19) into the upper and
lower flanges. Torque to 300 ft-lb (407 Nm).
9. Lightly coat the polypak seals (10) and modular bearing (11) with Lubriplate. Install
the two polypak seals (10) and modular bearing (11) into the inner grooves of the
female stab (see engineering drawing D-731737 for proper seal orientation).
10. Install the wiper seal (15), O-ring (13), and backup ring (14) into the seal retainer
(12). Apply a light coating of moly paste on the threads of the seal retainer and the
set screw (16). Screw the seal retainer into the female stab (5), and hand tighten
with a strap wrench. With a 3⁄16″ hex wrench, lock the seal retainer in place with set
screw (16) (see engineering drawing D-731737 for proper seal orientation).
11. With a hydraulic test pump, and appropriate valves and gauges, connect into the
extend port and retract port.
12. Extend and retract the stab to remove all air from the system. With 3,000 psi
pressure, test the stab in the extended and retracted position for 15 minutes.
13. Prior to installing the female acoustic stab onto the LMRP, function the stab to the
retract position. The female acoustic stab is ready to be installed.
4-80
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 4-81 of 82
Maintenance
4
Replacing the Acoustic Male Stab

The following provides procedures for replacing the acoustic male stab. Item numbers in
parentheses refer to callouts in engineering drawing D-731741D and Figure 4-16 on
page 4-82. For a list of tools and supplies used, see the following table:
Recommended Tools/Supplies – Acoustic Male Stab
Description Purpose
Torque wrench with 300 ft-lb (407 Nm) range
15⁄ ″ box wrench, open end

16
1″ box wrench, open end
1⁄ ″ drive socket wrench

2
115⁄16″ box wrench, open end
3⁄ ″ hex wrench
16

4-81
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 4-82 of 82
1. Remove the eight hex head bolt (7), and washers (6) with a 1″ box open wrench.
2. Remove the housing (1) complete with the male stab (2).
3. Remove the six shoulder bolts (5), spacers (4) and washers (3) with a 15⁄16″ box
open wrench.
4. Remove the male stab sub (2) from the housing.
5. Inspect the male stab for nicks, burrs, scratches, etc. If the polished surface has
deep scouring, replace the male stab.
6. Coat the polished surface of the male stab with Lubriplate, and install into the
housing.
7. Coat the threads with moly paste and install the six shoulder bolts (5), spacers (4),
and washers (3). With a 15⁄16″ socket wrench, lightly hand-tighten.
8. Install the male stab housing assembly, coat the threads with moly paste, and install
the eight hex head bolts (7) and washers (6). With a 1″ box wrench, torque to
100 ft-lb (135 Nm).
9. Extend the female acoustic stab assembly over the male stab. This action aligns the
male stab with the female acoustic stab.
10. With a 15⁄16″ socket, torque the six shoulder bolts (5) to 100 ft-lb (135 Nm).
2
6 7
3
4
5
Figure 4-16. Acoustic Male Stab
4-82
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 5-1 of 6
Specifications and Parts Lists
Correspondence
Direct all correspondence to the appropriate address listed below:
Mailing Address
P.O. Box 1473
Houston, Texas 77251, U.S.A.
Shipping Address
12950 West Little York
Houston, Texas 77041
Tel. (713) 937-5000
Fax (713) 937-5779
National Oilwell Varco Repair Center Address

5100 N. Sam Houston Parkway West
Tel. (281) 569-3000
Parts Lists
Parts Identification
All parts required for maintenance or repair are available from National Oilwell Varco.
Assembly drawings and exploded views correspond to the parts list which identifies each
part by number. Using this part number and part name will ensure procurement of the
proper part when ordering parts.
Ordering Replacement Parts

When ordering replacement parts, please specify the following information:
R Part name — list part name as called out on the applicable drawing
R Part number — list part number as called out on the applicable drawing
R Drawing number — list engineering drawing number and the item number for the
drawing
R Quantity — list the quantity needed
R Serial number — list the serial number (if applicable) as shown on the nameplate
5-1
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
5 Specifications and Parts Lists Revision A
Page 5-2 of 6
Recommended Spare Parts

The following tables list the recommended spare parts for the BOP stack:
i
For BOP stack control system spare parts, refer to the
Multiplex Control Pod and BOP Stack Control System
User’s Manuals.
Recommended Spare Part Kits, 2 Years Service
Qty. P/N Description
1 20071374 Spare Part Kit for BOP Stack Assembly (P/N 20035267)
1 20071328 Spare Part Kit for Rigid Conduit Manifold (P/N 20038739)
1 20070348 Spare Part Kit for Riser Adapter Assembly (P/N 20035633)
5-2
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 5-3 of 6
5
Illustrations and Parts Lists

Figure 5-1 illustrates the charging and gauging assembly. The table titled “Parts List –
Charging and Gauging Assembly, 6,000 psi Accumulator Bottles” lists the corresponding
parts for the assembly.
3
2
5 4
Figure 5-1. Charging and Gauging Assembly, 6,000 psi Accumulators
Parts List – Charging and Gauging Assembly, 6,000 psi

Accumulator Bottles
Item # Qty. Description P/N
Assembly – Complete Charging and Gauging Assembly 1700071
1 1 Pressure Gauge 1700072
2 1 Stainless Cross 1700080
3 1 Valve Nut 1700079
4 1 Valve Tube 1700077
5 1 Bleed Valve 1700078
6 1 JIC Adapter 9
7 1 Hose 1700076
8 1 Air Chuck 1700073
5-3
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 5-4 of 6
Engineering Drawings
The following table lists the engineering drawings for the BOP stack:
Engineering Drawings – Mosvold 1 BOP Stack
Drawing # Parts List Description
D-20029730D – Interconnect Cabling Diagram
D-20031759D – Pod Electrical Interconnect Diagram
R-20032490D – Schematic, BOP Stack
R-20032489D – Schematic, Mux Pod
D-20035774D – Schematic, Emergency Hydraulic Backup System
D-20036850D – Schematic, Acoustic Pod
D-20029252D – Accumulator Bottle Sizing
D-20038962D – Test Procedure 183⁄4″-15 BOP Stack
D-20013745D 20013745 Emergency Recovery System Assembly
General Arrangement, BOP Stack with Space Out

D-20028501D –
Dimensions
D-20035267D 20035267 183⁄4″-15,000 psi BOP Stack Assembly
D-20035260D 20035260 LMRP Assembly
D-20035239D 20035239 Lower Stack Assembly
– 20033653 Control System Components
D-20028001D 20028001 Connector Assembly, Electric, Wet-Mate, Retractable
D-20031810D 20031810 Sensor Assembly, Pressure Temperature
D-20037285D 20037285 Acoustic Pod Assembly
D-20002603D 20002603 Arm Assembly, Self Activating, Acoustic Pod
D20036348D 20036348 Emergency Hydraulic Backup System
D-7400210D 7400210 Hot Line Manifold Assembly
D-20038739D 20038739 Rigid Conduit Manifold Assembly
D-20035633D 20035633 Riser Adapter Assembly, FT-H
– 20026066-6A3 Shaffer 4-10M DB Valve without MOR
D-731737D 731737 Female Stab, Acoustic Pod Supply
D-731741D 731741 Male Stab, Acoustic Pod Supply
– 719809-6A3 Shaffer 3-15M HB Valve, Straight, Choke Iso Vlv
Shaffer 3-15M HB Valve, Dual Block, Choke/Kill and

D-720038D 719803-6A3
Gas Relief Valve
5-4
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Revision A
Page 5-5 of 6
5
Engineering Drawings – Mosvold 1 BOP Stack (Continued)
D-735520D 735520 Female Locking Stab Assembly, Choke/Kill
D-735558D 735558 Female Stab Locking w/Aux Unlock, Choke/Kill
D-735616D 735616 Retractable Female Stab, Choke/Kill
D-735530D 735530 Male Stab Assembly, Choke/Kill
B-20038802D 20038802 21⁄2 Gal. Accumulator with Mounting Bracket
D-20032072D – Oilstate Inc. Flex Joint
D-20029402D – Dril-Quip LMRP Connector
D-20029401D – Dril-Quip Wellhead Connector
C-20027927D 20027927 Shaffer 18-10M SBOP
D-20027253D 20033381 BOP Assembly, Upper NXT Triple 18-15M
D-20018931D 20018931 Door Assembly, 18-15M NXT with 22″ Operator
D-20002534D 168053 Door Assembly, 18-15M NXT with UltraLock II B Operator
D-20015930D – General Arrangement, Lower NXT Triple 18-15M
D-20015508D 20033380 BOP, Lower NXT Triple 18-15M
Door Assembly, 18-15M NXT with UltraLock II B Operator

D-20014900D 20028749
without Locks
C-20026551D 20026551 Piston Assembly, UltraLock 2B, for Test BOP
D-20030558D 20030558 Lower Gripper Assembly
D-20030559D 20030559 Secondary Cylinder Assembly
– 20032493 Seal Kit, Gripper Assy. and Secondary Cylinder
– 20032494 Repair Kit, Gripper Assy. and Secondary Cylinder
D-20028347D 20028347 Bracket Assembly, Inclinometer Mounting
D-20038880D 20038880 ROV Panel Assy., “LMRP Acc. Dump with bypass”
D-20037229D – ROV Panel Assy., “LMRP Conn. Unlock”
D-20037232D – ROV Panel Assy., “LMRP All Stabs Retract”
D-20036807D – ROV Panel Assy., “Lower Stack Functions”
D-20038881D 20038881 ROV Panel Assy., “Riser Conn. POCV Dump”
D-20038879D 20038879 ROV Panel Assy., “EHBS Acc. Dump with bypass”
D-20038877D 20038877 ROV Panel Assy., “Acoustic Acc. Dump with bypass”
D-20038882D 20038882 ROV Panel Assy., “Rigid Conduit A and B Dump”
D-20038878D 20038878 ROV Panel Assy., “Shear Acc. Dump with bypass”
5-5
www.nov.com
BOP Stack
Page 5-6 of 6
Engineering Drawings – Mosvold 1 BOP Stack (Continued)
D-20010935D 20010935 Dual Hydraulic Fail Safe Close Panel
D-20039040D 20039040 Bottle Rack Assembly, LMRP
D-20039045D 20039045 Bottle Rack Assembly, LMRP
D-20038013D 20038013 Bottle Rack Assembly
– 20071374 Spare Part Kit, BOP Stack, 2 Year Service
– 20071328 Spare Part Kit, Rigid Conduit, 2 Year Service
– 20070348 Spare Part Kit, Riser Adapter, 2 Year Service
– 157294 Spare Part Kit, 183⁄4″-10M SBOP, 2 Year Service
– 168109 Spare Part Kit, 183⁄4″-15M UltraLock II B
– 168122 Spare Part Kit, 183⁄4″-15M UltraLock II B, Cavity Seat
– 20019444 Spare Part Kit, 18-15M NXT with 22″ Operator
Spare Part Kit, PosLock Segments, 18-15M NXT with

– 20019273
22″ Operator
Spare Part Kit, 18-15M NXT with 22″ Operator,

– 20020683
Cavity Seat for Shear Ram
– 20029399 Adjustment Kit, 18-15M NXT with 22″ Operator
– 20038800 Hose Kit, BOP Stack
5-6
www.nov.com
Shaffer Engineering Document Title: Supercedes:
CALCULATION: SYSTEM SIZING
IN ACCORDANCE WITH API 16D 2nd. Ed. New
MOSVOLD PROJECT for 10,000 Ft. WATER DEPTH
91080 RTD ADDED EHBS; CORRECTED Jun-07 B

ERRORS IN ANN VOL. & SHEAR
CALCS. UPDATED OPERATOR
VOLUMES IN SHEAR CALCS.
& ACOUSTIC CALCS.
87264 RTD UPDATED FOR NEW, LARGER Sep-06 A
TRIPLEX PUMPS
EC# INITIALS Revision Description Date Rev. Level
Prepared: Date:
RGH May-06
National Oilwell Varco, Inc. 2007 Checked: Date:
Copyrighted as an unpublished work. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. RTD May-06
Approved: Date:
This work contains the CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION of FLS May-06
National Oilwell Varco, Inc. Neither this document nor any information disclosed herein Release: Date:
shall be reproduced in any form, used or disclosed to others for any purpose, including 85610 May-06
manufacturing, without the express written permission of National Oilwell Varco, Inc. Document Number: Revision:
20029252D B
Varco Shaffer 3/25/2008
SIZING CONTROL SYSTEMS PER API 16D 2nd Ed.

for SUBSEA BOP STACKS
MOSVOLD, Project For 10,000 Feet
Stack Size 18 Inches Working Pressure 15,000 PSI

Size and Type of Closing Gallons Req'd Pressure
Preventer/Valve Ratio Close Open to Close
ANNULAR, 18-10M Shaffer N/A 85.00 66.00 1500
STRIPPING ACCUMULATOR, 15 Gal. N/A 2.53 0.00 N/A
ANNULAR, 18-10M Shaffer N/A 85.00* 66.00* N/A
STRIPPING ACCUMULATOR, 15 Gal. N/A N/A 0.00 N/A
CASING SHR RAM,18-15M NXT, Shaffer, 22" Cyl. 13.44 35.3* 33.0* N/A
PIPE SHEAR RAM,18-15M NXT, Shaffer, 22" Cyl. 13.44 35.30 33.00 N/A
UPPER RAM,18-15M NXT, Shaffer 13.94 16.74 15.72 1076
MIDDLE RAM,18-15M NXT, Shaffer 13.94 16.74 15.72 1076
LOWER RAM,18-15M NXT, Shaffer 13.94 16.74 15.72 1076
TEST RAM,18-15M NXT, Shaffer N/A 16.74* 15.72* N/A
CHOKE/KILL VLVS, 3"-15M, QTY TBA N/A 0.00 0.00 1500
TOTAL *not used in calculation 173.05 146.16 1500
Per API 5.2.3.1
The accumulator capacity is to be sufficient for close and open of one annular (the largest) and four ram BOP's having
the least cumulative operating volume requirements. The volume design factor is determined by the sizing calculation
method selected per 4.2.3.1.
18-3/4" Stack
Total Volume specified /C+O/ 319.21 Gallons
Plus 50% (Method A design factor) 159.61 Gallons
Total BOP Volume Required 478.82 Gallons
DIVERTER CONTROL SYSTEM

Diverter Size 21-1/4 Inches Working Pressure 500 PSI
Size/Type of Closing Gallons Req'd Pressure
Preventer/Valve Ratio Close/Prssr Open/Vent to Close
DIVERTER PACKER, SHAFFER N/A 32.59 16.92 1500
DIVERTER LOCK DOWN DOGS N/A 0.50 0.00 N/A
FLOW LINE SEALS N/A 1.00 --- N/A
FLOW LINE VALVE N/A 1.00 1.00 N/A
PORT OVERBOARD VALVE N/A 1.00 1.00 N/A
STARBOARD OVERBOARD VALVE N/A 1.00 1.00 N/A
SHAKER VALVE N/A 1.00 1.00 N/A
MUD FILL VALVE N/A 0.50 0.50 N/A
TRIP TANK VALVE N/A 0.50 0.50 N/A
T J PACKER N/A 1.50 --- N/A
TOTAL 40.59 21.92 1500
Per API RP64 section 3.6.2
The usable accumulator capacity, with pumps inoperative, is to be sufficient for open and close all of the
functions + 50% / fifty percent / reserve.
Diverter Operation
Total Volume specified /open,close/ 62.51 Gallons
Plus 50% 31.26 Gallons
Total Diverter Volume Required 93.77 Gallons
Varco Confidential MOSVOLD REV B Page 2

SIZING THE SUBSEA ACCUMULATORS

Per API 16D 5.2.3.1
"…Some accumulators may be mounted on the subsea BOP stack to reduce response time and/or to se
as a backup supply of power fluid. These stack mounted accumulators supplementing the main hydraulic sup
are not categorized as rapid discharge accumulators, and therefore are subject to sizing Method A o
Although no rules are provided on capacity of the subsea accumulators, in the past we have use
the volume of the largest consumer plus 50% reserve. API 16D 4.2.3.1, Table 2 specifies a 40% volume design fac
design factor ...Thus the capacity should be as follows
Capacity of Largest Consumer 87.53 Gallons

Adjustment to achieve 15 btls subsea -48.60 Gallons
Total 38.93 Gallons
Working Water Depth of BOP Stack = 10000 Feet

To compensate for water depth 0.445 X 10000 = ? psi
Yields an Increase in subsea pressure of 4450 psi
Under PRECHARGING ACCUMULATORS 16E.2.4.2 "... The amount of precharge

pressure is a variable depending on specific operating requirements of the equipment to be
operated and the operating environment." (Note: API 16D does not address precharge pressure.)
Using Boyle's law and the pressures shown below, compensated for subsea head pressure, a
assuming Isothermal conditions, calculate the volume of nitrogen and fluid required as follows:
SSVR V% =[1-(P2/P1)1/n]/(P2/P3)1/n = SSVR/V3

V3 = -----------------------------------------
[1-(P2/P1)1/n]/(P2/P3)1/n Vf = V3*((P3/P3)-(P3/P1) n=2.169
P1 = Maximum Pressure, psia (Nom. = 5,000 psig)
= 5,000 + 14.7 + 4450 psi head pressure
= 9,464.7 psia
P2 = Minimum Pressure, psia (Nom. = 1,500 psig)
= 5,964.7 psia
P3 = Precharge Pressure, psia (Nom. = 1,500 psig)
= 5,964.7 psia
V% = Ratio of usable fluid to volume available

= 0.192
SSVR = Volume of usable fluid required, gallons
= 38.93 Gallons
V3 = Accumulator volume (Nitrogen + Fluid)
= 203.05 Gallons
To meet the stated criteria, the number of bottles used should be as follows:
If using 11 Gallon bottles, then use 21 bottles
Provides a usable fluid volume of 40.94 Gallons
And total stored fluid volume of 55.93 Gallons
Notes:
1. One Gallon is Subtracted from each 11-Gal. accumulator capacity and1.3-Gal. from ea
15-Gal accumulator to compensate for bladder/float displacement in the preceding calculatio
2. Usable fluid is fluid volume between Maximum Pressure and Minimum Pressur
3. Total fluid is fluid volume between Maximum Pressure and Precharge Pressur

SIZING SURFACE ACCUMULATOR CAPACITY for BOP's

Under VOLUMETRIC CAPACITY CALCULATIONS 16E.3.4.3.5 "Determine the stored
surface hydraulic fluid volume required (SVR) by subtracting the actual subsea stored hydrau
fluid volume (SSVR) from the total stored hydraulic fluid volume required (TVR) determined in
Section 16E.3.4.1" Note: The following is based on usable fluid volume rather than total fluid
volume, because the basis for total volumes are derived using different pressures.
Accumulator Size
11 Gallon 15 Gallon
Total Volume Required, TVR (Usable Fluid) 478.82 478.82
Total Subsea Volume Available, SSVR (Usable Fluid) 40.94 40.06
Net Minimum Surface Volume Required, SVR (Usable Fluid) 437.88 438.76
SIZING THE SURFACE ACCUMULATORS

Under PRECHARGING ACCUMULATORS 16E.2.4.2 "... The amount of precharge
pressure is a variable depending on specific operating requirements of the equipment to
operated and the operating environment
Using Boyle's law and the pressures shown below, and assuming Isothermal condition
calculate the volume of nitrogen and fluid required as follow
SVR V% = (P3/P2)-(P3/P1) = SVR/V3

V3 = ----------------------------
(P3/P2)-(P3/P1) Vf = V3*((P3/P3)-(P3/P1))

= 5,000 + 14.7
= 5,014.7 psia
= 1,500 + 14.7
= 1,514.7 psia
= 1,500 + 14.7
= 1,514.7 psia

= 0.698
SVR = Volume of usable fluid required, gallons
= 437.88 Gallons f/11 Gallon 438.76 Gallons f/15 Gallon
Vf = Total volume of Fluid available, gallons

Notes:
1. One Gallon is Subtracted from each 11-Gal. accumulator capacity and 1.3 Gal. from ea
15-Gal. Accumulator to compensate for bladder/float displacement in the preceding calculation

SIZING BOTTLES FOR CASING SHEAR

The real cycle is one in which volume or pressure change without loos or gain of he
This normally happens when the compression or expansion cycle is so rapid that the g
temperature change cannot be transferred to the environmen
Capacity to close Casing Shear @ 3000 psi 35.3 Gallons

Plus 10% Reserve* 3.53 Gallons
Total Volume Required 38.83 Gallons

V3 = -------------------------------
[1-(P2/P1)1/n]/(P2/P3)1/n Vf = V3*((P3/P3)-(P3/P1) n=5.11

= 9,464.7 psia
= 7,464.7 psia
= 5,964.7 psia

= 3.63%
= 35.30 Gallons
= 973.23 Gallons
11 Gallon bottles required w/ reserve 98 bottles
Provides a usable fluid volume to 3000 psi 39.26 Gallons
Total stored fluid volume of 260.98 Gallons
Notes:
1. One Gallon is Subtracted from each 11-Gal. accumulator capacity and 1.3 Gal. from each

SIZING BOTTLES FOR THE EHBS POD

Upper Pipe Rams - Close 16.74 Gallons
Choke/Kill Stabs & Pod Female - Unlock 0.8 Gallons
Choke/Kill Stabs - Retract 3 Gallons
Riser Connector Secondary - Unlock 13.66 Gallons
Pipe Shear Rams - Close 35.3 Gallons
Outer choke/Kill Valves - Close 2.5 Gallons
Total, all Functions 72 Gallons
Total (less Shear Ram Close) 36.7 Gallons
40% reserve 14.68 Gallons
Total 51.38 Gallons

V3 = ----------------
[1-(P2/P1)1/n]/(P2/P3)1/n Vf = V3*((P3/P3)-(P3/P1) n=4.78

= 9,464.7 psia

= 5,964.7 psia

= 5,964.7 psia
= 0.092
= 36.70 Gallons
= 398.59 Gallons
Provides a usable fluid volume 3000 psi 0.00 Gallons

Notes:

SIZING THE ACOUSTIC ACCUMULATORS

Per DRILL PLANT DRILL Appendix A Section D 103 Acoustic voume should be sufficient to close 2 pipe
rams plus the shear and unlock the riser connector with a 50% reserve.
NOTE: The dedicated shear accumulators are used as part of the acoustic accumulator volume.
ACOUSTIC FUNCTIONS
Casing Ram 0 Gallons
Pipe Shear Rams 35.3 Gallons
Pipe Ram (2) to close 33.48 Gallons
Riser Connector sec. unlock 13.66 Gallons
Choke & Kill Valves 0 Gallons
Total (less shears) 47.14 Gallons
50% reserve 17.62 Gallons
Total 64.76 Gallons

V3 = ---------------------------------
[1-(P2/P1)1/n]/(P2/P3)1/n Vf = V3*((P3/P3)-(P3/P1) n=2.18
= 9,464.7 psia
= 5,964.7 psia
= 5,964.7 psia
= 19.09%
= 47.14 Gallons
= 246.98 Gallons
Notes:

SIZING THE DIVERTER ACCUMULATORS

Per API 16D section 5.5.3
The diverter control system shall have an accumulator FVR (Functional Volume Requirement) to prov
one hundred percent (100%) of the power fluid volume (with pumps inoperative) required to operate all of
divert mode functions. The volume design factor for volume limited accumulator discharge shall be determi
by the sizing calculation method selected per 4.2.3.1. …. The pressure of the remaining accumulator flu
operating all of the required divert mode functions, … shall exceed the calculated minimum system operat
pressure. The calculated minimum system operating pressure shall exceed the greater of the follow
1. The minimum calculated operating pressure required to close the diverter packing element on drill pip
the maximum rated wellbore pressure of the diverter syste
2. The minimum calculated operating pressure required to open and hold open any overboard valve in
diverter flow line system at the maximum rated wellbore pressure of the diverter syste
Total Diverter Volume Required, including reserves 93.77 Gallons

SSVR V% =(P3/P2)-(P3/P1) = SSVR/V3
V3 = ---------------------------
(P3/P2)-(P3/P1) Vf = V3*((P3/P3)-(P3/P1))

= 5,000 + 14.7
= 5,014.7 psia
= 1,500 + 14.7
= 1,514.7 psia
= 1,500 + 14.7
= 1,514.7 psia
= 0.698
To meet the API RP-64 criteria, the number of bottles used should be as follow

Notes:

DIVERTER BACKUP SYSTEM

Per API RP64 section 3.6.4, an alternative means (backup system) should be employed to permit sequenc
the diverter system should the primary closing system become inoperative. This can be accomplished by alternative
system capacity, separate isolated accumulator capacity, nitrogen backup capacity, or other means.
DIVERTER VOLUMES
Total Diverter Sequrnce Volume 40.59 Gallons
Total Backup Volume Required 40.59 Gallons
Output, 2 Electric Pumps in 30 seconds. 43.65 Gallons
Total (less pumps) 0.00 Gallons
Volume Required from Bottles 0.00 Gallons
Total 0.00 Gallons
SSVR V% =(P3/P2)-(P3/P1) = SSVR/V3

V3 = ---------------------------
(P3/P2)-(P3/P1) Vf = V3*((P3/P3)-(P3/P1))

= 5,000 + 14.7
= 5,014.7 psia
= 1,500 + 14.7
= 1,514.7 psia
= 1,500 + 14.7
= 1,514.7 psia

= 0.698
To meet the API RP-64 criteria, the number of backup bottles should be as follows:

Notes:

SIZING THE RESERVOIR

Under Mixing and Storage Equipment 16D 2.2.2.2 "The usable control system fluid
reservoir capacity shall be at least equal to the total accumulator stored hydraulic fluid volum
There shall be sufficient space in the reservoir above the upper hydraulic fluid fill valve shut
level to permit draining the largest bank of accumulators back into the tank without overflo
The lubricant/additive reservoir shall be sized using the maximum anticipated ratio for mixing
control system's hydraulic fluid and shall contain sufficient lubricant/additive to mix at least t
times the total accumulator stored hydraulic volume capacity of control system flui
The ethylene glycol reservoir if required, shall be sized using the maximum anticipated ethylene
glycol/water ratio for the minimum anticipated ambient temperature to which the control fluid wil
exposed. The reservoir shall contain sufficient ethylene glycol to mix at least one and one half tim
the total accumulator stored hydraulic fluid volume of the control system fluid. " Therefore th
reservoir is sized as follows
SIZING THE RESERVOIR
Total accumulator stored capacity (if 15 Gallon Units) 1031.7 Gallons
Total accumulator stored capacity (if 11 Gallon Uni ** 920.9 Gallons**
Therefore use mixed fluid reservoir with usable capacity of 1100.0 Gallons
Lubricant/additive reservoir mix 5 Percent 550.0 Gallons
Use Lubricant/additive res. for 5 drum 10 drums 550.0 Gallons
Ethylene Glycol portion of mix 30 Percent 495.0 Gallons
Make Ethylene Glycol reservoir 9 drums 495.0 Gallons
**NOTE: The 11 Gallon Accumulator Column is not complete and should not be considered.
SIZING THE SYSTEM PUMPS

Under Pump Systems 16D 2.2.2.3 "The subsea BOP control system shall
have a minimum of two independent pump systems (primary and secondary).
The combination of all pumps shall be capable of charging the entire accumulator
system volume from precharge pressure to the maximum rated system working
pressure within fifteen minutes.
Isolated accumulators shall be provided for the pilot control system which may be
supplied by a separate pump. The dedicated pump, if used, can be either air
powered or electric powered. ..."
Determine the pump capacity 15 Gallon 11 Gallon**

Total Fluid Volume Subsea Accumulators 496.19 383.49 Gallons
Total Fluid Volume Surface Accumulators 535.47 537.42 Gallons
Combined Volume Required 1031.66 920.91 Gallons
Divided by pump-up time 15 15 Minutes
Total Pump Rate Required 68.78 61.39 GPM
**NOTE: The 11 Gallon Accumulator Column is not complete and should not be considered.
Using the pump model combinations shown below provides Pump Output
equal to or greater than requirments of previous step:
Pump Quantity Assembly Output Output

Model No. Used Description Per Pump Total
NOV165T-5 2 Electric Triplex 43.65 87.3 GPM
HA-66 0 Air Pump 2.50 0.0 GPM
TOTAL 87.3 GPM
Good practice requires that the electric motor driven pump be capable of reaching
system pressure without exceeding plunger loading, pump speed, design pressure
or hydraulic horsepower specified by the pump manufacturer.
Per 16D 2.2.2.3 "...Air pumps should be capable of charging the accumulators to
the system working pressure with 75 psi minimum air pressure supply. Provision
shall be made to supply hydraulic fluid to the pilot accumulators from the main
accumulator system if the pilot pump becomes inoperative. Alternatively, a stand
pump shall be provided. ..."

CALCULATED SYSTEM PUMP-UP TIME

Per API 16D 2.2.2.3 "...T The combination of all pumps shall be capable of charging
the entire accumulator system volume from precharge pressure to the maximum
rated system working pressure within fifteen minutes. ..."
Accumulator Size, Gallons 15 11 Units

Available Fluid Volume
Total of All Accumulators 1031.66 920.91 Gallons
Total Pump Capacity 87.3 87.3 GPM
Pump-up Time = Volume/GPM = 11.8 10.5 Minutes
PUMP DESIGN CRITERIA

Manufacturer's Specifications:
Maximum Plunger Load 9,000 Pounds
Maximum Pump Speed,Intermittant Duty 510 RPM
Maximum Pressure Rating 5,000 psig
Number of Plungers 3 #
Plunger Stroke 5.000 Inches
Plunger Diameter 1.500 Inches
Pump Model 165T-5H NOV
Application Specifications:
Horsepower @ 100% Efficiency 127.34 HP
Horsepower @ 85% Efficiency 149.82 HP
Input Horsepower 150 HP
Motor Rating (60 Hz) 480 VAC
Motor Speed 1,150 RPM
Pump Sheave O.D. 28.00 Inches
Motor Sheave O.D. 9.75 Inches
Drive Ratio 2.872 Ratio
Pump Speed 400 RPM
Design Plunger Load 8836 Pounds
Flow Rate @ 100% Volumetric Efficiency 46.0 GPM
Flow Rate @ 95% Volumetric Efficiency 43.7 GPM

Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:34:23 AM
Page: 1 of 1
Bill of Material for Item 20013745

Description: EMER RECOVERY SYS INSTL/ASSY
Balloon Part U Quantity

Number Number Description M Per
20013745D DWG: EMER RECOVERY SYS INSTL/ASSY EA 0.0000
1 20014317 MASTER LINK, 4" A-342 EA 2.0000
2 20014318 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 175 TON, BOLT TYPE EA 4.0000
3 20014319 SLING, WIRE ROPE, 9 PARTS 1-1/8 DIA x 171-1/2"LG EA 1.0000
4 20013745-04 BAR, RD. 1"x20-3/8"LG, EA 1.0000
5 20014322 WEBBING ASSY, 2" WIDTH, 3' LG EA 1.0000
6 20014325 BRAIDED ROUND SLING, 15-3/4" x 5-3/4" EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:38:16 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: STK ASSY, TOP, 18-15M BOP STK

20035267D DWG: STK ASSY, TOP, 18-15M BOP STK EA 0.0000
1 20035239 STK ASSY, LWR, 18-15M BOP STK, EA 1.0000
2 20035260 LMRP ASSY, 18-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
3 20033653 CNTL SYS COMPONENTS, MOSVOLD I EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:38:57 AM
Page: 1 of 3

Description: LMRP ASSY, 18-15M BOP STK

20035260D DWG: LMRP ASSY, 18-15M BOP STK EA 0.0000
1 20027927 SBOP ASSY, 18-10M, SXF(15M) W/(1)3-15M SO, CRA, EA 1.0000
2 155295 PE, 18-10M, NIT EA 1.0000
3 20035633 ADPTR ASSY, GA, RISER, FT-H EA 1.0000
4 20032072 FLEX JT, SUBSEA, FT-E X 18-10M FLG EA 1.0000
5 20029402 CONN, LMRP, 18-3/4" DX 10, H4 LATCHES EA 1.0000
6 20031941 HOSE, FLEX, COFLEXIP, 2 1/16-5M, 20'LG EA 2.0000
7 20031944 HOSE, FLEX, C&K, COFLEXIP, 3-15M, 12'6"LG EA 2.0000
8 20036108 SPIDER, LMRP, WA, 18-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
9 20036053 FLG, RETNR, SPLIT, LMRP, 18 3/4-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
10 20035533 FRAME, SIDE, WA, LEFT, LMRP, 18-15M BOP STK EA 2.0000
11 20035536 FRAME, SIDE, WA, RH, LMRP, 18-15M BOP STK EA 2.0000
12 20036054 CROSS MEMBER, WA, LMRP, 18-15M BOP STK EA 6.0000
13 20036154 PIN, 4.71"ODx7"LG, SIDE FRAME, LMRP,18-15M BOP STK EA 4.0000
14 731962-04 PIN, HITCH EA 4.0000
15 050666 RG GSKT, BX-164, 304SS EA 3.0000
16 050647 RG GSKT, BX-154, 304SS EA 23.0000
17 050646 RG GSKT, BX153, 2-9/16", 10/15/20M, 304SS EA 4.0000
NOT USED NOT USED EA 0.0000
18 719803-6A3 VLV ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB DUAL VLV BX154 CRA, FLG INLT EA 1.0000
19 719809-6A3 VLV ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB STRAIGHT FE, BX154 CRA, N.O. EA 2.0000
20 731737 STAB ASSY, FEMALE, ACOUSTIC SPLY, LMRP, 1"-5M EA 3.0000
21 20034639 SPL, C&K, 3-15M, STRAIGHT, 37.23"LG (REF ONLY) EA 1.0000
23 735590 BLK ASSY, 120 DEG, LMRP, SxH, 3-15M, SST, SPECIAL EA 2.0000
24 735497 ALGNMT, FINE, FEMALE, WA EA 2.0000
25 735576 MT, WA, SADDLE EA 4.0000
26 735614 GUSSET, 1"x9"x9" EA 4.0000
27 20036155 GUSSET, SADDLE, LMRP, 18-15M BOP STK EA 4.0000
28 735520 STAB ASSY, LKG, FEMALE, INT RETRACTABLE, 3-15M EA 2.0000
29 735496 PLT, MTG, C/K & GLYCOL EA 2.0000
30 735544 SPEAR, GUIDE, PAD, MTG EA 20.0000
31 735500 SPEAR, GUIDE, WA SPE EA 2.0000
32 20036145 RG, WA, C&K LINE STABILIZER, LMRP, 18-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
33 20005779 BASE, SPPRT CLAMP, C&K EA 1.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:38:57 AM
Page: 2 of 3


34 20005778 CLAMP, SPPRT, C&K EA 1.0000
35 20005780 SLEEVE, SPPRT CLAMP, C&K EA 1.0000
36 011637 STUD & NUT ASSY, AT, 1-1/8"x 7-1/2"LG, LT EA 32.0000
37 20018915 SCREW, HHC, 1 1/2"-8UNx2A X 7 1/4"LG, A320GrL7, EA 16.0000
226503 SCREW,HHC,1-1/2"-8UN-2Ax 9-1/2"LG, A320L7, CAD PLT EA 16.0000
38 025060 WSHR, FL, 1-1/2"NOM, CAD PLT EA 36.0000
39 227760 WSHR, LK, SPLIT, 1-1/2", STL, CAD PLTD EA 18.0000
40 020356 NUT, 1-1/2"-8UN, A194 2H, CAD PLTD, STD EA 18.0000
41 012754 STUD, TE, 1-1/4"-8UNCx5-1/4" LG, ASTM A320GrL7, XY EA 24.0000
42 020416 NUT, HX, HVY, 1-1/4"-8UN, A194Gr2H, XYLAN COATED EA 24.0000
43 8020411 WSHR, FL, 1-1/8", CAD PLTD EA 24.0000
44 8020922 WSHR, LK, 1-1/8"NOM, HELICAL SPG, CAD PLTD EA 24.0000
45 20019882 SCREW, HHC, 3/4-10UNC X 3"LG, ZING CHROMATE EA 16.0000
46 020338 NUT, HX, HVY, 1"-8UNC, A194Gr2H, CAD PLTD EA 114.0000
47 025061 WSHR, LK, SPG, HELICAL, 1", CAD PLTD EA 118.0000
48 8020410 WSHR, FL, 1", CAD PLTD EA 232.0000
49 20016387 SCREW, HHC, 1-8UN X 3-3/4"LG EA 32.0000
50 20015539 SCREW, HHC, 1 1/2-8UN X 6"LG EA 2.0000
51 20020692 SCREW, HHC, 3/4-10UNC X 3-1/2"LG EA 56.0000
52 20005309 STUD, AT, 3/4"-10UNCX12"LG, A320L7 EA 4.0000
53 020432 NUT, HX, HVY, 3/4"-10UNC, A194Gr2H, CAD PLTD EA 72.0000
54 227771 WSHR, FL. 3/4", CAD PLTD EA 152.0000
WSHR, FL. 3/4", CAD PLTD EA 160.0000
55 025062 WSHR, LK, 3/4", HELICAL SPG, REG, CAD PLTD EA 88.0000
WSHR, LK, 3/4", HELICAL SPG, REG, CAD PLTD EA 96.0000
56 20028149 ELBOW, 90 DEG, WA, HXH, 3-15M, BX-154, SST EA 2.0000
57 20016420 STUD & NUT ASSY, 2-1/4x 22-1/4"LG, ZINC CHROMATE EA 24.0000
58 20038642 SCREW, HHC, 1-8UNC X 3 1/2"LG, ZING CHROMATE, EA 86.0000
60 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 8.0000
61 20038716 SCREW, HHC, 1/2-13UNC X 7 1/2"LG, ZING CHROMATE, EA 16.0000
62 8020662 WSHR, LK, 1/2" EA 16.0000
63 207264 WSHR, FL, 1/2", STL, CAD PLTD EA 16.0000
64 735632 ALGNMT, FINE, INSRT, FEMALE EA 2.0000
65 050861 CLAMP ASSY, #6, 4-BOLT THRU, TEFLON COATED STUDS & EA 6.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:38:57 AM
Page: 3 of 3


66 20038717 SCREW, HHC, 3/4-10UNC X 7 1/4"LG, ZING CHROMATE, EA 8.0000
68 220594 SCREW,HHC,3/4"-10UNC-2Ax2"LG A320L7, LT, EA 8.0000
69 221348 SCREW, HHC, 5/8"-11UNCx2.0"LG, A320L7, CAD PLT EA 2.0000
70 8020914 WSHR, LK, 5/8"NOM, CAD PLTD EA 2.0000
71 025093 WSHR, FL, 5/8" ZINC OXIDE EA 2.0000
72 20039630 DOUBLER, LMRP, 18-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
73 20039717 SHIM, RTNR FLG, LMRP CONNECTOR, 18-15M BOP STK EA 16.0000
74 012555 STUD, TE, 3"-8UNx16-3/4"LG, HI STRGTH EA 20.0000
75 020035 NUT, HX, HVY, 3"-8UN, A194Gr2H, BLK FINISH EA 20.0000
76 8001402 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"UNCx3/4"LG, CAD PLTD EA 12.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:39:51 AM
Page: 1 of 4

Description: STK ASSY, LWR, 18-15M BOP STK,

20012091 MLTRM ASSY, 18-5/10/15M, 5" TO 7", NXT, H2S EA 0.0000
20035239D DWG: STK ASSY, LWR, 18-15M BOP STK, EA 0.0000
1 20027927 SBOP ASSY, 18-10M, SXF(15M) W/(1)3-15M SO, CRA, EA 1.0000
2 155295 PE, 18-10M, NIT EA 1.0000
3 20033381 BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SXF, W/(6)3-15M SO EA 1.0000
4 20033380 BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SXF, W/(6)3-15M SO,INV EA 1.0000
5 20026254 CVX SHR ASSY, 18-5/10/15M, NXT EA 0.0000
6 20013162 CSG SHR RAM, 18-5/10/15M, NXT, .8"T-SLOTS EA 0.0000
7 20012091 MLTRM ASSY, 18-5/10/15M, 5" TO 7", NXT, H2S EA 0.0000
8 20015911 MLTRM ASSY,18-15M,NXT, 3-1/2" THRU 5-7/8" EA 0.0000
9 20029515 MNDL, LMRP, 18-3/4" DX 10, H4 PROFILE +NN EA 1.0000
10 20029401 CONN, WLHD, 18-3/4" DX DW 15M, H4 LATCHES EA 1.0000
11 050666 RG GSKT, BX-164, 304SS EA 4.0000
12 050647 RG GSKT, BX-154, 304SS EA 29.0000
13 719803-6A3 VLV ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB DUAL VLV BX154 CRA, FLG INLT EA 5.0000
14 20033083 SPIDER, LWR, WA, 18-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
15 732098 SPACER, STK, LWR, NOBLE DRLG EVA-1 SP EA 4.0000
16 735173 MINI-SPIDER, WA EA 2.0000
17 735636 BRKT, SPPRT, MINI-SPIDER EA 4.0000
18 20035593 SPIDER WA, UPR, 18-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
19 20038354 MTG PAD, SADDLE, RH, 18-15M BOP STK EA 2.0000
20 20036723 MTG RG, MALE STAB, ACOUSTIC, UPR SPIDER EA 3.0000
21 20035841 RG, RETNR, UPR SPIDER, 18 3/4-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
22 20035842 MTG PAD, SADDLE, 18 3/4-15M BOP STK EA 2.0000
23 20035843 GUARD, POD, LWR FEMALE, 18 3/4-15M BOP STK EA 2.0000
24 20034893 LEG WA, #1, 18-15M, BOP STK EA 1.0000
25 20034699 LEG WA, #2, 18-15M, BOP STK EA 1.0000
26 20034908 LEG WA, #3, 18-15M, BOP STK EA 1.0000
27 20034907 LEG WA, #4, 18-15M, BOP STK EA 1.0000
28 735530 STAB ASSY, MALE, C&K, 3-15M, FLG, BX-154, CRA (SS) EA 2.0000
29 731741 STAB ASSY, MALE, ACOUSTIC, LWR SPLY EA 3.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:39:51 AM
Page: 2 of 4


35 20038653 SCREW, HHC, 1/2-13UNC X 8 1/4 LG, ZINC CHROMATE, EA 2.0000
36 220458 SCREW, HHC, 3/4"-10UNCx4"LG, A320L7, XYLAN EA 4.0000
SCREW, HHC, 3/4"-10UNCx4"LG, A320L7, XYLAN EA 12.0000
37 491393 SPL, T-B, 3-15M, FLGD, 12.00" LG, CRA, PSL3 EA 5.0000
38 507222 FLG, BLD, 3-15M, SST, PSL3 EA 8.0000
39 507239 FLG, TARGET, BLD, 3-15M, SST, PSL3, (FLUID CAVITY) EA 2.0000
40 735399 NUT, C/K STAB RETNR, 18-15M BOP STK EA 2.0000
41 735635 SPACER, RETAINER NUT EA 2.0000
42 735633 ALGNMT, FINE, INSRT, STAB, MALE EA 2.0000
43 735634 ALGNMT, FINE, HLDR, INSRT, STAB, MALE EA 2.0000
44 735614 GUSSET, 1"x9"x9" EA 4.0000
45 735545 STRUCT, WA, ANTI-MANDABLE EA 8.0000
46 20036143 SPEAR, WA, GUIDE, 18-15M BOP STK EA 2.0000
47 20036165 TBG, 8-5/8"OD X 1"WALL X 233-3/4"LG, ASTM A-106 EA 2.0000
48 735544 SPEAR, GUIDE, PAD, MTG EA 28.0000
49 735606 BRKT, SPPRT, ACOUSTIC ARM EA 2.0000
50 735628 BRKT, SPPRT, ACOUSTIC ARM EA 2.0000
51 735647 BRKT, SPPRT, ARM, ACOUSTIC EA 2.0000
52 20038581 SPPRT BRKT, ACOUSTIC PKG EA 1.0000
53 20035268 MTG BRKT, WA, EMER HYD, BU SYS EA 1.0000
54 20035274 MTG PLT, EMER HYD, BU SYS EA 1.0000
55 20035297 MTG PLT, EMER HYD, BU SYS EA 1.0000
57 220957 SCREW, HHC, 5/8"-11UNCx2-3/4" LG, A320L7, XYLAN C EA 32.0000
58 025093 WSHR, FL, 5/8" ZINC OXIDE EA 64.0000
8020914 WSHR, LK, 5/8"NOM, CAD PLTD EA 64.0000
59 8020914 WSHR, LK, 5/8"NOM, CAD PLTD EA 32.0000
60 219423 NUT, HX, 5/8"-11UNC-2B, A194Gr4/7, CAD PLTD EA 32.0000
61 227310 SCREW, HHC, 3/4"-10UNCX2-3/4" LG, A320GrL7, CAD P EA 16.0000
62 011637 STUD & NUT ASSY, AT, 1-1/8"x 7-1/2"LG, LT EA 96.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:39:51 AM
Page: 3 of 4


63 227570 SCREW,HHC, 1-1/2"-8UN-2Ax6.5"LG, A320GrL7, CAD PLT EA 16.0000
64 025060 WSHR, FL, 1-1/2"NOM, CAD PLT EA 32.0000
65 227760 WSHR, LK, SPLIT, 1-1/2", STL, CAD PLTD EA 16.0000
66 012480 NUT, HX, HVY, 1-1/2"-8UNC-2B, GALV EA 16.0000
67 20019450 SCREW, HHC,1-8UNC X 6"LG, ZINC CHROMATE EA 32.0000
68 20038640 SCREW. HHC, 1-1/8-8UNC X 5"LG., ZINC CHROMATE, EA 32.0000
69 20038641 SCREW. HHC, 1-1/8-8UNC X 3 1/2"LG., ZINC CHROMATE, EA 16.0000
70 8020411 WSHR, FL, 1-1/8", CAD PLTD EA 144.0000
71 8020922 WSHR, LK, 1-1/8"NOM, HELICAL SPG, CAD PLTD EA 80.0000
72 020343 NUT, HX, HVY, 1-1/8"-8UN, A194Gr2H, CAD PLTD EA 64.0000
73 219732 SCREW, HHC, 1"-8UNCx4"LG, LT, CAD PLT'D EA 210.0000
74 20038642 SCREW, HHC, 1-8UNC X 3 1/2"LG, ZING CHROMATE, EA 20.0000
75 20038643 SCREW, 1-8UNC X 2 3/4"LG., ZINC CHROMATE, EA 16.0000
76 012534 SCREW, HHC, 1"-8UNCx2"LG, ASTM A320GrL7, CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
77 8020410 WSHR, FL, 1", CAD PLTD EA 524.0000
78 025061 WSHR, LK, SPG, HELICAL, 1", CAD PLTD EA 262.0000
79 020338 NUT, HX, HVY, 1"-8UNC, A194Gr2H, CAD PLTD EA 262.0000
80 20019452 SCREW, HHC, 3/4-10UNC X 3-3/4"LG, ZINC CHROMATE EA 16.0000
SCREW, HHC, 3/4-10UNC X 3-3/4"LG, ZINC CHROMATE EA 24.0000
81 20019882 SCREW, HHC, 3/4-10UNC X 3"LG, ZING CHROMATE EA 8.0000
82 226468 SCREW, HHC, 3/4"-10UNCx2-1/2"LG, A320GrL7, CAD PLT EA 32.0000
83 227771 WSHR, FL. 3/4", CAD PLTD EA 116.0000
WSHR, FL. 3/4", CAD PLTD EA 124.0000
WSHR, LK, 3/4", HELICAL SPG, REG, CAD PLTD EA 92.0000
85 025114 WSHR, BEVELED, 3/4", CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
NUT, HX, HVY, 3/4"-10UNC, A194Gr2H, CAD PLTD EA 44.0000
87 219499 SCREW, HHC, 1"-8UNC-2Ax3"LG, A320GrL7, CAD PLTD EA 16.0000
88 025114 WSHR, BEVELED, 3/4", CAD PLTD EA 16.0000
89 20015893 SCREW, HHC, 1/2-13UNC X 1-3/4"LG EA 4.0000
SCREW, HHC, 1/2-13UNC X 1-3/4"LG EA 8.0000
90 20019734 SCREW, HHC, 1/2-13UNC X2-1/2"LG, ZINC CHROMATE EA 4.0000
91 20038644 STUD & NUT ASSY, AT, 3-8UN X 27 LG, EA 20.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:39:51 AM
Page: 4 of 4


93 8020662 WSHR, LK, 1/2" EA 10.0000
WSHR, LK, 1/2" EA 18.0000
94 8020184 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, CAD PLTD EA 10.0000
NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, CAD PLTD EA 18.0000
95 220624 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx2-1/4" LG, A320L7, CAD PLT EA 4.0000
96 20039472 BRKT, MTG, F/ROV PNL EA 1.0000
97 20018380 MLTRM, MOD, NXT, **OBS - USE 20012091** EA 0.0000
98 20012091 MLTRM ASSY, 18-5/10/15M, 5" TO 7", NXT, H2S EA 0.0000
101 8001402 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"UNCx3/4"LG, CAD PLTD EA 20.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:41:15 AM
Page: 1 of 4

Description: CNTL SYS COMPONENTS, MOSVOLD I

1505006 VALVE, CHECK, 1"NPT, PILOT OPER EA 0.0000
20027606 PNL, ROV, "RISER CONN POCV DUMP", EA 0.0000
20027661 STACK CONN POCV DUMP ASSY, ROV PANEL EA 0.0000
20038800 HOSE KIT, BOP STK - MOSVOLD 1 EA 1.0000
7400310 VLV, CHK, 1-1/2", 5000 PSI, SS 65 PSI SPG EA 0.0000
1 20028638 MNFD ASSY, RIGID CONDUIT, W/ROV BALL VLV'S EA 1.0000
20034670 MNFD ASSY, RIGID CONDUIT, FRS, 5TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
20038739 MNFD ASSY, RIGID CONDUIT, 5TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
2 1050130 VLV, SHUTTLE, 1", SS, 3000#, INTERFLOW TYPE EA 2.0000
VLV, SHUTTLE, 1", SS, 3000#, INTERFLOW TYPE EA 6.0000
3 1050023 VALVE, SHUTTLE, 1", SS EA 18.0000
VALVE, SHUTTLE, 1", SS EA 19.0000
4 7400046 VLV, SHUTTLE, 1" 5000 PSI, SS, HI INTERFLOW EA 6.0000
VLV, SHUTTLE, 1" 5000 PSI, SS, HI INTERFLOW EA 8.0000
5 1050022 FLOW SHUTTLE VLV, 3/4" SS, W/ 1" NPT PORTS EA 15.0000
FLOW SHUTTLE VLV, 3/4" SS, W/ 1" NPT PORTS EA 20.0000
FLOW SHUTTLE VLV, 3/4" SS, W/ 1" NPT PORTS EA 40.0000
6 1050026 VLV, SHUTTLE, 3/4"NPT, INTERFLOW, LT EA 7.0000
VLV, SHUTTLE, 3/4"NPT, INTERFLOW, LT EA 8.0000
7 1050009 VLV, SHUTTLE, 1/4", 3K, LOW INTERFLOW, SS SEE TEXT EA 0.0000
8 1050010 VLV, SHUTTLE, 1/4", 5000#, INTERFLOW, SS EA 18.0000
VLV, SHUTTLE, 1/4", 5000#, INTERFLOW, SS EA 21.0000
VLV, SHUTTLE, 1/4", 5000#, INTERFLOW, SS EA 28.0000
9 7400045 VLV, SHUTTLE, 1" 5000 PSI, SS, LOW INTERFLOW EA 2.0000
VLV, SHUTTLE, 1" 5000 PSI, SS, LOW INTERFLOW EA 5.0000
10 1006625 BLK, VLV, 1-1/2" SPM NC, 2-WAY W/4-BOLT EA 4.0000
1500381 VLV, CHECK, 1"NPT, 5000#, 316SS, CV=9.5 EA 3.0000
11 7401777 VLV ASSY, 1-1/2", SPM, NCB, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, EA 4.0000
12 1006624 BLK, VLV, 1"-5M SPM, 2-WAY, N.C. STK MTD EA 4.0000
BLK, VLV, 1"-5M SPM, 2-WAY, N.C. STK MTD EA 6.0000
13 20026786 VLV ASSY, 1", SPM, NC, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, HAND EA 4.0000
VLV ASSY, 1", SPM, NC, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, HAND EA 6.0000
14 20028001 CONN ASSY, ELECT, WET-MATEABLE RETRACTABLE, EA 1.0000
15 20037285 ACOUSTIC POD ASSY, 5TH GEN MUX, MOSVOLD 1 EA 1.0000
16 20037227 PNL ASSY, ROV, LMRP ACCUM, DUMP EA 1.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:41:15 AM
Page: 2 of 4


16 20038880 PNL ASSY, ROV, LMRP ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS EA 1.0000
17 6560044 HOT STAB ASSY, MALE EA 1.0000
18 20036348 BU SYS ASSY, EMER HYDRAULIC - MOSVOLD I EA 1.0000
19 20037229 PNL ASSY, ROV, LMRP CONN UNLOCK EA 1.0000
20 20037232 PNL ASSY, ROV, LMRP ALL STABS RETRACT EA 1.0000
21 20031810 SENSOR ASSY, PRSSR/TEMP, FLG, 3-1/16-15M EA 1.0000
SENSOR ASSY, PRSSR/TEMP, FLG, 3-1/16-15M EA 2.0000
22 20036807 PNL ASSY, ROV, F/LWR STK FUNC EA 1.0000
23 20038881 PNL ASSY, ROV, RISER CONN POCV DUMP EA 1.0000
24 20036806 PNL ASSY, ROV, F/LWR STK ACCUMS EA 1.0000
20038879 PNL ASSY, ROV, EHBS ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS EA 1.0000
25 20038120 BTL, RACK ASSY, (10)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM EA 1.0000
27 20038138 BTL, RACK ASSY, (2)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LH EA 1.0000
28 20038153 BTL, RACK ASSY, (2)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, RH EA 1.0000
29 20038882 PNL ASSY, ROV, RIGID CONDUIT, DUMP A & DUMP B EA 1.0000
30 20038877 PNL ASSY, ROV, ACOUSTIC ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS EA 1.0000
31 20028347 BRKT ASSY, MTG, INCLINOMETER, FLEX RISER, 5TH GEN EA 2.0000
32 20038013 BTL, RACK ASSY, (11)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, PORT SIDE EA 1.0000
33 20032845 POD ASSY, 112 LINE POD, FRS, MOSVOLD EA 0.0000
34 20038046 BTL, RACK ASSY, (11)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, STBD SIDE EA 1.0000
36 20029604 CABLE ASSY, 40FT, MINK5 #16 INTERCONNECT, 5TH GEN EA 1.0000
37 20029627 CABLE ASSY, 27FT, MINK5 #16 INTERCONNECT, 5TH GEN, EA 2.0000
CABLE ASSY, 27FT, MINK5 #16 INTERCONNECT, 5TH GEN, EA 4.0000
CABLE ASSY, 18FT, MINK5 #16 INTERCONNECT, 5TH GEN, EA 2.0000
20037223 CABLE ASSY, 4 FT, MINK5 #16 INTERCONNECT, 5TH GEN EA 2.0000
40 20029959 FLG, O-RING, 1.5" CODE 62 X 1" PIPE SW, SS +NN EA 4.0000
41 20029960 FLG, O-RING, 1.5" CODE 62 X 1" NPT, SS +NN EA 4.0000
42 2407161 FLG, SW, 1", O-RING, 6000 PSI ,SS EA 2.0000
43 2407148 FLG, O-RING, 1", 6000 PSI, SS EA 2.0000
44 2407312 BOLT KIT, SAE 4-BOLT FLNG, SS F/1-1/2" FLG, SEE B EA 8.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:41:15 AM
Page: 3 of 4


45 2407317 BOLT KIT,SAE 4-BOLT FLNG,SS F/1 FLG,SEE BELOW +NN EA 2.0000
46 2407358 KIT, BOLT, SAE 4-BOLT FLNG, SS F/1" FLG, SEE BELOW EA 2.0000
47 1006626 FLG ASSY, MTG, F/STK SPM VLV BLOCKS EA 4.0000
FLG ASSY, MTG, F/STK SPM VLV BLOCKS EA 6.0000
48 20032683 SPREADER BAR ASSY, BATWING DESIGN EA 1.0000
49 2310051 PIPE, 01.00", SCH 160, 316SS, CD FT 160.0000
50 2310052 PIPE, 02.00", SCH 160, 316SS, A312TP316 IN 60.0000
51 20038079 BTL, RACK ASSY, (16)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, RH EA 1.0000
52 20030558 LWR GRIPPER ASSY, EA 2.0000
53 20038086 BTL, RACK ASSY, (16)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LH EA 1.0000
56 1505007 VLV ASSY, 1/2"NPT, CHK PILOT OPERATED OPEN, DELRON EA 1.0000
VLV ASSY, 1/2"NPT, CHK PILOT OPERATED OPEN, DELRON EA 9.0000
57 20038878 PNL ASSY, ROV,SHEAR ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS & STK CONN EA 1.0000
58 20038802 ACCUM W/MTG BRKT, 2.5 GAL, 6K EA 2.0000
59 20030559 SECONDARY CYL, GRIPPER ASSY EA 2.0000
60 7400210 MNFD ASSY, HOTLINE, F/STK PILOT SPPLY, 4TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
61 1721001 NIPPLE, RESTRICTOR, FLOW, 1/4" NPT BOTH ENDS x 2"L EA 2.0000
NIPPLE, RESTRICTOR, FLOW, 1/4" NPT BOTH ENDS x 2"L EA 3.0000
62 20026945 ADPTR, FXH, 2-9/16"5M, BX-153 EA 2.0000
63 5125010 RG GSKT, BX-153, 316SS EA 2.0000
64 20010935 DUAL HYD ASSY, FAILSAFE CLOSE PNL, 18-5M +NN EA 6.0000
65 20029391 FLG, 2" CODE 62, 1-1/2"SW W/SEAL SUB, EA 4.0000
66 20002603 ARM ASSY, SELF ACTIVATING, 10FT, CNTR CLOCKWISE EA 2.0000
67 20029398 FLG ASSY, 2" CODE 62, 1-1/2"SW X SEAL SUB EA 4.0000
68 20025656 SEAL SUB, 1-3/8 BORE, 5000PSI, SST EA 4.0000
69 5003151 O-RING, 90 DURO EA 8.0000
70 5020529 RG, BU EA 8.0000
71 8003345 SCREW, SHC, 3/4"UNCx3" LG A286 EA 16.0000
72 8020966 WSHR, LK, 3/4", HELICAL SPG, SS EA 16.0000
73 2310053 PIPE, 01.50", SCH 160, 316SS IN 360.0000
74 20013681 ELBOW, PIPE 90DEG 1-1/2" SKT WELD, 6000LB, 316LSS EA 10.0000
75 2407403 FLG, SW, 1-1/2", O-RING, 6000 PSI, SS EA 2.0000
76 20039040 BTL RACK ASSY, (4 )15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LMRP EA 3.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:41:15 AM
Page: 4 of 4


77 20039045 BTL RACK ASSY, (4 )15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, (1) ISO, LMRP EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:42:01 AM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: CONN ASSY, ELECT, WET-MATEABLE RETRACTABLE,

20023199 PIN, RETAINING, WETMATE CONN, 1/4"-20UNC-2A EA 0.0000
20028001D DWG: CONN ASSY, ELECT, WET-MATEABLE RETRACTABLE, EA 0.0000
AX080128 SPEC: ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE, WET-MATE ELECTRICAL, EA 0.0000
AX080130 SPEC: ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, WET-MATE ELECT CONN EA 0.0000
SPEC: ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE,WET-MATE ELECT CONN EA 0.0000
1 20023874 HSG, WA, WET MATEABLE RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
2 20023876 CVR, CYL MT, WET-MATEABLE RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
3 20023881 ADPTR, CYL, WET-MATEABLE RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
4 20023882 BRKT, WA, WET-MATEABLE, RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
5 20023885 BLK, BASE,GUIDE ROD,WET-MATEABLE, RETRACTABLE CONN EA 2.0000
6 20023886 PLT, BASE, GUIDE ROD,WET-MATEABLE,RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
7 8020530 WSHR, FL. 1/2"SAE, SS EA 31.0000
8 8020526 WSHR, FL, 1/4", SS EA 18.0000
9 7402637 STRAP, WELLBORE, PRSSR TEMP, 4TH GEN MUX EA 2.0000
10 20023887 ROD, GUIDE, WET-MATEABLE, RETRACTABLE CONN EA 2.0000
11 20023888 YOKE,GUIDE ROD ASSY,WET-MATEABLE, RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
12 2041837 PLUG, HX HD, 1/2"NPT, 316SS EA 2.0000
13 7400883 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNC x 2"LG, 316SS EA 4.0000
14 7400884 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNC x 1-1/4"LG, 316SS EA 8.0000
15 7400885 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316SS EA 11.0000
16 7400886 LK WSHR 1/2", 316SS EA 31.0000
17 8010109 SCREW, HHC, 1/4"UNCx2-1/4"LG SST EA 2.0000
18 8020000 NUT, HX, 1/4"-20UNC, NYLOK EA 4.0000
19 7400889 LK WSHR 1/4", 316SS EA 12.0000
20 7400890 CYL, 2" BORE, 16"STROKE, 1" ROD, MARINIZED EA 1.0000
21 7400891 RG, MTG, LMRP, WET MATEABLE, RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
22 20028444 CONN ASSY, WETMATE, MALE, W/J-BOX EA 1.0000
23 20025385 VLV, SEAWATER MODULATING, F/CCS HPU EA 1.0000
20025835 CONN ASSY, WETMATE, FEMALE, CM2000 EA 1.0000
24 7404165 RG, MTG, LWR STK, WET MATEABLE RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
25 7403865 BRKT, WET-MATE, CM2000, WBPT PROBE, LWR, 4TH GEN M EA 1.0000
26 20023883 STUD, TE, 1/4-20UNC, 4.5"LG, 316SS EA 4.0000
20031294 STUD, WET-MATEABLE, 5-1/2"LG, 316SS EA 4.0000
27 20023875 SPG, COMPRESSION, SS, 19 LB/IN, 3.0 FREE LENGTH EA 4.0000
20031295 SPRING, COMPRESSION, 4"F.L., INL X750 EA 4.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:42:01 AM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: CONN ASSY, ELECT, WET-MATEABLE RETRACTABLE,

28 20001167 SCREW, HHC, 3/8"UNCx2-3/4"LG, 316 SS EA 4.0000
29 20001151 WSHR, FL, 3/8"NOM, 316 SS EA 4.0000
30 20001164 WSHR, LK, 3/8", 316 SS EA 8.0000
31 20005289 SCREW, HHC, 1/4"-20UNCX2-1/2"LG, 316 SS EA 4.0000
32 20023884 NUT, HEX, CPLG, 1/2-20UNF, SS, 1.25"LG EA 4.0000
33 8002896 SCREW, SHC, 1/2"-13UNCx1-1/2" LG, SS EA 8.0000
34 8010802 SCREW, HHC, 1/2-20UNFx3/4"LG, SS EA 4.0000
35 20023889 PLT, ROD RETNR, WET-MATEABLE, RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
36 8002858 SCREW, SHC, 3/8"UNCx1"LG, SS EA 4.0000
37 20023890 PLT, SPACER, CVR WET-MATEABLE, RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
38 20001118 NUT, HX, JAM, 1/2"-13NC, 316SS EA 2.0000
39 20023891 GUARD, WA, WET-MATEABLE, RETRACTABLE CONN EA 1.0000
40 20001165 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx2-1/2" LG, 316 SS EA 7.0000
41 8010104 SCREW, HHC, 1/4"-20NCx1"LG, SS EA 6.0000
42 7400888 NUT, HX, 1/4"-20UNC, 316SS EA 6.0000
43 20024547 BRKT, MTG, CHECK VLV, WET-MATEABLE EA 1.0000
44 8030081 U-BOLT, 1-1/2"NOM, SS, W/NUTS 2"ID, 3-1/4"IL, 1/4 EA 1.0000
45 20024548 BRKT, MTG, SHUTTLE VLV, WET-MATEABLE EA 1.0000
46 8030067 U-BOLT W/NUTS, 1"PIPE, SS EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:42:43 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SENSOR ASSY, PRSSR/TEMP, FLG, 3-1/16-15M

20031810D DWG: SENSORY ASSY, PRRSR/TEMP, FLG, 3-1/16-15M EA 0.0000
3 7403884 TBE, PRSSR/TEMP IN PT WELLBORE 4TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
4 20026809 PLT, CONN 5K PRSSR TRANSDUCER WELLBORE, 5TH GEN EA 1.0000
5 20001688 BLK, HSG, PRSSR/TEMP SENSOR, WELLBORE SENSOR, 4TH EA 1.0000
6 20025705 MINK5 #16 HP CONN, 1-1/2" MAG METER, N50 EA 1.0000
8 8017983 SCREW, PAN HD, SLTD, #4-40UNCx 3/4"LG, SS EA 4.0000
10 20001376 ASSY, WELLBORE SENSOR, 11.62" LG, 4TH GEN MU EA 1.0000
11 7402061 CONN, 7 PIN PBPMG, METAL BDY, GLASS SEALED, SS PI EA 1.0000
12 7402403 CONN, 7 PIN PBPMG, METAL BDY, GLASS SEALED EA 1.0000
13 7402131 RG, RETNR, FEMALE CONN, PT WELLBORE, 4TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
14 7402199 RG, RETAINING, .796"DIA, SS, EA 1.0000
15 5001015 O-RING, 70 DURO EA 1.0000
16 5001018 O-RING, 70 DURO EA 1.0000
17 7402072 SEAL, POLYPAK, 3.75"x3.25"IDx .413" DEEP, MOLYTHA EA 2.0000
19 7402074 SEAL, POLYPAK, 1.81"ODx1.44"ID x.344"DEEP, POLYMYT EA 2.0000
20 7404030 SEAL, POLYPAK, 1.625"ODx1.375" ID, POLYMYTE Z4651D EA 2.0000
21 7402276 RG, PCB SPPRT, PT WELLBORE, 4TH GEN MUX EA 2.0000
22 20001705 BRKT, PCB SPPRT, PT WELLBORE, 4TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
23 7402063 CONN, BOOT, CABLE, FEMALE, W/MOLDED CABLE, WELLBOR EA 1.0000
24 8002829 SCREW, SHC, DRLD HD, 1/4"-20UNCx1-1/2" LG, SS EA 6.0000
25 8002825 SCREW, SHC, 1/4"UNCx3/4"LG, SS EA 4.0000
26 8018174 SCREW, PAN HD, SLTD, #10-24UNC x3/8"LG, SS EA 2.0000
28 20021930 SCREW, FHC, 1/4-20UNC, MOD, INCONEL 925 EA 6.0000
29 20021929 SCREW, FHC, 1/4-20UNC X 1"LG, INCONEL 925 EA 6.0000
31 7402651 BLK, PEEK, 1.5", CONN CONTACT, 4TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
32 7404029 SEAL, POLYPAK, .875"ODx.625"ID POLYMYTE Z4651D53 EA 2.0000
33 8020253 NUT, HX, 4"-40UNC, SS EA 1.0000
34 050647 RG GSKT, BX-154, 304SS EA 1.0000
35 20005922 O-RING, F/ 7402061 EA 4.0000
36 7400889 LK WSHR 1/4", 316SS EA 4.0000
37 5003022 O-RING, 90 DURO EA 1.0000
38 5020410 RG, BU EA 1.0000
39 5020413 RG, BU EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:43:35 AM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: ACOUSTIC POD ASSY, 5TH GEN MUX, MOSVOLD 1

1500382 VLV, CHECK, 1/4"TUBE, 6000 PSI 316SS, 5 PSI CRACKI EA 0.0000
1814046 COMPENSATOR PRSSR ASSY EA 0.0000
20035489 ACOUSTIC PKG, 3000M, KONGSBERG EA 0.0000
20036850D DWG: SCHEM, ACOUSTIC POD, 5TH GEN MUX - MOSVOLD I EA 0.0000
20037285D DWG: ACOUSTIC POD ASSY, 5TH GEN MUX, MOSVOLD 1 EA 0.0000
1 20033517 FRAME, WA, ACOUSTIC POD EA 1.0000
2 20033738 MNFD ASSY, SPM, 9 FUNC, ACOUSTIC POD, 5TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
3 20033719 CHAMBER ASSY, ACOUSTIC POD, 5TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
4 2116259 REDUCER, TUBE END, 1/2", SS EA 2.0000
5 204637 U-BOLT, 1/4"-20UNCx2"IDx3"LG EA 8.0000
6 0000981 ACCUM, 2-1/2 GAL, 6000 PSI, BLADDER TYPE, 1-5/16"- EA 2.0000
7 7400097 VLV ASSY, CHK PILOT, 1/2"SAE THRD IN/OUT, 1/4"SAE EA 8.0000
8 2115916 TEE, TUBE, 1/4", TxTxT, SS EA 20.0000
9 2115145 ADPTR, O-RING, STR, 1"SAEx 1"TUBE EA 2.0000
10 2119047 CONN, PORT, 1/4"TUBE EA 1.0000
11 20010270 UNION, REDUCING, 1/2 X 1/4, TUBE END, 316SS EA 2.0000
12 2302056 TBG, 00.25"x0.049"WALL, 316SS, SMLS FT 20.0000
13 7400127 CONN, TUBE, 1/4"Tx1/4"SAE, SS EA 8.0000
14 2040036 ELBOW, 90 DEG, 1", SS, FPTxFPT EA 1.0000
15 8010203 SCREW, HX HD, 1/2"-13UNCx1"LG, SS EA 4.0000
17 2152105 MALE, EL, 1/4"TUBEx#8 SAE, SS EA 8.0000
18 1500382 VLV, CHECK, 1/4"TUBE, 6000 PSI 316SS, 5 PSI CRACKI EA 1.0000
VLV, CHECK, 1/4"TUBE, 6000 PSI 316SS, 5 PSI CRACKI EA 2.0000
19 1120645 VLV, NEEDLE, 1/4" TUBE 316SS 0.125" ORIFICE, STRAI EA 2.0000
VLV, NEEDLE, 1/4" TUBE 316SS 0.125" ORIFICE, STRAI EA 3.0000
20 2116876 ADPTR, 1/4"TUBEx1/2"SAE, SS, SAE/MS STRAIGHT THRD EA 8.0000
21 8020259 NUT, HX, 1/4"-20UNC, SS EA 16.0000
23 20020613 U-BOLT W/NUTS, 9-1/2"IDx11-1/2"LG, 1/2-13UNC, SS EA 2.0000
25 8010153 SCREW, HHC, 3/8"-16UNCx3/4"LG EA 6.0000
27 8010181 SCREW, HHC, 7/16"-14UNCx1-1/2" LG, SS EA 3.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:43:35 AM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: ACOUSTIC POD ASSY, 5TH GEN MUX, MOSVOLD 1

29 8020262 NUT, HX, 7/16"-14UNC, SS EA 3.0000
31 1551308 VLV, RELIEF, 1/4"NPT MALE, POPOFF, NOM CRACKING PR EA 1.0000
32 20036918 SHIM, 1/8" THK, ACOUSTIC POD, 5TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
34 1552148 VLV, RELIEF, 1/4", 3000 TO 4000 PSI EA 1.0000
VLV, RELIEF, 1/4", 3000 TO 4000 PSI EA 2.0000
35 2041581 TEE, 1", 6000#, FSS, 316SS EA 1.0000
36 207406 BUSHING, REDUCER, 1"x1/4"NPT, SS EA 1.0000
37 2043102 NIPPLE, 1"x3", 6000#, XXH, 316SS EA 1.0000
38 2115042 CONN, TUBE, 1/4"Tx1/4"MPT, SS EA 1.0000
39 2115437 CONN, TUBE, 1/4"Tx1/4"FPT, SS EA 1.0000
CONN, TUBE, 1/4"Tx1/4"FPT, SS EA 2.0000
40 1814050 CVR, PRSSR COMPENSATOR EA 1.0000
41 20039903 BARRIER, TRANSFER, 1 GAL 3000 EA 1.0000
42 20039906 NUT, HX, 7/8-14 UNF, SS EA 1.0000
43 20039905 TUBE, TRANSFER BARRIER, SS EA 1.0000
44 20039904 CPLG, 7/8-14 UNF X 1/4"NPT, SS EA 1.0000
45 20039908 O-RG, 2-113, NITRILE, 70 DURO EA 1.0000
46 20039907 FTG, 1/4"NPT X 1/4" MJIC, SS EA 2.0000
47 1814012 WINDOW, COMPENSATOR, PRSSR EA 1.0000
48 8018804 SCREW, PAN HD, SLTD, #10-32UNF x3/8"LG, SS EA 6.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:44:19 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: ARM ASSY, SELF ACTIVATING, 10FT, CNTR CLOCKWISE

20002603D DWG:ARM ASSY, SELF ACTIVATING,10FT, CNTR CLOCKWISE EA 0.0000
1 20001956 BASE, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY ACOUSTIC BU SYS EA 1.0000
2 7400512 CYL, HYD, 4"BORE x 6"STROKE, EPOXY PAINT, BRNZ ROD EA 1.0000
3 7400414 ACCUM ASSY, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY, ACOUSTIC BU EA 1.0000
4 20002456 ARM, 10FT, HYDRAPHONE DEPLOY,ACOUSTIC BU SYS EA 1.0000
5 7400519 CRANK ASSY, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY, ACOUSTIC BU EA 1.0000
6 7400504 SHAFT, F/CYL PIVOT, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY, ACOU EA 1.0000
7 7400505 SHAFT, F/CRANK ASSY, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY, ACO EA 1.0000
8 7400503 SHAFT, F/CRANK & ROD EYE, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY EA 1.0000
9 7400500 BUSHING, F/CYL PIVOT, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY, AC EA 2.0000
10 7400498 BUSHING, F/CRANK BDY, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY, AC EA 2.0000
11 7400499 BUSHING, F/CRANK ASSY, PIVOT, SELF ACTIVATING ARM EA 2.0000
12 7400501 BUSHING, F/CRANK & ROD EYE, SELF ACTIVATING ARM AS EA 4.0000
13 7400539 SCREW, SHC, 1/2"UNCx1-3/8"LG, A286 EA 4.0000
14 207269 WSHR, FL, HEAVY, 1/2", SS REF: 642-08004-03 EA 8.0000
17 2040208 BUSHING, REDUCER, 3/4"MPTx 1/4"FPT, SS EA 2.0000
18 7400434 SPACER, F/CYL PIVOT, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY, ACO EA 1.0000
19 7400547 SPACER, F/CRANK ASSY, SELF ACTIVATING ARM ASSY, AC EA 1.0000
20 7400435 SPPRT, ARM ASSY, SELF ACTIVATING, ACOUSTIC BU SYS EA 1.0000
21 7400511 ROD EYE, CYL END, SELF ACTIVATING, ACOUSTIC BU SYS EA 1.0000
22 8151122 PIN, COTTER, 1/8"x2-1/2"LG, SS EA 6.0000
23 TBD TBD: ENGRG or ME TO ASSIGN P/N EA 0.0000
24 9610021 FLUID, K-100, 5 GAL PAIL EA 1.0000
25 8002860 SCREW, SHC, 3/8"16UNCx2Ax1-1/2 "LG, SS EA 6.0000
26 8020454 WSHR, FL, 3/8", SS EA 6.0000
28 1802153 TIE, CABLE, STD, NYLON 6/6, MS3367-3, .270"WIDEx13 EA 6.0000
29 8020263 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, SS EA 4.0000
30 20070104 BRKT, MTG, HYDROPHONE EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:44:58 AM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: BU SYS ASSY, EMER HYDRAULIC - MOSVOLD I

20070628D DWG: BU SYS ASSY, EMER HYDRAULIC - MOSVOLD II EA 0.0000
20070629D DWG: SCHEM, EMER HYDRAULIC BU CNTL SYS -MOSVOLD II EA 0.0000
1 20036347 FRAME ASSY, EHBS EA 1.0000
2 20036354 MNFD ASSY, SHEAR PLUS FOUR FUNC, EHBS EA 1.0000
3 2116287 BUSHING, REDUCING, 1" TO 1/4" FPT, SS EA 3.0000
4 1112941 VLV, BALL, 1"NPT, SS EA 2.0000
5 1112730 VLV, BALL, 2-WAY, 10K PSI, 1/4"NPT EA 4.0000
6 2407149 FLG, COMPANION STYLE, 1", FL FACE, 6000 PSI, SS EA 6.0000
7 2115879 ELBOW, TUBE, 1"TUBE, TxT, SS EA 7.0000
8 7403942 TEE, REDUCING UNION, 1"Tx1"Tx 1/2"T, SS EA 6.0000
9 2302088 TBG, SMLS, 1"OD, 316SS, .18 WALL IN 0.0000
11 2115240 ELBOW, TUBE, 1/4"Tx1/4"MPT, SS EA 11.0000
13 1050010 VLV, SHUTTLE, 1/4", 5000#, INTERFLOW, SS EA 4.0000
14 20017938 ACCUM,PSTN TYPE,1/2 GAL,SS,6000 PSI OPER PRESS +NN EA 2.0000
15 8030095 U-BOLT W/NUTS, 3"PIPE SIZE, LG TANGENT, SS EA 2.0000
16 8030081 U-BOLT, 1-1/2"NOM, SS, W/NUTS 2"ID, 3-1/4"IL, 1/4 EA 3.0000
17 1505007 VLV ASSY, 1/2"NPT, CHK PILOT OPERATED OPEN, DELRON EA 3.0000
18 227419 U-BOLT, 1/4"-20UNCx3"LG, SS, F/1" PIPE, W/NUTS & W EA 4.0000
19 20036355 STRAP, HOLD DOWN, 1"BALL VLV EA 2.0000
20 8010215 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx4"LG,SS EA 4.0000
21 8020263 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, SS EA 4.0000
22 8020530 WSHR, FL. 1/2"SAE, SS EA 16.0000
23 7400886 LK WSHR 1/2", 316SS EA 16.0000
24 2116658 ADPTR, TUBE, BLKHD, 1/4Tx-4JIC SS EA 8.0000
25 2116295 REDUCER, TUBE, 1/4"Tx1/2"TX, STUB EA 5.0000
29 2115258 ELBOW, TUBE, 1"Tx1"MPT, SS EA 4.0000
31 2302019 TBG, 00.50 x 0.083"WALL, 304SS +NN FT 0.0000
32 2115959 CROSS, UNION, 1/4", SS EA 3.0000
33 20036730 TAGS, EMER HYDRAULIC BU UNIT EA 1.0000
34 2115916 TEE, TUBE, 1/4", TxTxT, SS EA 2.0000
35 2115242 ELBOW, TUBE, 1/4"x1/2", SS, TxMPT EA 2.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:44:58 AM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: BU SYS ASSY, EMER HYDRAULIC - MOSVOLD I

38 2116821 CAP, 1/4", 37DEG JIC, SS EA 8.0000
39 2407408 FLG, BLANK, 1" O-RG, 6000 PSI SS EA 6.0000
40 2407210 KIT, BOLT, SAE 4-BOLT FLNG, STL, F/1" FLG, SEE BEL EA 6.0000
41 8130115 SCREW, DRV, #4 x 3/16"LG, .104"HOLE SIZE, SS, RD H EA 44.0000
42 20037561 SCREW, HEX HD, 1/2-20UNF X 1"LG, SS316 EA 8.0000
44 1552148 VLV, RELIEF, 1/4", 3000 TO 4000 PSI EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:45:43 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: MNFD ASSY, HOTLINE, F/STK PILOT SPPLY, 4TH GEN MUX

7400210D DWG: MNFD ASSY, HOTLINE, F/STK EA 0.0000
1 7462118 BLK ASSY, VLV, W/SS THRD INSRT HOTLINE MNFD, 4TH G EA 1.0000
2 2407139 FLG, 01.00 SAE, 4 BOLT, 6000# W/O-RG GRV, SS EA 1.0000
3 5003145 O-RING, 90 DURO EA 2.0000
4 2152241 CONN, STRAIGHT, JIC/MS O-RING, 1x1, SS EA 1.0000
5 8003283 SCREW, SHC, 7/16"UNCx2-1/4" LG A286 EA 4.0000
6 8020989 WSHR, LK, 7/16", HI COLLAR, HELICAL SPG, SS EA 4.0000
7 7401713 VLV ASSY, 1", SPM, NO, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, HAND EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:46:27 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: MNFD ASSY, RIGID CONDUIT, 5TH GEN MUX

20038739D DWG: MNFD ASSY, RIGID CONDUIT, 5TH GEN MUX EA 0.0000
1 7401275 CROSS, 4-WAY, API 2-9/16" 5M, STDD TOP, LH, W/1-1 EA 1.0000
2 7401276 CROSS, 4-WAY, API 2-9/16" 5M, STDD TOP, RH, W/1-1 EA 1.0000
3 7401277 VLV BLK, ASSY, 1-1/2"SPM, MNFD MTD, W/INCONEL HELI EA 1.0000
4 7401278 VLV BLK, ASSY, 1-1/2"SPM, NO MNFD MTD, W/INCONEL H EA 2.0000
5 7401279 VLV BLK, ASSY, 1-1/2"SPM, NC MNFD MTD, W/INCONEL H EA 2.0000
6 7401780 VLV ASSY, 1-1/2", SPM, NO, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, H EA 4.0000
7 7401779 VLV ASSY, 1-1/2", SPM, NC, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, H EA 2.0000
8 7401777 VLV ASSY, 1-1/2", SPM, NCB, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, EA 1.0000
10 2407419 FLG SET, SPLIT, 1-1/2"CODE 62, [2 PCS = 1 SET], SS EA 2.0000
13 2407151 FLG, O-RING, 1-1/2", 6000PSI, SS EA 2.0000
15 5003151 O-RING, 90 DURO EA 16.0000
16 2152095 PLUG, 1-1/4" SAE, HOLLOW HX, BUNA-N, 316SS EA 2.0000
17 7401758 SEAL SUB, 1-1/2"SW PIPE, 4TH GEN MUX EA 6.0000
18 5020529 RG, BU EA 12.0000
20 8003132 SCREW, SHC, 7/16"-14UNCx6.75" LG, A286 EA 16.0000
21 012586 STUD, TE, 1"x5"LG, STD/H2S EA 16.0000
22 8020392 NUT, HX, HVY, 1"-8UNC, SS EA 16.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:47:29 AM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: ADPTR ASSY, GA, RISER, FT-H

20035633D DWG: GA: ADPTR ASSY, RISER, FT-H EA 0.0000
20070348 SPARE PART LIST, F/RISER ADPTR EA 0.0000
AX040014 STS: SURFACE TREATMENT, PAINT EA 0.0000
STS: SURFACE TREATMENT, PAINT EA 1.0000
AX060527 TS: CHK, KILL, BSTR, HYD LINES, & RELATED LINE TER EA 1.0000
AX060610 TS: FUNCTIONAL/PRE-DELIVERY TESTING F/RISER SYS AC EA 1.0000
1 20034790 BDY, ADPTR, WA, FINAL STAGE, FT-H TOP, 18-10M BTM EA 1.0000
2 733830 BUSHING, WEAR, 18.75"IDx20.98" ODx7.98"LG, STL EA 1.0000
3 010936 SCREW, SET, SKT HD, 1/2"-13NCx 1"LG, 304SS, HALF D EA 2.0000
4 733865 RG, RETNR, WEAR BUSHING, 18-10M, BX164 EA 1.0000
5 030226 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 2.0000
6 8002919 SCREW, SHC, 5/8"UNCx1-3/4"LG, SS EA 4.0000
7 050666 RG GSKT, BX-164, 304SS EA 1.0000
8 733415 NUT, 3.5-4 STUB ACME, MAIN FLG, FT-G RISER EA 8.0000
9 733462 KEY, NUT/WSHR, MAIN FLG, FT-G RISER EA 8.0000
10 8002859 SCREW, SHC, 3/8"-16UNCx1-1/4" LG, 316 SS EA 8.0000
11 8141525 RG, RETAINING, MEDIUM DUTY EXT SPIRAL, SS, 4.625"O EA 8.0000
12 20034721 BOOST LINE, WA, 4-10M FLG EA 1.0000
13 733882 SLEEVE, 4x5M BSTR RETURN, ADPTR, FT-G RISER EA 1.0000
14 20026066-6A3 VLV ASSY, 4-10M, T-DB, BX155 SST, W/O MOR, MOD CAP EA 1.0000
15 20034725 BOOST LINE, WA, 4-10M FLG EA 1.0000
16 40268-10 STUD,W/2 NUTS,1.125-8UN X 8.50",A193 B7 W/2H NUTS EA 16.0000
18 050648 RG GSKT, BX-155, 304SS EA 3.0000
19 20034778 KICKOUT, WA, 4.5 X 15M C&K EA 2.0000
20 8150479 PIN, DOWEL, 1/2"DIAx1-1/2"LG, SS EA 4.0000
21 733881 SLEEVE, 4.5"x15M C/K KICKOUT, ADPTR, FT-G RISER EA 2.0000
22 733546 KICKOUT, WA, 2.32x5M HYD LINE, 2-9/16x5M HUB, BX-1 EA 2.0000
23 733669 SLEEVE, 2.35"x5M HYD LINE, FT-G RISER EA 2.0000
24 050646 RG GSKT, BX153, 2-9/16", 10/15/20M, 304SS EA 2.0000
25 050647 RG GSKT, BX-154, 304SS EA 2.0000
26 733386 SEAL SUB, RISER, FT-G EA 1.0000
27 8150452 PIN, DOWEL, 3/8"ODx5/8"LG, 316 SS EA 2.0000
28 031347 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 4.0000
29 737392 PLT, DATA, BLANK, DT-2 RISER JT EA 1.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:47:29 AM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: ADPTR ASSY, GA, RISER, FT-H

30 20033163 PROTECTOR, MAIN PIN SIDE, (5)AUX LINES, FT-H EA 1.0000
31 064133 PROTECTOR, FLG, 18-10M EA 1.0000
32 733846 CAP, SHPG, 6.13"LG, F/6"OD PIN EA 2.0000
33 733844 CAP, SHPG, 6.25"LG, F/2.75"OD PIN EA 2.0000
34 733554 CAP, SHPG, 6"LG, F/4.5"OD PIN EA 1.0000
35 20040062 ELBOW, WA, TARGETTED 90 DEG, HUB-HUB 3-15M BX-154 EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 26, 2008 Time: 10:58:38 AM
Page: 1 of 1
Bill of Material for Item 20026066-6A3

Description: VLV ASSY, 4-10M, T-DB, BX155 SST, W/O MOR, MOD CAP

718609D DWG: CHART, INSTL, F/4-10M , T-B VLV EA 0.0000
AX060029 TS: ENGRG RQMTS PER API 6A, 17TH ED,F/GATE VLVS M EA 0.0000
1 20026065-6A3 OPER ASSY, 4-10M, T-D, W/O MOR, MOD CAP, PSL3 EA 1.0000
2 718969 BFM, 4-10M, T-B VLV, CRA, PSL3 W/TAILROD PREP EA 1.0000
3 719357 SEAT ASSY, 4-10M, T-B/DB VLV, H2S, ELASTO II EA 2.0000
4 717174 PLT, GREASE, 4-10M, T-B/DB VLV EA 2.0000
5 717527 GATE, FM, 4-10M, T-DB VLV, STD H2S, LT, API 6A, PS EA 1.0000
6 050388 RING, GASKET, RX-44, CAD PLTD EA 1.0000
7 060452 SCREW, FERRY, 1-1/2"-8UNCx5"LG A320L7, LT EA 8.0000
SCREW, FERRY, 1-1/2"-8UNCx5"LG A320L7, LT EA 12.0000
8 062230 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 2.0000
9 717404 BUSHING, GATE, 3-10M & 4-5/10M T-DB VLV EA 1.0000
10 717407 PIN, DOWEL, 3/8"x1-3/4"LG, STL EA 1.0000
11 20015460 TAILROD, 4-10M & 3-10M T-DB, H2S/LT, API 6A, PSL3 EA 1.0000
12 718616 FLG, RETNR, PKG, TAILROD, 3-10M & 4-5/10M, T-DB VL EA 1.0000
718794 FLG, RETNR, PKG, TAILROD, PSL3 EA 1.0000
13 060445 SCREW, FHC, 1/2"-13NCx2"LG, ASTM A320L7 EA 4.0000
14 062229 BEARING, MODULAR EA 1.0000
15 718965 GLAND, PKG, TAILROD, 4-10M, T-DB VLV, PSL3 EA 1.0000
16 20026121 PLT, DATA, VLV F/20026066-6A3 EA 1.0000
17 010568 SCREW, DRV, #6x1/4"LG, TYPE U, CAD PLTD EA 4.0000
18 066326 PLUG, HX HD, 1/2"NPT, A105 14 THRDS PER IN (RH NPT EA 1.0000
19 717293 RG, HDR, PKG, 4-5/10M 1-1/2"DIA BALANCE STEM EA 1.0000
20 718320 GREASE, VLV GREASE, USE P/NO. 718320P LB 16.0000
21 064069 PROTECTOR, FLG, 4-10M (PLASTIC) EA 2.0000
22 717400 RG, PKG, HYD VLV, 3-10M & 4-5/10M, H2S EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:50:36 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: STAB ASSY, FEMALE, ACOUSTIC SPLY, LMRP, 1"-5M

731737D DWG: STAB ASSY, FEMALE, ACOUST EA 0.0000
1 1808658 HSG, UPR, SPLY STAB EA 1.0000
2 031350 RG, WIPER EA 1.0000
3 5104962 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 2.0000
4 5104961 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 1.0000
5 1808739 HSG, LWR, SPLY STAB EA 1.0000
6 5001315 O-RING, 70 DURO EA 1.0000
7 5104963 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 2.0000
8 1808738 STAB, FEMALE, RETRACTABLE, HYD EA 1.0000
9 5104964 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 2.0000
10 5104960 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 2.0000
11 5104970 BEARING, MODULAR, 1-7/8"x2-5/8" EA 2.0000
12 1808719 RETNR, SEAL, 1" SPLY STAB EA 1.0000
13 5001159 O-RING, 70 DURO EA 1.0000
14 5020143 RG, BU, 3-1/8"ODx2-7/8"ID SPIRAL, TEFLON EA 1.0000
15 5020852 WIPER, RG, 1.87"ROD EA 1.0000
16 8016276 SCREW, SET, HX SKT, 1/4"-20UNC x5/16"LG, CUP PT,SS EA 1.0000
8016278 SCREW, SET, HX SCKT, 1/4"-20 UNCx1/2"LG, CUP PT, S EA 1.0000
17 8001480 SCREW, HHC, 7/8"UNCx4"LG, STL, CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
18 025046 WSHR, LK, SPLIT, 7/8"DIA, CAD* PLTD, CARBON STL EA 16.0000
19 8020188 NUT, HX, 7/8"-9UNC, CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
20 8001476 SCREW, HHC, 7/8"UNCx3"LG, CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
21 732260 RG, MTG, FEMALE STAB HSG, LMRP ACOUSTIC SPPLY EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:51:31 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: STAB ASSY, MALE, ACOUSTIC, LWR SPLY

731741D DWG: STAB ASSY, MALE, ACOUSTIC EA 0.0000
1 731738 ACOUSTIC SPLY, HSG, STAB, MALE DTL EA 1.0000
2 1808750 STAB, SPLY, MALE EA 1.0000
3 8020409 WSHR, FL. 7/8", STL, CAD PLTD EA 30.0000
4 1808745 SPACER, BOLT, SHLDR EA 6.0000
5 1808744 BOLT, SHLDR, STAB, MALE EA 6.0000
6 8020714 WSHR, LK, 5/8" CAD PLTD ACOUSTIC MALE STAB EA 8.0000
7 8001430 SCREW, HHC, 5/8"-11UNCx2"LG, CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:52:47 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: VLV ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB STRAIGHT FE, BX154 CRA, N.O.

719247D DWG: INSTR, STAMPING, ASSY, T- EA 0.0000
DWG: INSTR, STAMPING, VLV ASSY, T-HB EA 0.0000
1 719753-6A3 BDY ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB STRAIGHT FE, BX154 CRA, H2S, EA 1.0000
2 719770-6A3 OPER ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB VLV, H2S, TEMP P, PSL3 EA 1.0000
3 719751-6A3 TAILROD ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB VLV, SHORT SEA CHEST, H2 EA 1.0000
4 20026339 PLT, DATA, VLV, F/719809-6A3 EA 1.0000
719894 PLT, DATA, VLV, F/#719804-6A3 EA 1.0000
7 720051 ASSY DWG: VLV ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB STRAIGHT, N.O. EA 0.0000
9 064059 PROTECTOR, FLG, 3-15M, (PLASTIC) EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 11:54:23 AM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: VLV ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB DUAL VLV BX154 CRA, FLG INLT

719247D DWG: INSTR, STAMPING, ASSY, T- EA 0.0000
DWG: INSTR, STAMPING, VLV ASSY, T-HB EA 0.0000
1 719752-6A3 BDY ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB DUAL VLV BX154 CRA, FLG INLT EA 1.0000
2 719770-6A3 OPER ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB VLV, H2S, TEMP P, PSL3 EA 2.0000
3 719751-6A3 TAILROD ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB VLV, SHORT SEA CHEST, H2 EA 2.0000
4 719895 PLT, DATA, VLV, F/#719803-6A3 EA 1.0000
7 720038D DWG: VLV ASSY, 3-15M, T-HB, DUAL VLV, FLG INLET, S EA 0.0000
9 064059 PROTECTOR, FLG, 3-15M, (PLASTIC) EA 2.0000
10 064060 PROTECTOR, STDD, 3-15M (PLASTIC) EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:48:08 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: STAB ASSY, LKG, FEMALE, INT RETRACTABLE, 3-15M

735520D DWG: STAB ASSY, LKG, FEMALE, I EA 0.0000
3 735558 STAB, LKG ASSY, FEMALE, C/K, RETRACTABLE, W/AUX UN EA 1.0000
4 735616 STAB, NON-LKG, FEMALE, RETRACTABLE, CARRY-THRU EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:48:46 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: STAB, LKG ASSY, FEMALE, C/K, RETRACTABLE, W/AUX UN

735558D DWG: STAB, LKG ASSY, FEMALE, C EA 0.0000
1 735559 BDY, STAB, FEMALE, C/K, RETRACTABLE EA 1.0000
2 731910 HSG, STAB LK ASSY, OTR RETRACTABLE, W/AUX UNLK EA 1.0000
3 735560 BDY, STAB, LKG, UPR, FEMALE, C/K, RETRACTABLE, W/A EA 1.0000
4 731911 PSTN, STAB LK, RETRACTABLE STAB, W/AUX UNLK EA 1.0000
5 731652 LK DOG SET, STAB LK, RETRACTABLE STAB EA 1.0000
6 731913 RG, SPLIT, STAB, RETRACTABLE, 18-15M EA 1.0000
7 030690 O-RING, 70 DURO EA 1.0000
8 031385 POLYPAK, CUSTOM 'BD', 9" DIA PSTNx8-1/4"x3/8"x3/8" EA 1.0000
10 030010 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 4.0000
11 031387 POLYPAK, CUSTOM 'BD', 10-3/4" DIA PSTNx10"x3/8"x3 EA 1.0000
12 012739 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 2.0000
13 012740 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 1.0000
14 20001085 PIN, INDICATOR, STAB LOCK, FEMALE EA 1.0000
15 032016 SEAL, POLYPAK SEAL, EA 1.0000
16 012750 SCREW, SHC, 1/2"-13UNCx2-1/4" LG, ASTM A320GrL7, EA 12.0000
17 025096 WSHR, LK, SPG, 1/2", HI-COLLAR XYLAN 1070 COAT EA 12.0000
18 012751 SCREW, SHC, 3/4"-10UNCx6-1/4" LG, NL43, XYLAN 107 EA 10.0000
20 012752 SCREW, SHC, 3/4"-10UNCx5"LG, NL43, XYLAN 1070 COAT EA 10.0000
21 050745 FTG, GREASE, 1/8"PTF, SPECIAL EA 1.0000
22 732166 PSTN TIP, STAB, RETRACTABLE, 18-15M BOP STK EA 1.0000
23 031386 POLYPAK, CUSTOM 'BD', 8-1/4" DIA RODx9"x3/8"x3/8" EA 1.0000
24 8152041 PIN, SPG, 1/8"x1"LG, STL EA 4.0000
25 217592 NUT, JAM, 3/8"-16UNC, 304/316 SS EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:49:49 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: STAB, NON-LKG, FEMALE, RETRACTABLE, CARRY-THRU

735616D DWG: STAB, NON-LKG, FEMALE, EA 0.0000
1 735568 HSG, FM, STAB, FEMALE, C/K, RETRACTABLE, BX-154, C EA 1.0000
2 735567 PSTN, CARRY THRU, STAB, FEMALE, C/K, RETRACTABLE EA 1.0000
3 735574 PLT, MTG, CARRY-THRU, STAB, FEMALE, RETRACTABLE EA 1.0000
4 735573 PLT, MTG, STAB, FEMALE, RETRACTABLE EA 1.0000
5 031444 WIPER, POLYPAK EA 1.0000
6 031443 POLYPAK SEAL/PIP RG ASSY EA 2.0000
9 031006 SEAL, POLYPACK EA 2.0000
10 030639 O-RING, 70-75 DURO EA 1.0000
11 012753 SCREW, HHC, 1-1/4"-8UNCx9"LG, ASTM A320GrL7, XYLA EA 12.0000
12 025108 WSHR, LK, HELICAL SPG, 1-1/4", XYLAN, 1070 EA 12.0000
13 025109 WSHR, FL, 1-1/4", XYLAN, 1070 EA 24.0000
14 020416 NUT, HX, HVY, 1-1/4"-8UN, A194Gr2H, XYLAN COATED EA 12.0000
15 012755 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx3"LG, A320GrL7, XYLAN 1070 EA 4.0000
17 025107 WSHR, FL, NARROW, 1/2", XYLAN 1070 EA 4.0000
19 735679-01 WEARBAND, MOLYGARD, 7.25"IDx .5"WIDE EA 1.0000
20 735679-03 WEARBAND, MOLYGARD, 10"IDx .5"WIDE EA 1.0000
21 735679-02 WEARBAND, MOLYGARD, 7.75"IDx .5"WIDE EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:50:30 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: STAB ASSY, MALE, C&K, 3-15M, FLG, BX-154, CRA (SS)

735530D DWG: STAB ASSY, MALE, C&K, 3-1 EA 0.0000
1 735531 HSG, STAB, MALE, 3-15M, FLG, BX-154, CRA (SS) EA 1.0000
2 735555 SUB, STAB, MALE, C/K, 3-15M EA 1.0000
3 011413 SCREW, SET, 3/8"-16NCx1-1/4"LG CUP PT, SS EA 4.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:51:04 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: ACCUM W/MTG BRKT, 2.5 GAL, 6K

20038802D DWG: ACCUM W/MTG BRKT, 2.5 GAL, 6K EA 0.0000
1 20038539 BTL RACK WA, 2.5 GAL 6M EA 1.0000
2 0000981 ACCUM, 2-1/2 GAL, 6000 PSI, BLADDER TYPE, 1-5/16"- EA 1.0000
3 732246 U-BOLT, ACCUM, 15 GAL, 5M EA 1.0000
4 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 2.0000
5 20001173 WSHR, LK, 1/2", 316SS EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:52:27 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: SBOP ASSY, 18-10M, SXF(15M) W/(1)3-15M SO, CRA,

031025 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 1.0000
157275D DWG: SBOP ASSY INSTR:WEDGE, AP EA 0.0000
157294 SPARE PART KIT, 18-10M SBOP, 2YR SVC, W/ADPTR RG 1 EA 0.0000
20027927D DWG:SBOP ASSY,1810M, SXF(15M) (1)3-15M SO,SQ SHLDR EA 0.0000
20028129D DWG: PLT, DATA, SBOP F/20027927 STAMPING INSTR EA 0.0000
AX060028 TS: SBOPS EA 0.0000
1 20027926 HSG, LWR, FM, 18-10M SBOP, W/15M FLG BTM INL, EA 1.0000
2 157547 HSG, UPR, FM, 18-10M SBOP, CRA (INCONEL), BX-164, EA 1.0000
3 156124 PSTN, FM, 18-10M SBOP EA 1.0000
4 157227 RG, ADPTR, FM, 18-10M SBOP EA 1.0000
5 156128 SGMT, LKG, 18-10M SBOP EA 24.0000
6 156130 RG, LKG, FM, 18-10M SBOP EA 1.0000
031365 SEAL, U-CUP, SYMMETRICAL, **OBS-USE 031025** EA 1.0000
8 031234 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 1.0000
10 031237 SEAL, PSTN EA 2.0000
11 031236 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 1.0000
12 031014 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 1.0000
13 2023957 PLUG, HX HD, MALE, 2"NPT, FCS, A105 EA 4.0000
15 065008 PLUG, SKT HD, HX, 1/4"NPT EA 1.0000
16 156566 LIFT EYE, FM, WEDGE CVR SBOP, LT EA 4.0000
17 156172 SCREW, JACK, 18-10M SBOP EA 6.0000
18 156171 STUD, TE, 1-1/4"-8UNx16"LG A320GrL7 EA 12.0000
19 020104 NUT, LK, HX, 1-1/4"-8UN-2B EA 12.0000
20 012231 STUD, TE, 2-1/4"8UNCx14-1/4"LG A320GrL7, LT, STD EA 24.0000
20013716 STUD, TE, 2-1/4"-8UNX14-1/4"LG, A320GRL7, ZINC EA 24.0000
20023716 CNTL PNL ASSY, CHK, SGL, F/10000 PSI CHK MNFD EA 24.0000
21 020016 NUT, HX, HVY, 2-1/4"-8UN, A194Gr2H, BLK FINISH EA 24.0000
20013717 NUT, NX, HVY, 2-1/4"-8UN,A194GR2H, ZINC COATED EA 24.0000
20023717 CNTL PNL ASSY, CHK, SGL, F/15000 PSI CHK MNFD EA 24.0000
22 010895 SCREW, SHC, 1-1/2"-6NCx2-1/2" LG, BLK FINISH, STD EA 8.0000
24 150912 EYEBOLT, 1"-8NC EA 2.0000
25 050819 WRENCH, HAMMER, 2"x1-1/4", STRAIGHT HANDLE, BOX EN EA 1.0000
26 151506 PLT, DATA, SBOP, BLANK EA 1.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:52:27 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: SBOP ASSY, 18-10M, SXF(15M) W/(1)3-15M SO, CRA,

26 20028129D DWG: PLT, DATA, SBOP F/20027927 STAMPING INSTR EA 0.0000
30 150557 NMPLT, "SHAFFER", LARGE EA 1.0000
31 150613 WEARBAND, 1"WIDE +NN IN 490.0000
32 9610029 FLUID, PRESERVATION " MFG USE ONLY" GA 66.0000
34 050665 RG GSKT, BX-164, CAD PLTD EA 2.0000
35 152344 WEARBAND, 1/2"WIDE IN 137.0000
38 012653 STUD, TE, 1-1/8"-8UNx5-1/4"LG, A320GrL7 EA 8.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:53:10 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SXF, W/(6)3-15M SO

168122 SPARE PART KIT,REPLACABLE CAVITY SEATS,18-10/15M, EA 0.0000
20020683 SPARE PART KIT, REPLACEABLE CAVITY SEATS, W/SHR, EA 0.0000
20027253D DWG:BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SXF, W/(6)3-15M SO EA 0.0000
20027365D DWG: PLT, DATA, BOP, F/20027253, STAMPING INSTR EA 0.0000
20029399 KIT, ADJUSTMENT, 22" OPER, BOP, NXT EA 0.0000
815747D DWG: DATA PLT INSTL, BOP ASSY, API MONO/NON-DNV EA 0.0000
1 20025193 BFM, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SxF(BX-164),W/(6)3-15M SO, EA 1.0000
2 168053 DOOR ASSY, 18-15M NXT, U2B, SUBSEA EA 2.0000
3 20018931 DOOR ASSY, 18-10/15M, NXT, 5K 22"OPER EA 4.0000
4 168110 ACT ASSY, ROTARY, LH, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
5 168111 ACT ASSY, ROTARY, RH, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
6 126696 INSERT, SEAL SEAT, 18-5/15M, SL/SLX, RAM BODY EA 1.0000
7 20017208 INSRT, SEAL SEAT, 18-5/15M, SLX HARDENED EA 2.0000
8 030397 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 3.0000
9 011402 SCREW, SET, SKT HD, 1/2"-13NCx 7/8"LG, 304SS, EA 18.0000
10 168019 PAD, SIDE, 18-15M NXT EA 6.0000
12 126745 PLT, SKID, 18-15M, .541"THK, SL/SLX EA 3.0000
13 012291 STUD, TE, 3"-8UNx16.75"LG, A193GrB7 EA 20.0000
012555 STUD, TE, 3"-8UNx16-3/4"LG, HI STRGTH EA 20.0000
15 168062 INSRT, STRIP, REPLACEABLE WEAR, 18-15M NXT, BDY PR EA 4.0000
16 061182 PIN, SPIROL, .250x.1.25"LG, SERIES 410 FLARED,STD EA 20.0000
17 214336 PLUG, HX HD, 1"NPT, 3000#, MAG PHOS, REF: 643-081 EA 6.0000
18 065002 PLUG, SKT HD, HX, 1"NPT EA 4.0000
20028894 PLUG, FLUSH-MOUNT, SKT HD, 1"NPT EA 4.0000
19 20026111 PLT, DATA, BOP, TRP, RAM, BLANK EA 1.0000
20 9108553 NMPLT, "OPEN" 3"x1" NMPLT, EA 6.0000
21 9108554 NMPLT, "CLOSE" 3"x1" NMPLT EA 6.0000
22 010975 SCREW, DRV, #6x.375"LG, SS EA 30.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:53:10 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SXF, W/(6)3-15M SO

28 20017095 ROD, LK, LK DRIVE, 18-10/15M NXT, 22 OPER EA 8.0000
29 20018434 HOLDER, LOCKROD, 4" +NN EA 8.0000
30 20026545 DRIVE ASSY, LK BAR, 18-15M, NXT, 22"OPER, EA 4.0000
31 20032414 HNG ASSY, ROTATION, 22"OPER, NXT DOORS EA 4.0000
32 20018422 DOOR LEVELER, NXT, 22" OPR EA 4.0000
33 20019050 TRACK, DRIVE ASSY, 22"OPER EA 8.0000
34 20004340 ADPTR, 3/8 FEMALE NPT, MALE NPT EA 16.0000
35 20017034 HSG, SEALSUB, FLG'D, 3/4-10UNC ID EA 8.0000
36 2115247 ELBOW, MALE, 90DEG, 3/8"x3/8", TxMPT, SS EA 16.0000
37 20019296 CVR, HINGE EA 4.0000
38 20019069 NUT, HX, JAM, HVY, 3"-8UNC, A194GR2H EA 4.0000
39 20018476 WSHR, PLAIN-TYPE B, 3" EA 4.0000
40 20008499 SCREW, SET, 1-1/2"-6UNC X 3"LG, HX SKT FT PT EA 4.0000
41 010762 SCREW, SHC, 1"-8NCx8"LG EA 16.0000
42 011129 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNx1-1/2"LG J429Gr8 OR ASTM A35 EA 8.0000
43 8049095 SCREW,SHLDR,5/8"NOM,1/2-13UNC, 1-1/4"LG, 3/4"THD L EA 16.0000
44 025005 WSHR, LK, 1/2"NOM, HELICAL SPG REG, STD FINISH EA 8.0000
45 5030021 T-SEAL, PSTN, 1-3/4"ODx1-1/2" IDx1/8"LG EA 16.0000
46 025039 WSHR, LK, SPG, 1", HI-COLLAR, HELICAL, CARBON STL EA 16.0000
48 010614 SCREW, SHC, 5/8"-11NCx2"LG, EA 16.0000
49 025036 WSHR, LK, SPG, 5/8", HI-COLLAR HELICAL, CARBON STL EA 16.0000
50 20018475 CVR, LOCK ACTUATOR, NXT-HD, 22" EA 4.0000
51 207182 SCREW, HHC, 3/8"-16UNCx3/4"LG, A193GrB8/B8M EA 16.0000
52 025000 WSHR, LK, 3/8"NOM, HELICAL SPG, REG, STD FINISH EA 16.0000
53 2041874 PLUG, HOLLOW HX, O-RING, 3/4"SAE, 1-1/16"-12UN-2A EA 8.0000
57 20028727 SCREW, SHLDR, 5/8"NOM,1/2-13UNC,1-3/8"LG,3/4"THD L EA 8.0000
58 20026903 MNFD ASSY, HYD ACT, 18-5/10/15M, 4 FUNC EA 4.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:53:57 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: DOOR ASSY, 18-10/15M, NXT, 5K 22"OPER

20018931D DWG: DOOR ASSY, 18-10M, NXT, 5K 22"OPER EA 0.0000
DWG:DOOR ASSY, 18-10/15M,NXT,5K 22"OPER EA 0.0000
20019272 SPARE PART KIT, PLASTIC INJECTION, PER DOOR ASSY EA 0.0000
20019273 SPARE PART KIT, PSLK SGMTS, PER DOOR SSY +NN EA 0.0000
20019444 SPARE PART KIT, 22"OPER, 6"RMSHFT, 18-10M NXT EA 0.0000
1 20017355 DOOR, 22" OPERATOR, 18-10M EA 1.0000
2 20017225 CYL, FM, 22"DIA, PSLK, 18-10M NXT, 5K OPER EA 1.0000
3 20017269 CYL HD, 22" DIA PSLK, 18-10M NXT EA 1.0000
4 20016736 CAP, END, 22" OPER EA 1.0000
5 20017499 ROD, TIE, DOOR ASSY, 22"OPER, NXT EA 8.0000
6 020111 NUT, LK, HX, 2-1/4"-8UN-2B EA 8.0000
7 20018416 STUD, TE, 1-3/8-8-UNx9.1"LG EA 12.0000
8 020105 NUT, LK, HX, 1-3/8"-8UN-2B EA 12.0000
9 2041874 PLUG, HOLLOW HX, O-RING, 3/4"SAE, 1-1/16"-12UN-2A EA 8.0000
10 20017498 MNFD, DOOR ASSY, 22"OPER, NXT EA 2.0000
20018038 MNFD, CYL, 18-5M NXT, 22"OPER EA 2.0000
11 030061 O-RING, 75-80 DURO EA 8.0000
12 168047 SEAL ASSY, CARTRIDGE, 18-15M NXT, SUBSEA EA 1.0000
13 20017558 SHAFT, RAM, 6" DIA, 22"OPER EA 1.0000
14 20017353 MAIN PSTN, FM, 22"OPER, NXT EA 1.0000
20017575 MAIN PSTN/BSHG ASSY, 22" OPER EA 1.0000
15 20016734 NUT, ANTI ROTATION 22" OPER EA 1.0000
16 20016735 BOLT, ANTI ROTATION, 22" OPER EA 1.0000
17 20017264 PSTN, OTR, FM, 22"OPER EA 1.0000
18 20017705 PLT, LKG, 22"OPER EA 1.0000
19 20017532 HSG WEDGE & BSHG ASSY EA 1.0000
20 20018247 SPRING, 22"OPER EA 1.0000
21 20017317 PSTN, LKG, FM, 22" PSLK EA 1.0000
22 20017964 WEDGE, LKG, NXT, 22" OPER EA 6.0000
23 20017793 PLT, BACK, 22"OPER, NXT EA 1.0000
24 20018415 SCREW, SHC, 1-1/4"-12UNFx3-3/4"LG, ASTM A-574 EA 12.0000
25 011346 SCREW, SHC, HX, 1-1/2"-6NCx 4-1/2"LG, CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
26 20018651 RSSA, 6.00"DIA RAM SHAFT EA 1.0000
27 20017862 O-RING, #2-470, NITRILE, 85-95 DURO EA 2.0000
28 20018435 RG, BU +NN EA 2.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:53:57 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: DOOR ASSY, 18-10/15M, NXT, 5K 22"OPER

29 20017863 SEAL, POLYPAK, 22"ODx20-1/2"IDx3/4 CS X 1"LG EA 2.0000
30 20018436 SEAL,POLYPAK,13"OD X12-1/4"ID X 3/8CS X 5/8"LG +NN EA 2.0000
31 20018485 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 2.0000
32 20017864 SEAL,POLYPAK,13-3/4"OD X 13" ID X 3/8 CS X 3/8"LG EA 2.0000
33 20018437 SEAL, POLYPAK +NN EA 2.0000
34 20017538 FOOT, RAM SHAFT, F/6" RAM SHAFT, 22"OPER EA 1.0000
35 012708 SCREW, SET, SCKT, 1/2"-13UNCx 5/8"LG, OVAL PT, AL EA 2.0000
38 010004 SCREW, SET, SKT, 1"-8UNC-2Ax1" LG EA 1.0000
39 130368 CHECK VLV ASSY, SEC SEAL +NN EA 1.0000
40 050000 PKG, STICK, INJECTION, PLASTIC EA 4.0000
41 136635 PLUG, BLEED, SEC SEAL EA 1.0000
42 20018949 NUT, ADJ, RAM LEVEL, 22" OPER EA 2.0000
43 20018950 SCREW, ADJ, RAM LEVEL, 22"OPER EA 2.0000
44 8002824 SCREW, SHC, 1/4"-20UNCx5/8"LG, SS EA 4.0000
46 150613 WEARBAND, 1"WIDE +NN IN 280.0000
47 065001 PLUG, SKT HD, HX, 1/2"NPT, ALLOY STL, OIL Q&T TO H EA 4.0000
48 041466 RG, RETAINING, SPIRAL EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:54:41 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: DOOR ASSY, 18-15M NXT, U2B, SUBSEA

168034 FOOT, RAM SHAFT, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
20002534D DWG: DOOR ASSY, U2B, 18-15M NXT, SUBSEA EA 0.0000
20011834 FOOT, 3-3/4" RAM SHAFT, 18-15M NXT BOP EA 1.0000
1 168049 DOOR, FM, 18-15M NXT, SUBSEA EA 1.0000
2 168035 RAM SHAFT, 3.75"DIA, 18-15M NXT, 14" ULTRLK II EA 1.0000
3 168034 FOOT, RAM SHAFT, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
20011834 FOOT, 3-3/4" RAM SHAFT, 18-15M NXT BOP EA 1.0000
4 168076 PLT, STOP/GUIDE, RAM, F/18-15M NXT RAM FOOT EA 1.0000
5 012747 SCREW, SHLDR, SKT HD, 1/2"-13UNCx3/4"LG, 5/8"DIAx1 EA 2.0000
7 168075 RSSA, F/3-3/4" DIA SHAFT, NXT EA 1.0000
8 168038 MNFD, CYL, 18-15M NXT, 14" ULTRLK II EA 1.0000
9 030061 O-RING, 75-80 DURO EA 4.0000
10 168037 CYL, OPER, 14"ID, 14" ULTRLK II, PSLK, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
11 030791 RG, BU, NIT EA 2.0000
12 030105 O-RING, 75-85 DURO EA 2.0000
13 168084 STUD, CYL, 18-15M NXT, ULTRLK II EA 4.0000
14 020109 NUT, LK, HX, 1-7/8"-8UN-2B EA 4.0000
15 20001257 PSTN ASSY, 18-5/15M, 14" ULTRLK IIB EA 1.0000
16 20002021 HD, CYL, 14"ULTRLK IIB, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
17 011401 SCREW, SHC, 1"-8NCx1-3/4"LG, BLK FINISH EA 8.0000
24 168023 LKG ASSY, DOOR, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
25 168079 CVR, HNG SIDE, NXT DOOR EA 1.0000
26 168080 CVR, NON-HNG SIDE, NXT DOOR EA 1.0000
011410 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx3/4"LG, 304SS EA 12.0000
28 021003 PIN, HITCH, W/CHAIN, 1/2"x4" GRIP LNGTH, OVAL RG, EA 1.0000
29 168179 LEVELER, BLK, RAM, NXT DOOR, 18-15M EA 1.0000
30 168193 SHIM, LEVELER, BLK, RAM, NXT DOOR, 18-15M EA 6.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 12:54:41 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: DOOR ASSY, 18-15M NXT, U2B, SUBSEA

32 168178 SPARE PART KIT, DOOR, 18-15M NXT, U2B, 2 YR SVC EA 0.0000
36 168085 SPG ASSY, DISC, F/ROTARY ACT ASSY, 18-15M NXT EA 4.0000
37 20008072 SCREW, 3/8"-16 X 5/8"LG, FULL DOG POINT, 304SS EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:00:40 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SXF, W/(6)3-15M SO,INV

129527D DWG: BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP,NXT SXF,W/(6)3-15M SO EA 0.0000
20015099D DWG: PLT, DATA, BOP, F/20015508 STAMPING INSTR EA 0.0000
20015508D DWG:BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SXF, W/(6)3-15M SO EA 0.0000
20015930D DWG: GA;BOP ASSY,18-15M,TRP,NXT,SXF,INV LWR CAVITY EA 0.0000
815747D DWG: DATA PLT INSTL, BOP ASSY, API MONO/NON-DNV EA 0.0000
1 20015156 BFM,18-15M,TRP,NXT, SxF W/(6)3-15M,INV LWR CAVITY EA 1.0000
4 20028749 DOOR ASSY, 18-15M NXT, 14" ULTRLK IIB, W/O LOCKS, EA 2.0000
5 168110 ACT ASSY, ROTARY, LH, 18-15M NXT EA 3.0000
6 168111 ACT ASSY, ROTARY, RH, 18-15M NXT EA 3.0000
8 030397 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 3.0000
10 168019 PAD, SIDE, 18-15M NXT EA 4.0000
17 168062 INSRT, STRIP, REPLACEABLE WEAR, 18-15M NXT, BDY PR EA 12.0000
18 061182 PIN, SPIROL, .250x.1.25"LG, SERIES 410 FLARED,STD EA 60.0000
20 214336 PLUG, HX HD, 1"NPT, 3000#, MAG PHOS, REF: 643-081 EA 12.0000
24 NOT USED NOT USED EA 0.0000
25 9108553 NMPLT, "OPEN" 3"x1" NMPLT, EA 6.0000
26 9108554 NMPLT, "CLOSE" 3"x1" NMPLT EA 6.0000
27 010975 SCREW, DRV, #6x.375"LG, SS EA 24.0000
34 168109 SPARE PART KIT, SEAL, 18-15M NXT, U2B, (PER CAVITY EA 0.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:00:40 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: BOP ASSY, 18-15M, TRP, NXT, SXF, W/(6)3-15M SO,INV

36 168122 SPARE PART KIT,REPLACABLE CAVITY SEATS,18-10/15M, EA 0.0000
37 132894 PLT, DATA, BOP, BLANK EA 1.0000
38 20018472 PAD, SIDE, 18-15M NXT, INV CAVITY EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:01:13 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: DOOR ASSY, 18-15M NXT, 14" ULTRLK IIB, W/O LOCKS,

20014900D DWG: DOOR ASSY, 18-15M NXT, U2B, SUBSEA EA 0.0000
1 168049 DOOR, FM, 18-15M NXT, SUBSEA EA 1.0000
2 168035 RAM SHAFT, 3.75"DIA, 18-15M NXT, 14" ULTRLK II EA 1.0000
3 20011834 FOOT, 3-3/4" RAM SHAFT, 18-15M NXT BOP EA 1.0000
4 168076 PLT, STOP/GUIDE, RAM, F/18-15M NXT RAM FOOT EA 1.0000
5 012747 SCREW, SHLDR, SKT HD, 1/2"-13UNCx3/4"LG, 5/8"DIAx1 EA 2.0000
7 168075 RSSA, F/3-3/4" DIA SHAFT, NXT EA 1.0000
8 168038 MNFD, CYL, 18-15M NXT, 14" ULTRLK II EA 1.0000
9 030061 O-RING, 75-80 DURO EA 4.0000
10 168037 CYL, OPER, 14"ID, 14" ULTRLK II, PSLK, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
11 030791 RG, BU, NIT EA 2.0000
12 030105 O-RING, 75-85 DURO EA 2.0000
13 168084 STUD, CYL, 18-15M NXT, ULTRLK II EA 4.0000
14 020109 NUT, LK, HX, 1-7/8"-8UN-2B EA 4.0000
15 20026551 PSTN ASSY,14" ULTRLK IIB, W/O LOCKS EA 1.0000
16 20002021 HD, CYL, 14"ULTRLK IIB, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
17 011401 SCREW, SHC, 1"-8NCx1-3/4"LG, BLK FINISH EA 8.0000
24 168023 LKG ASSY, DOOR, 18-15M NXT EA 1.0000
25 168079 CVR, HNG SIDE, NXT DOOR EA 1.0000
26 168080 CVR, NON-HNG SIDE, NXT DOOR EA 1.0000
27 011410 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx3/4"LG, 304SS EA 12.0000
28 021003 PIN, HITCH, W/CHAIN, 1/2"x4" GRIP LNGTH, OVAL RG, EA 1.0000
29 168179 LEVELER, BLK, RAM, NXT DOOR, 18-15M EA 1.0000
30 168193 SHIM, LEVELER, BLK, RAM, NXT DOOR, 18-15M EA 6.0000
36 168085 SPG ASSY, DISC, F/ROTARY ACT ASSY, 18-15M NXT EA 4.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:01:13 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: DOOR ASSY, 18-15M NXT, 14" ULTRLK IIB, W/O LOCKS,

37 20008072 SCREW, 3/8"-16 X 5/8"LG, FULL DOG POINT, 304SS EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:02:08 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: PSTN ASSY,14" ULTRLK IIB, W/O LOCKS

20026589 SEAL KIT, PISTON ASSY, 14" ULTRLK IIB, W/O LOCKS EA 0.0000
1 20001256 PSTN, 18-5/10/15M, 14" ULTRLK IIB EA 1.0000
2 031181 SEAL, POLY BI-PAK EA 1.0000
3 115524 RING, WEAR, 14" EA 2.0000
4 119263 RING, WEAR EA 1.0000
5 030124 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 1.0000
6 030954 RING, BACKUP EA 1.0000
7 050098 PIN, DOWEL, 5/8"NOMx4"LG, ALLOY STL EA 2.0000
10 165555 PLT, RETNR, 14" ULTRLK IIB EA 1.0000
11 010733 SCREW, SHC, 3/4"-10UNCx5-1/2" LG, ASTM A574 EA 8.0000
12 165537 PLT, LKG ROD, 14" U2 EA 1.0000
13 20001252 ROD, LKG, 18-5/15M SL/SLX, 14" U2B EA 4.0000
15 20026551D DWG:PSTN ASSY, 14" ULTRLK IIB, W/O LOCKS EA 0.0000
16 20026753 PLUG ASSY, CHECK, POPPET, ULTRA LOK RAM ASSY EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:09:39 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: LWR GRIPPER ASSY,

20030558D DWG: LWR GRIPPER ASSY, EA 0.0000
20030670 SPG, COMP, 2.50 OD X 5.00 FH, SS EA 0.0000
20030679 RTNR, SHR PIN, LWR HUB, GRIPPER, MUX EA 0.0000
20031341-01 SPG RETNR, .25 CS X 5.25 PD EA 0.0000
20032493 SEAL KIT, LWR GRIPPER, SEC CYL, MUX UNI +NN EA 0.0000
20032494 RPR KIT, LWR GRIPPER, SEC CYL, MUX +NN EA 0.0000
20032649 SHIM, BASE PLT, LWR GRIPPER, MUX UNIT EA 8.0000
1 20030688 LANDING SLEEVE, GRIPPER MUX EA 1.0000
2 20031561 CONN PLT, WA, MUX GRIPPER EA 1.0000
3 20030676 HUB, LWR, GRIPPER, MUX EA 1.0000
4 20030682 SPG, 0.85 OD X 3.50 FH, K=28#/IN, SS EA 1.0000
5 20030680-01 PIN, SHR, 1.00" DIA, LWR GRIPPER **OBSOLETE** EA 2.0000
20037932 SHR PIN SET, MUX GRIPPER IN 1.0000
8 20031341-02 SPG RETNR, .25 CS X 5.50 PD EA 1.0000
9 20030672 BUCKET, BTM, GRIPPER MUX EA 1.0000
10 20030684 FLG, UPR, GRIPPER MUX EA 1.0000
11 20030005 DISC SPRING, 9.84"OD X 5"ID X .4430"THK, SERMAGARD EA 12.0000
12 20034431 NUT, HX, HVY, 1-3/4"-8UN, 316 SS EA 4.0000
13 20030690 SCREW, HHC, 3/4"-10UNC x 8.0"LG, A453 GR 660 EA 8.0000
14 20031576 GUIDE ROD, MUX GRIPPER EA 2.0000
15 20031566 ADJUSTER PLT, MUX GRIPPER EA 2.0000
16 20031842 SCREW, HHC, 5/8"-11UNC x 2-1/2"LG, A453 GR 660 EA 4.0000
17 20009562 WSHR, LK, 5/8"NOM, 316 SS EA 4.0000
18 20034338 PIN, ALIGN EA 2.0000
19 20009611 WSHR, FLAT, 5/8"NOM, 316SS EA 4.0000
20 20029435 SCREW, SHC, 1"-8UNC X 2 1/4 LG, 150 KSI STL, EA 8.0000
20032666 SCREW, SHC, 1"-8UNC X 3"LG, A453 GR660 EA 8.0000
21 20001175 WSHR, LK, 1", 316 SS EA 8.0000
22 20030669 SCREW, SET, 5/8"-11UNC, SPECIAL EA 4.0000
23 20031843 SCREW, SHC, 1-3/4"-8UN X 6-1/2"LG, A453 GR 660 EA 1.0000
20031577 GUIDE ROD, MUX GRIPPER EA 4.0000
221439 NUT, 1-3/4"-8UN, 316 SS EA 4.0000
26 20001178 WSHR, FL, 3/4", 316 SS EA 8.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:09:39 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: LWR GRIPPER ASSY,

27 20001160 NUT, HX, 3/4"-10UNC, 316 SS EA 8.0000
28 20001159 WSHR, LK, 3/4", 316 SS EA 8.0000
29 20034094 DU BRG, WSHR, 1.750"ID x 2.750"OD x .058"THK EA 2.0000
30 20026836 FEMALE STAB, LWR, FM, 112 LINE POD, 5TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:10:13 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: SECONDARY CYL, GRIPPER ASSY

20030559D DWG: SECONDARY CYL, LWR FEMALE, GRIPPER ASSY EA 0.0000
20032493 SEAL KIT, LWR GRIPPER, SEC CYL, MUX UNI +NN EA 0.0000
20032494 RPR KIT, LWR GRIPPER, SEC CYL, MUX +NN EA 0.0000
40020-02 PLUG,PIPE,HEX,1/4"NPT EA 0.0000
1 20030711 ROD, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL, SECONDARY EA 1.0000
3 20030712 PLT, BASE, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL, SECONDARY EA 1.0000
4 20017144 SCREW, HHC, 3/4"-10UNCx4"LG, SAE GR8 ZINC CHROMATE EA 8.0000
20034536 SCREW, HHC, 3/4"-10UNCX4"LG, ASTM A-193 GRADE B8M EA 8.0000
8 20030641 BARREL, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL, SECONDARY EA 1.0000
9 20030640 PSTN, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL, F/LKG DOGS EA 1.0000
10 031004 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 3.0000
11 20031354 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
12 20031357 RG, RETNR, EXT, 1.34"DIA, 302 SS EA 1.0000
13 20030717 DOG, LKG, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL EA 4.0000
14 20030720 PSTN, LKG, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL EA 1.0000
15 20031394 T-SEAL, ROD EA 1.0000
16 20031395 T-SEAL, PSTN EA 1.0000
17 20030699 GLAND, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL EA 1.0000
18 20024667 SEAL, POLYPAK, TYPE B, 3/16 X 1.75"ID EA 1.0000
19 20031355 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
20033648 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
20 20027813 RG WIPER LNR VBL-41.5-MPC20 EA 1.0000
21 20031359 RG, RETNR, INT, 5.000"DIA, 302SS EA 1.0000
20034524 RG, RETNR, INT, 5.000" DIA, 316SS EA 1.0000
22 20030721 SLEEVE, LWR FEMALE , AUX LIFT EA 1.0000
20007150 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx2-1/2"LG, SAE GR8 EA 8.0000
SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx2-1/2"LG, SAE GR8 EA 12.0000
24 025084 WSHR, LK, HELICAL SPG, 1/2", REG, CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
WSHR, LK, HELICAL SPG, 1/2", REG, CAD PLTD EA 12.0000
10420091 WSHR LK 1/2" 316SS EA 12.0000
25 20029003 GUIDE, BRG, AUX LIFT CYL, LWR FEM, 112 LINE POD EA 1.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:10:13 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: SECONDARY CYL, GRIPPER ASSY

26 223049 NUT, HX, HVY, 1/2"-13UNC-2B, AISI 316 EA 4.0000
27 20030744 PIVOT, 4-3/4", CYL, LWR FEMALE, AUX LIFT EA 1.0000
28 20030759 RETNR, SECONDARY CYL, MUX GRIPPER EA 1.0000
29 20031358 RG, RETNR, EXT, 2.165"DIA, 302 SS EA 1.0000
20034525 RG, RETNR, EXT, 2.165" DIA, 316SS EA 1.0000
31 20037037 FTG, ORIFICE, .03 DIA, -4 JIC EA 1.0000
32 339003 ADPTR, 1/4", 5500# PSI, MJICxMNPT EA 1.0000
33 2265048 ADPTR, HOSE, 1/4"JICx1/4"MPT, 90 DEG, SS EA 1.0000
34 56544-4-S CAP, FEM 37DEG SEAT EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:10:56 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SEAL KIT, LWR GRIPPER, SEC CYL, MUX UNI +NN

20024667 SEAL, POLYPAK, TYPE B, 3/16 X 1.75"ID EA 1.0000
20027813 RG WIPER LNR VBL-41.5-MPC20 EA 1.0000
20031354 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
20031355 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
20031394 T-SEAL, ROD EA 1.0000
20031395 T-SEAL, PSTN EA 1.0000
20033648 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:11:33 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: RPR KIT, LWR GRIPPER, SEC CYL, MUX +NN

020013 NUT, HX, HVY, 1-3/4"-8UN, A194Gr2H, BLK FINISH EA 4.0000
020328 NUT, HX, HVY, 3/4"-10UNC, A194Gr2H, CAD PLTD EA 8.0000
20001160 NUT, HX, 3/4"-10UNC, 316 SS EA 8.0000
20001175 WSHR, LK, 1", 316 SS EA 8.0000
20001178 WSHR, FL, 3/4", 316 SS EA 8.0000
20024667 SEAL, POLYPAK, TYPE B, 3/16 X 1.75"ID EA 1.0000
20027813 RG WIPER LNR VBL-41.5-MPC20 EA 1.0000
20029003 GUIDE, BRG, AUX LIFT CYL, LWR FEM, 112 LINE POD EA 1.0000
20030005 DISC SPRING, 9.84"OD X 5"ID X .4430"THK, SERMAGARD EA 12.0000
20030670 SPG, COMP, 2.50 OD X 5.00 FH, SS EA 1.0000
20030676 HUB, LWR, GRIPPER, MUX EA 1.0000
20030679 RTNR, SHR PIN, LWR HUB, GRIPPER, MUX EA 1.0000
20030680-01 PIN, SHR, 1.00" DIA, LWR GRIPPER **OBSOLETE** EA 2.0000
20030682 SPG, 0.85 OD X 3.50 FH, K=28#/IN, SS EA 1.0000
20030690 SCREW, HHC, 3/4"-10UNC x 8.0"LG, A453 GR 660 EA 8.0000
20030717 DOG, LKG, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL EA 4.0000
20030720 PSTN, LKG, 4-3/4" GRIPPER CYL EA 1.0000
20031354 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
20031355 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
20031357 RG, RETNR, EXT, 1.34"DIA, 302 SS EA 1.0000
20031358 RG, RETNR, EXT, 2.165"DIA, 302 SS EA 1.0000
20031359 RG, RETNR, INT, 5.000"DIA, 302SS EA 1.0000
20031394 T-SEAL, ROD EA 1.0000
20031395 T-SEAL, PSTN EA 1.0000
20031843 SCREW, SHC, 1-3/4"-8UN X 6-1/2"LG, A453 GR 660 EA 1.0000
20032666 SCREW, SHC, 1"-8UNC X 3"LG, A453 GR660 EA 8.0000
20033648 WEAR BAND EA 1.0000
20034431 NUT, HX, HVY, 1-3/4"-8UN, 316 SS EA 4.0000
20034524 RG, RETNR, INT, 5.000" DIA, 316SS EA 1.0000
20034525 RG, RETNR, EXT, 2.165" DIA, 316SS EA 1.0000
20037932 SHR PIN SET, MUX GRIPPER IN 1.0000
2005346 PLUG, HEX HD, 3/4" EA 2.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:11:33 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: RPR KIT, LWR GRIPPER, SEC CYL, MUX +NN

End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:12:11 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: BRKT ASSY, MTG, INCLINOMETER, FLEX RISER, 5TH GEN

20028347D DWG: BRKT ASSY, MTG, INCLINOMETER, FLEX RISER, EA 0.0000
1 7400568 BRK, MTG, UPR, INCLINOMETER, FLEX RISER, 4TH GEN M EA 1.0000
2 7400567 BRKT MTG, LWR, INCLINOMETER, FLEX RISER, 4TH GEN M EA 1.0000
3 8002863 SCREW, SHC, 3/8"x2-1/4"LG, SS EA 4.0000
4 8020015 NUT, HX, 3/8"-16UNC, SELF-LKG, NYLON INSRT, SS EA 4.0000
5 8020528 WSHR, FL, 3/8", SS EA 8.0000
6 20028348 INCLINOMETER, DUAL AXIS, SUBSEA, 12K FT, EA 1.0000
7 7402337 KEYSTOCK MODIFIED MTG BRKT, INCLINOMETER, 4TH GEN EA 1.0000
8 20029874 BRKT, INCLINOMETER, F/RISER ADPTR MTG EA 1.0000
9 8010205 SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13NC-2Ax 1-1/2"LG, SS EA 4.0000
10 8020530 WSHR, FL. 1/2"SAE, SS EA 4.0000
11 8021250 WSHR, LK, EXT TOOTH, 1/2", SS EA 4.0000
12 8020263 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, SS EA 4.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:12:45 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: PNL ASSY, ROV, LMRP ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS

20038880D DWG: PNL ASSY, ROV, LMRP ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS EA 0.0000
1 20039594 FRAME WA, ROV PNL EA 1.0000
2 20039599 PNL DTL, ROV, LMRP ACCUM DUMP/BYPASS EA 1.0000
3 20039606 BRKT, MTG, ROV PNL EA 2.0000
4 20028592 GAUGE, 0-10,000 PSI, PNL MT +NN EA 1.0000
5 20028554 VLV/OPER ASSY, 1/4" VLV EA 2.0000
6 7400325 STAB, HOT, FEMALE, F/ROV PNL EA 1.0000
7 7400326 FLG, MTG, SPLIT F/ROV PNL EA 1.0000
9 6560045 CVR ASSY, VENTING EA 1.0000
11 20001166 NUT, HX, 3/8"-16UNC, 316 SS EA 12.0000
13 8020528 WSHR, FL, 3/8", SS EA 8.0000
14 20039607 SCREW, HHC, 1/2-13UNC X 1-3/4 LG, 316 SS EA 4.0000
15 20001122 NUT, HX, 1-1/2"-8NC, 316 SS EA 4.0000
16 20001173 WSHR, LK, 1/2", 316SS EA 4.0000
17 20001174 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 316 SS EA 8.0000
18 20028555 RPR KIT F/20028554 +NN EA 0.0000
19 20039608 VISCO JET, HP, SERIES 187 EA 1.0000
20 7403374 ADAPTOR, BDY, F/VISCO JET SERIES 187, 4TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
22 20027746 TEE STREET 1/4" NPT SS EA 3.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:13:38 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: PNL ASSY, ROV, RISER CONN POCV DUMP

20038881D DWG: PNL ASSY, ROV, RISER CONN POCV DUMP EA 0.0000
2 20039600 PNL DTL, ROV, RIS CONN POCV DUMP EA 1.0000
4 20036572 GAUGE, 0-3000 PSI, PNL MT EA 1.0000
7 20001166 NUT, HX, 3/8"-16UNC, 316 SS EA 8.0000
9 8020528 WSHR, FL, 3/8", SS EA 8.0000
11 20001122 NUT, HX, 1-1/2"-8NC, 316 SS EA 4.0000
12 20001173 WSHR, LK, 1/2", 316SS EA 4.0000
13 20001174 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 316 SS EA 8.0000
14 20028555 RPR KIT F/20028554 +NN EA 0.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:14:07 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: PNL ASSY, ROV, EHBS ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS

20038879D DWG: PNL ASSY, ROV, EHBS ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS EA 0.0000
2 20039605 PNL DTL, ROV, EHBS ACCUM DUMP/BYPASS EA 1.0000
10 20001166 NUT, HX, 3/8"-16UNC, 316 SS EA 12.0000
12 8020528 WSHR, FL, 3/8", SS EA 8.0000
13 20028555 RPR KIT F/20028554 +NN EA 0.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:14:43 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: PNL ASSY, ROV, ACOUSTIC ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS

20038877D DWG: PNL ASSY, ROV, ACOUSTIC ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS EA 0.0000
2 20039602 PNL DTL, ROV, ACOUSTIC ACCUM DUMP/BYPASS EA 1.0000
11 20001166 NUT, HX, 3/8"-16UNC, 316 SS EA 12.0000
13 8020528 WSHR, FL, 3/8", SS EA 8.0000
15 20001122 NUT, HX, 1-1/2"-8NC, 316 SS EA 4.0000
16 20001173 WSHR, LK, 1/2", 316SS EA 4.0000
17 20001174 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 316 SS EA 8.0000
18 20028555 RPR KIT F/20028554 +NN EA 0.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:16:04 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: PNL ASSY, ROV, RIGID CONDUIT, DUMP A & DUMP B

20038882D DWG: PNL ASSY, ROV, RIGID CONDUIT, DUMP A & DUMP B EA 0.0000
2 20039601 PNL DTL, ROV, RIGID CONDUIT DUMP EA 1.0000
4 20029779 VLV, OPER ASSY, 1-1/2", 6000#, SVF H7 ASSY EA 2.0000
6 20001166 NUT, HX, 3/8"-16UNC, 316 SS EA 8.0000
8 8020528 WSHR, FL, 3/8", SS EA 8.0000
10 20001122 NUT, HX, 1-1/2"-8NC, 316 SS EA 4.0000
11 20001173 WSHR, LK, 1/2", 316SS EA 4.0000
12 20001174 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 316 SS EA 8.0000
13 20029780 RPR KIT F/1-/12", 6000# BALL VLV, 20029779 +NN EA 0.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:17:36 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: PNL ASSY, ROV,SHEAR ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS & STK CONN

20038878D DWG: PNL ASSY, ROV,SHEAR ACCUM DUMP W/BYPASS & STK EA 0.0000
2 20039604 PNL DTL, ROV, SHEAR ACCUM DUMP/BYPASS EA 1.0000
3 20029939 PNL, DTL, ROV, STK CONN POCV DUMP EA 1.0000
5 20036572 GAUGE, 0-3000 PSI, PNL MT EA 1.0000
13 20001166 NUT, HX, 3/8"-16UNC, 316 SS EA 20.0000
15 8020528 WSHR, FL, 3/8", SS EA 16.0000
17 20001122 NUT, HX, 1-1/2"-8NC, 316 SS EA 4.0000
18 20001173 WSHR, LK, 1/2", 316SS EA 4.0000
19 20001174 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 316 SS EA 8.0000
21 20028555 RPR KIT F/20028554 +NN EA 0.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:18:11 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: DUAL HYD ASSY, FAILSAFE CLOSE PNL, 18-5M +NN

20010935D DWG: HYDRAULIC ASSY, DUAL, FAIL SAFE CLOSE PNLL, 1 EA 0.0000
20011783 SPARE KIT, DUAL HYDRAULIC, FAIL SAFE CLOSE PNL EA 0.0000
1 20011020 PNL, DTL, DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILS CLOSE EA 1.0000
3 1050022 FLOW SHUTTLE VLV, 3/4" SS, W/ 1" NPT PORTS EA 2.0000
4 2040326 NIPPLE, HX, 1/2"x1"NPT, 7200# WP, 316SS EA 0.0000
NIPPLE, HX, 1/2"x1"NPT, 7200# WP, 316SS EA 2.0000
5 2115446 CONN, TUBE, 1/2"x1/4", TxFPT, SS EA 2.0000
6 2041087 TEE, 1/2", 3000#, FSS, 316SS EA 4.0000
7 2040307 NIPPLE, HX, 1/2"MPTx1/2"MPT, SS EA 2.0000
8 1120237 FLOW CNTL, ADJ, SS, 5,000 PSI, -15 TO 400, 1/2"NPT EA 2.0000
9 2115251 ELBOW, TUBE, 1/2"Tx1/2"MPT EA 6.0000
10 220150 FTG, TUBE, MALE, SS REF: 111-10951-143 EA 2.0000
FTG, TUBE, MALE, SS REF: 111-10951-143 EA 4.0000
11 2040045 ELBOW, STREET, 90DEG, 1/4", MPTxFPT, SS (SAM EA 0.0000
ELBOW, STREET, 90DEG, 1/4", MPTxFPT, SS (SAM EA 2.0000
12 1500378 VALVE, CHECK, 1/4"NPT, 6000#, 316SS, CV=.45 EA 2.0000
13 2040306 NIPPLE, HX, 1/2", SS (MPTxMPT) 1/4" LG EA 0.0000
NIPPLE, HX, 1/2", SS (MPTxMPT) 1/4" LG EA 2.0000
14 1006280 VLV ASSY, 1/2", SPM, NCB, H-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, HAN EA 2.0000
16 1721001 NIPPLE, RESTRICTOR, FLOW, 1/4" NPT BOTH ENDS x 2"L EA 2.0000
17 2040059 ELBOW, 90DEG, 1/2"MPTx1/2"MPT, SS EA 0.0000
ELBOW, 90DEG, 1/2"MPTx1/2"MPT, SS EA 2.0000
18 220392 CONN, MALE CONN, MAL EA 2.0000
CONN, MALE CONN, MAL EA 4.0000
19 20011019 VLV BDY, SPM, 1/2"-5M, STK MTD EA 2.0000
20 8020456 WSHR, 1-3/8"OD, 9/16"ID, SS, FOR 1/2" BOLT EA 4.0000
21 8010203 SCREW, HX HD, 1/2"-13UNCx1"LG, SS EA 4.0000
8020963 WSHR, LK, 9/16", HELICAL SPG, SS EA 4.0000
24 7400657 ADPTR, REDUCER, 1/2NPTx1/4JIC SS EA 2.0000
25 2231055 CAP, 1/4", 37DEG JIC, STL, CAD EA 2.0000
26 20037861 PAC STAINLESS KIT F/20010935 EA 1.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:18:11 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: DUAL HYD ASSY, FAILSAFE CLOSE PNL, 18-5M +NN

End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:18:59 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: BTL RACK ASSY, (4 )15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LMRP

20039040D DWG: BTL RACK ASSY, (4 )15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LMRP EA 0.0000
1 20009004 MNFD ASSY, 5K W/SEAL SUB PORTS, F/(4)6K 15GAL BTL EA 1.0000
2 2401216 FLG, SPLIT, 1-1/2" 6000 PSI, SS EA 4.0000
3 2407360 MTG KIT, 1-1/2 SAE CODE 62 SPLIT FLG, A-286 EA 4.0000
4 7402980 O-RING, NITRILE, 90 DURO EA 6.0000
5 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 12.0000
6 7402978 INSRT, SUB SEAL, F/1-1/2" SAE 4-BOLT FLG EA 1.0000
7 7402974 FLG, 1-1/2"SAE 4-BOLT, W/SUB SEAL, W/1"-11-1/2 NPT EA 1.0000
10 20037288 ACCUM,15 GAL6K PSI, W/SS 1-1/2" CODE 62 FLG SE +NN EA 4.0000
11 20017262 U-BOLT, 15 GAL, 5M ACCUM, SS, NEOPRENE COATED EA 4.0000
20039425 U-BOLT, 1/2-13UNC X 14"LG LEG, 15 GAL ACCUM MTG EA 4.0000
732246 U-BOLT, ACCUM, 15 GAL, 5M EA 4.0000
12 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 8.0000
14 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 8.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:19:47 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: BTL RACK ASSY, (4 )15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, (1) ISO, LMRP

20039045D DWG:BTL RACK ASSY,(4 )15 GAL,6K ACCUM,(1) ISO,LMRP EA 0.0000
1 20019291 MNFD ASSY, 6M, W/SEAL SUB PORTS, F/(4)15 GAL BTL, EA 1.0000
5 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 16.0000
20039425 U-BOLT, 1/2-13UNC X 14"LG LEG, 15 GAL ACCUM MTG EA 4.0000
12 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 8.0000
14 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 8.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:20:20 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (11)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, PORT SIDE

20038013D DWG:BTL, RACK ASSY, (11)15 GAL,6K ACCUM, PORT SIDE EA 0.0000
20038430 FASTENER KIT F/20038013,20038046 EA 1.0000
6 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 34.0000
7 20035254 BTL RACK, WA, RH, (11) 15 GAL 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
9 7402941 FLG, 1-1/2"SAE 4-BOLT, W/SUB SEAL, W/1" SW OTLT, W EA 3.0000
SCREW, SHC, 5/8"UNCx2-3/4" LG A286 EA 12.0000
11 735463 ACCUM, PLT, HOLD DOWN, SGL BTL EA 11.0000
13 8002932 SCREW, SHC, 5/8"-11UNCx6"LG,SS EA 0.0000
SCREW, SHC, 5/8"-11UNCx6"LG,SS EA 22.0000
WSHR, LK, 5/8", HELICAL SPG, SS EA 22.0000
15 8020532 WSHR, FL, 5/8"NOM, 1-5/16"OD, SAE, 21/32"HOLE SIZ EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 5/8"NOM, 1-5/16"OD, SAE, 21/32"HOLE SIZ EA 22.0000
16 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 6.0000
SCREW, HHC, 1/2"-13UNCx7-1/2" LG, SS EA 12.0000
18 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 12.0000
WSHR, LK, 5/8", HI COLLAR, HELICAL SPG, SS EA 12.0000
22 8020266 NUT, HX, 3/4"-10UNC, SS EA 4.0000
24 221095 WSHR, FL, 3/4"-10, SS EA 8.0000
25 20035228 MTG PLT, WA, F/(11) 15 GAL BTL RACK EA 2.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:20:20 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (11)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, PORT SIDE

End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:21:44 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (10)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM

20037854 FASTENER KIT, F/20038120 EA 1.0000
20038120D DWG: BTL, RACK ASSY, (10)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM EA 0.0000
5 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 28.0000
6 20035263 BTL RACK WA, BTM, SPPRT,F/ (10) 15GAL, 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
7 20035265 BTL RACK WA,TOP STABILIZER, F(10) 15 GAL,6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
11 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 4.0000
13 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 28.0000
U-BOLT, ACCUM, 15 GAL, 5M EA 10.0000
17 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 0.0000
NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 20.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:22:26 PM
Page: 1 of 1


20038429 FASTENER KIT F/20038132 EA 1.0000
5 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 26.0000
6 20035263 BTL RACK WA, BTM, SPPRT,F/ (10) 15GAL, 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
7 20035265 BTL RACK WA,TOP STABILIZER, F(10) 15 GAL,6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
11 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 3.0000
13 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 20.0000
17 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 0.0000
NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 14.0000
18 20009002 MNFD,SURGE BTL ASSY, 5K W/SEAL SUB PORTS, EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:23:18 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (2)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LH

20038138D DWG: BTL, RACK ASSY, (2)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LH EA 0.0000
20038433 FASTENER KIT F/20038138, 20038153 EA 1.0000
1 7403364 MNFD, ASSY, 5OOO PSI, W/SEAL SUB PORTS, F/(2) 6,00 EA 1.0000
5 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 8.0000
6 20035224 BTL RACK WA, TOP STABILIZER, F(2) 15 GAL 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
8 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 0.0000
NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 4.0000
9 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 6.0000
15 20035237 BTL RACK WA,LH, BTM SPPRT, F(2) 15 GAL 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
16 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:24:33 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (2)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, RH

20038153D DWG: BTL, RACK ASSY, (2)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, RH EA 0.0000
20038433 FASTENER KIT F/20038138, 20038153 EA 1.0000
5 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 8.0000
6 20035224 BTL RACK WA, TOP STABILIZER, F(2) 15 GAL 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
8 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 0.0000
NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 4.0000
9 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 6.0000
15 20035223 BTL RACK WA, RH, BTM SPPRT, F(2) 15 GAL 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
16 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:25:48 PM
Page: 1 of 2

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (11)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, STBD SIDE

20038046D DWG:BTL, RACK ASSY, (11)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM,STBD SIDE EA 0.0000
20038430 FASTENER KIT F/20038013,20038046 EA 1.0000
6 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 34.0000
7 20035226 BTL RACK, WA, F/(11) 15 GAL, 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
16 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 6.0000
18 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 12.0000
22 8020266 NUT, HX, 3/4"-10UNC, SS EA 4.0000
24 221095 WSHR, FL, 3/4"-10, SS EA 8.0000
25 20035228 MTG PLT, WA, F/(11) 15 GAL BTL RACK EA 2.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 1:25:48 PM
Page: 2 of 2

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (11)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, STBD SIDE

End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:15:00 PM
Page: 1 of 1


20038432 FASTENER KIT F/20038047 EA 1.0000
6 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 28.0000
7 20035219 RACK, BTL, WA,F/(8) 15 GAL 6K ACCUM EA 1.0000
802932 TBG, MECH. 08.00"x05.50", ASTM A106GrB FT 0.0000
16 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 5.0000
18 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 10.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:15:51 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (16)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, RH

20038079D DWG: BTL, RACK ASSY, (16)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, RH EA 0.0000
20038431 FASTENER KIT F/20038079, 20038086 EA 1.0000
5 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 48.0000
6 20035269 RACK, BTL, WA, RH, HNG, F/(16) 15 GAL 6K ACCUM EA 1.0000
10 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 8.0000
12 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 48.0000
15 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 0.0000
NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 32.0000
18 20035236 HNG, PLT, WA, UPR, F/(16) 15 GAL BTL RACK EA 1.0000
19 8010318 SCREW, HHC, 1"-8UNCx4-1/2"LG, SS EA 4.0000
20 8020268 NUT, HEX, 1"-8UNC, SS EA 4.0000
21 20001175 WSHR, LK, 1", 316 SS EA 4.0000
22 20035255 HNG, PLT, WA, LWR, F/(16) 15 GAL BTL RACK EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:16:33 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: BTL, RACK ASSY, (16)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LH

20038086D DWG: BTL, RACK ASSY, (16)15 GAL, 6K ACCUM, LH EA 0.0000
5 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 48.0000
6 20035218 RACK, BTL, WA, LH, HNG, F/(16) 15 GAL 6K ACCUM EA 1.0000
10 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 8.0000
12 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 48.0000
15 20001172 NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 0.0000
NUT, HX, 1/2"-13UNC, 316 SS EA 32.0000
18 20035236 HNG, PLT, WA, UPR, F/(16) 15 GAL BTL RACK EA 1.0000
19 8010318 SCREW, HHC, 1"-8UNCx4-1/2"LG, SS EA 4.0000
20 8020268 NUT, HEX, 1"-8UNC, SS EA 4.0000
21 20001175 WSHR, LK, 1", 316 SS EA 4.0000
22 20035255 HNG, PLT, WA, LWR, F/(16) 15 GAL BTL RACK EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:17:12 PM
Page: 1 of 1


20038425 FASTENER KIT F/20038090 EA 1.0000
6 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 36.0000
8 20035256 BTL RACK WA, F(12) 15 GAL 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
16 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 5.0000
18 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 10.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:17:52 PM
Page: 1 of 2


20037855 FASTENER KIT, F/20038113 EA 1.0000
1 20037192 MNFD ASSY, 5, W/SEAL SUB PORTS, F/(3) 6K 15 GAL EA 1.0000
6 7402981 PARBAK RING EA 34.0000
7 20035248 BTL RACK WA, F(9 ) 15 GAL 6K ACCUMS EA 1.0000
16 735464 STRAP, 8", MNFD EA 6.0000
18 025092 WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 0.0000
WSHR, FL, 1/2", 18-8 SS EA 12.0000
23 20035220 MTG PLT, WA, , F/ (9 ) 15 GAL BTL RACK EA 2.0000
24 8010317 SCREW, HHC, 1"-8UNCx4"LG, SS EA 4.0000
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:17:52 PM
Page: 2 of 2


25 8020266 NUT, HX, 3/4"-10UNC, SS EA 4.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:19:26 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SPARE KIT F/20038739

2152095 PLUG, 1-1/4" SAE, HOLLOW HX, BUNA-N, 316SS EA 1.0000
2407151 FLG, O-RING, 1-1/2", 6000PSI, SS EA 2.0000
5003151 O-RING, 90 DURO EA 4.0000
5020529 RG, BU EA 4.0000
7401758 SEAL SUB, 1-1/2"SW PIPE, 4TH GEN MUX EA 1.0000
7401777 VLV ASSY, 1-1/2", SPM, NCB, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, EA 1.0000
7401779 VLV ASSY, 1-1/2", SPM, NC, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, H EA 1.0000
7401780 VLV ASSY, 1-1/2", SPM, NO, EH-TYPE, TOP-NPT, 5M, H EA 1.0000
7401862 SEAL KIT, 1-1/2", SPM, TOP, HAND ASSEMBLE W/INSERT EA 3.0000
7401955 RPR KIT, 1-1/2", SPM, NCB, EH-TYPE, HAND ASSEMBLE, EA 1.0000
7401956 RPR KIT, 1-1/2", SPM, NC, EH-TYPE, HAND ASSEMBLE, EA 1.0000
7401957 RPR KIT, 1-1/2", SPM, NO, EH-TYPE, HAND ASSEMBLE, EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:20:45 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SPARE PART LIST, F/RISER ADPTR

030226 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 2.0000
030583 O-RING, 70-75 DURO EA 1.0000
030617 O-RING, 70-75 DURO EA 2.0000
030639 O-RING, 70-75 DURO EA 1.0000
050388 RING, GASKET, RX-44, CAD PLTD EA 1.0000
050646 RG GSKT, BX153, 2-9/16", 10/15/20M, 304SS EA 2.0000
050647 RG GSKT, BX-154, 304SS EA 2.0000
050648 RG GSKT, BX-155, 304SS EA 3.0000
050666 RG GSKT, BX-164, 304SS EA 1.0000
062229 BEARING, MODULAR EA 3.0000
733830 BUSHING, WEAR, 18.75"IDx20.98" ODx7.98"LG, STL EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:31:34 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SPARE PART KIT, 18-10M SBOP, 2YR SVC, W/ADPTR RG 1

3 031237 SEAL, PSTN EA 2.0000
4 031234 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 1.0000
6 031365 SEAL, U-CUP, SYMMETRICAL, **OBS-USE 031025** EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:34:13 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SPARE PART KIT, SEAL, 18-15M NXT, U2B, (PER CAVITY

2 030397 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:36:00 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SPARE PART KIT,REPLACABLE CAVITY SEATS,18-10/15M,

2 030397 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 1.0000
4 168019 PAD, SIDE, 18-15M NXT EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:39:30 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SPARE PART KIT, 22"OPER, 6"RMSHFT, 18-10M NXT

030061 O-RING, 75-80 DURO EA 8.0000
2 20018651 RSSA, 6.00"DIA RAM SHAFT EA 1.0000
3 20017862 O-RING, #2-470, NITRILE, 85-95 DURO EA 2.0000
4 20018435 RG, BU +NN EA 2.0000
5 20017863 SEAL, POLYPAK, 22"ODx20-1/2"IDx3/4 CS X 1"LG EA 2.0000
6 20018436 SEAL,POLYPAK,13"OD X12-1/4"ID X 3/8CS X 5/8"LG +NN EA 2.0000
7 20018485 SEAL, POLYPAK EA 2.0000
8 20017864 SEAL,POLYPAK,13-3/4"OD X 13" ID X 3/8 CS X 3/8"LG EA 2.0000
9 20018437 SEAL, POLYPAK +NN EA 2.0000
10 168171 SPARE PART KIT, CARTRIDGE SEAL 18-15M NXT BOP, SUB EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:40:04 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SPARE PART KIT, PSLK SGMTS, PER DOOR SSY +NN

20017964 WEDGE, LKG, NXT, 22" OPER EA 6.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:42:04 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: SPARE PART KIT, REPLACEABLE CAVITY SEATS, W/SHR,

1 20017208 INSRT, SEAL SEAT, 18-5/15M, SLX HARDENED EA 1.0000
2 030397 O-RING, 85-90 DURO EA 1.0000
4 168019 PAD, SIDE, 18-15M NXT EA 2.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:42:58 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: KIT, ADJUSTMENT, 22" OPER, BOP, NXT

AX050066 SPEC: PSLK ADJ PROCEDURE F/22" PSLK OPERATORS EA 0.0000
1 20029363 WRENCH, HYD, 22" OPER ADJUSTMENT EA 1.0000
2 20029397 SCKT, 2.75", 1.5" DRIVE, 22"OPER ADJUSTMENT KIT EA 1.0000
3 20029368 BOLT, REACTION, ADJUSTMENT KIT, NXT, 22" OPER EA 1.0000
End of Publication
Ccn: 200
Date: Mar 25, 2008 Time: 2:43:42 PM
Page: 1 of 1

Description: HOSE KIT, BOP STK - MOSVOLD 1

20034909 FTG, JIC, FEMALE SWIVEL, 1/4", HOSE END, STK EA 122.0000
20034910 FTG, JIC, FEMALE SWIVEL, 1/2", HOSE END, STK EA 172.0000
20034911 FTG, JIC, FEMALE SWIVEL, 1", HOSE END, STK EA 96.0000
20034912 HOSE, 1/4", BLU, STK FT 500.0000
20034913 HOSE, 1/4", YEL, STK FT 550.0000
20034914 HOSE, 1/2", BLU, STK FT 950.0000
20034915 HOSE, 1/2", YEL, STK FT 900.0000
20034916 HOSE, 1", BLU, STK FT 500.0000
20034917 HOSE, 1", YEL, STK FT 500.0000
20034918 HOSE, 1", GRN, STK FT 100.0000
20034919 HOSE, 1/2", GRN, STK FT 250.0000
20034920 HOSE, 1/4", BLK, STK FT 150.0000
20070146D DOC: HOSE SCHEDULE F/MOSVOLD 1 BOP STACK EA 0.0000
2040210 BUSHING, REDUCER, 1"MPTx 1/2"FPT, SS EA 130.0000
2040302 NIPPLE, HX, 1/4", SS EA 30.0000
2040307 NIPPLE, HX, 1/2"MPTx1/2"MPT, SS EA 30.0000
2040310 NIPPLE, HX, 1"NPT, SS, MPTxMPT EA 10.0000
2041807 BUSHING, 1"MPTx1/4"FPT, HX HD, FSS, 316SS EA 20.0000
2041826 BUSHING, HX HD, 2"MPTx1"FPT, 316SS EA 6.0000
2265005 ADPTR, HOSE, 1/4"x1/4", JIC 37DEG, (MALE JICxMPT), EA 40.0000
2265016 ADPTR, HOSE, CONN, MALE, 1/2"MJIC x 1/2"MPT, SS EA 70.0000
2265024 ADPTR, HOSE, 1"MNPTX1"MJIC, STR, SS EA 50.0000
2265036 ADPTR, HOSE, 1/4x1/4, MALE, JIC 37, 45 DEG EA 20.0000
2265039 ADPTR, HOSE, 1/2x1/2, MALE, JIC 37 - 45 DEG, SS EA 20.0000
2265042 ADPTR, HOSE, ELBOW, 45 DEG, 1" JIC x 1"MPT, SS EA 20.0000
2265048 ADPTR, HOSE, 1/4"JICx1/4"MPT, 90 DEG, SS EA 50.0000
2265057 ADPTR, HOSE, ELBOW, 90DEG, MALE, 1/2"MJICx1/2"MPT, EA 70.0000
2265062 HOSE ADPTR, 1"ODx1"PT, JIC 37/ 90 DEG ELL, SS, MAL EA 50.0000
End of Publication
User Manual
Shaffer® Type DB Gate Valve

Insert product picture here.
Customer Name
Reference Reference Description
Shaffer® Type DB Gate Valve
Rig Name This document contains proprietary and confidential information which
belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited purposes only
and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco. Reproduction, in National Oilwell Varco
Sales Order Number whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to 12950 West Little York
others is not permitted without the express written consent of National Houston, TX 77041
Oilwell Varco. This document is to be returned to National Oilwell Varco Phone: 713-937-5000
upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it
was loaned. Fax: 713-856-4138
© National Oilwell Varco
Document Number Rev.
29100134 A
www.nov.com
Revision History
A 15-02-2006 Issued for implementation
Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved
Change Description
Revision Change Description
A First issue
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page iii of iv
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: General Information

Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Safety Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Personnel Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
General System Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Proper Use of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Equipment Repairs or Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Hydraulic Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Welding and Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Chapter 2: Introduction
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Chapter 3: Installation and Operation

Pre-installation Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Activating Secondary Packing, 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Manual Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Chapter 4: Maintenance
Preventative Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Greasing Valve Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Checking for Leaks in Valve Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Pressure Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Corrective Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Replacing Seat Seals – 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Replacing Seat Seals – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Replacing Bearings in Manual Override Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Replacing the Stem Packing – 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Replacing the Stem Packing – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Replacing Hydraulic Operator Body Seals and Piston Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Replacing the Tail Rod Packing – 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Replacing the Tail Rod Packing – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
iii
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page iv of iv
Table of Contents
Chapter 5: Specifications and Parts Lists

Correspondence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Capacities and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Ordering Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Ordering Type DB Gate Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
iv
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 1-1 of 4
General Information
Conventions
This manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation, and repair
personnel. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information
contained herein. National Oilwell Varco (NOV), will not be held liable for errors in this
material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

Notes, cautions, and warnings provide readers with additional information, and to advise
the reader to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal
conditions. They may also inform the reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment
damage. Please pay close attention to these advisories.
Note:
i
The note symbol indicates that additional information is
provided about the current topic.
Caution:
The caution symbol indicates that potential damage to

equipment, or injury to personnel exists. Follow
instructions explicitly. Extreme care should be taken when
performing operations or procedures preceded by this
caution symbol.
Warning:
The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of

equipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure to
follow safe work procedures could result in serious or
fatal injury to personnel, significant equipment
damage, or extended rig down time.
1-1
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 1-2 of 4
Illustrations
Illustrations (figures) provide a graphical representation of equipment components or
screen snapshots for use in identifying parts, or establishing nomenclature, and may or
may not be drawn to scale.
For component information specific to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings
included with your equipment documentation.
Safety Requirements
The NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment
involving hazardous situations. Proper maintenance is important for safe and reliable
operation. Procedures outlined in the equipment manuals are the recommended methods
of performing operations and maintenance.
To avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage,

carefully observe requirements outlined in this section.
Personnel Training
All personnel performing installation, operations, repair, or maintenance procedures on the
equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on rig safety, tool
operation, and maintenance to ensure their safety.
Personnel should wear protective gear during installation,

maintenance, and certain operations.
Contact the NOV training department for more information about equipment operation and
maintenance training.
Recommended Tools
Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose
described. The equipment manufacturer recommends that only those tools specified be
used when stated. Ensure that personnel and equipment safety are not jeopardized when
following service procedures and that personnel are not using tools that were not
specifically recommended by Manufacturer.
1-2
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 1-3 of 4
General Information
1
General System Safety Practices

The equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities such
as electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or cooling water.
Read and follow the guidelines below before installing

equipment or performing maintenance to avoid
endangering exposed persons or damaging equipment.
R Isolate energy sources before beginning work.

R Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.
R Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, maintenance, or
repair.
Replacing Components
R Verify that all components (such as cables, hoses, etc.) are tagged and labeled
during assembly and disassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.
R Replace failed or damaged components with original equipment manufacturer
certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage or injury to
personnel.
Routine Maintenance
Equipment must be maintained on a routine basis. See product-specific service manuals
for maintenance recommendations.
Failure to conduct routine maintenance could result in

equipment damage or injury to personnel.
Proper Use of Equipment

National Oilwell Varco equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and
should be used only for its intended purpose.
1-3
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 1-4 of 4
Safety Precautions
Exposure to the hazards of daily drilling can lead rig crews and service personnel to
disregard or overlook hidden hazards. All personnel associated with the equipment must
be familiar with the safe operation of the system, and all safety devices must be
maintained in proper working order. The safety precautions described below should be
observed at all times.
Equipment Repairs or Adjustments

Turn off the system power and bleed off all pressure prior to making any repairs or
adjustments, which do not require system power. Use caution when working around
exposed electrical terminals or conductors and remotely activated equipment.
Hydraulic Lines
Hydraulic lines carrying fluids at high pressures can inflict potentially fatal injuries if the
pressure escapes. Observe the following precautions when working with hydraulic lines:
R Protect hydraulic lines from cutting, scraping, pinching, or other physical damage.
R Always wear hard hats and safety glasses when working around hydraulic lines.
R Bleed the pressure from any hydraulic line prior to disconnecting any fittings.
R Respect the prescribed ASME code minimum bend radius for hydraulic lines.
Bending around too short a radius can rupture the line.
Welding and Cutting

Do not weld or operate acetylene cutting torches near unprotected electrical cable, flexible
hose, or hose bundles. Weld spatter can seriously damage the hose or cable. Ensure that
no slag or spatter enters the hydraulic system.
1-4
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 2-1 of 4
Introduction
General Description
The Shaffer® Type DB gate valve is specifically designed for choke and kill manifold
service and for use as an isolation valve for outlets on BOP stacks. The Type DB valve
(see Figure 2-1 on page 2-2) is available in working pressures of 5,000 psi (345 bar),
10,000 psi (690 bar) and 15,000 psi (1,034 bar). The 5,000 psi (345 bar) valves are
available in 21/16" (52.39 mm), 31/8" (79.38 mm), and 41/16" (103.19 mm) bore sizes. The
10,000 psi (690 bar) and 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) valves are available in 21/16" (52.39 mm),
31/16" (77.79 mm), and 41/16" (103.19 mm) bore sizes. All Type DB gate valves seal on the
downstream set; therefore, upstream pressure is in the body cavity at all times, ensuring
low hydraulic operating pressure requirements.
All Shaffer® Type DB gate valves include an elastomeric seal between the gate and seat,
which assures long, trouble-free life in oil, water, gas, or mud applications. The metal-
reinforced seal has a proven increase in sealing life over earlier seal types, which
translates into reduced valve maintenance and downtime. Elastomeric face seals, which
do wear out or become damaged, are easily replaceable-the entire seat does not need to
be replaced. In addition, these face seals are capable of sealing at full working pressure
on damaged gate or seat surfaces. The gates and seats of the Type DB gate valves are
hardened and precision-ground.
The body cavities of the Type DB gate valves are filled with grease to resist accumulation
of foreign materials and hydrates in the body. Water, mud, or other line fluid, which
accumulate in the body cavity, can be displaced by removing the bleeder plug and
pumping grease through the bonnet. The bleeder plugs are removed only after all line
pressure has been bled to 0 psi (0 bar) and the valve has been cycled to release any
pressure trapped in the body.
The bonnet seal of the Type DB gate valve is an API ring gasket design. Zero standoff
between the bonnet and the body prevents corrosion of the bonnet bolt threads. In
addition, reduced-hardness bonnet bolts can be used without de-rating the working
pressure, which makes the valve especially applicable for external H2S service.
All models of the Shaffer® Type DB gate valves are available with H2S trim, which meets
API 6A and NACE specifications. Arctic models are also available which meet API 6A
specifications for low temperature service. All Shaffer® Type DB gate valves are easily
serviced in the field. No special tools are required for installation and maintenance.
Special features of Type DB gate valves include the following:
R 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Type DB Gate Valve—
R Stems are rising and the stem packing is a highly reliable V type seal. If a leak
should develop, a weep hole in the bonnet relieves the pressure to the
atmosphere.
R High-capacity needle bearings carry the thrust load in the valve stem when
operating the manual override. These bearings are lubricated through a grease
fitting in the bearing housing, and any excess grease vents through a bleed hole
located 180º from the fitting. The bleed hole is covered by an O-ring to keep
foreign materials out of the bearing housing.
2-1
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 2-2 of 4
Figure 2-1. Type DB Gate Valves
2-2
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 2-3 of 4
Introduction
2
R 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Type DB Gate Valve—

R Rising stem and balancing tail rod reduce the thrust bearing loads and provide
easy operation of the handwheel.
R Lubricated needle bearings significantly reduce friction, resulting in easier
manual operation.
Functional Description
The Type DB gate valve is designed for choke and kill manifold service and for use as an
isolation valve for outlets on BOP stacks when remote operation is necessary. The valve is
basically a cross ('+') design. The horizontal axis of the cross is through the bore for fluid
flow from one flanged end of the valve to the other. The vertical axis consists of a dual
pressure hydraulic operator, a one-piece gate, and a tail rod. The gate is designed with a
solid upper section and a lower section with a bore, which matches the through bore of the
horizontal axis. The gate is raised by the hydraulic operator until the bore in the gate aligns
with the flow path through the valve, or lowered until the solid section blocks the flow path
through the valve.
To manually close the valve, the manual override handwheel is turned clockwise. The
clockwise rotation of the 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) valve stem causes the inner stem
to unthread from the outer stem. As the inner stem unthreads, it moves downward. When
the handwheel is rotated fully clockwise and then backed off ¼ turn, the solid section of
the gate fully blocks the flow through the valve. The valve cannot be manually opened.
The Type DB gate valve has a pressure balancing tail rod, which permits easy operation
despite high pressure in the valve body. The volume of the stem, gate, and tail rod
assembly in the valve body remains constant no matter what position the gate is in.
Similarly, the volume of the fluid in the body is constant at all times. Therefore, as the
stem, gate, and tail rod move up and down, there is no displacement of valve fluids and,
thus, there is no fluid pressure, which would act against the stem and prevent easy
operation of the hydraulic operator.
For all Type DB gate valves the seal is effected against the downstream seat. The body
cavity, therefore, sees upstream pressure at all times, which ensures low hydraulic
pressure requirements.
All Type DB gate valves have grease plates, which are installed, on both sides of the gate.
The grease plates protect the grease in the valve body from contaminants, which are
present in the fluid flowing through the valve. If there were no grease plates, the well fluid
present in the bore of the gate would enter the valve body when the gate moved downward
to close the valve. The grease plates, however, enclose the gate, thereby containing the
contaminants in the bore of the gate and preventing the fluid from entering the valve body.
2-3
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 2-4 of 4
2-4
www.nov.com
Type Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 3-1 of 8
Pre-installation Inspection
5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Valve
1. Clean the valve thoroughly prior to installation.
2. Bleed all line pressure to 0 psi (0 bar) and then remove the grease plugs to confirm
that valve body cavity is full of grease:
The grease plugs should be removed only when valve

is free of all pressure. Bleed all line pressure to 0 psi (0
bar). Cycle valve several times by rotating the hand
wheel fully clockwise and counterclockwise to release
any pressure, which may be trapped in the body.
a. Check the valve by removing the plug located on the flat, back side of the valve.
Look into the body cavity. (See Figure 3-1 on page 3-3 for the location of grease
plugs.)
b. If additional grease is necessary, inject grease into the valve through the grease
fitting on the side of the bonnet. Use National Oilwell Varco (NOV) valve grease
(P/N 718320) or equivalent.
c. Replace the plugs.
3. Check to confirm that the bonnet bolts are torqued properly. See the table titled
"Recommended Torque Values" on page 3-2 for the recommended torques.
4. Check the ring grooves on the valve flanges for grit, nicks, scratches, and washout.
Clean out any dirt or grit. Polish all nicks and scratches with an emery cloth. If the
flanges are damaged by washout the valve must be returned to the shop for repair.
5. Cycle valve by applying hydraulic pressure to open 'PORT TO OPEN' and then
close 'PORT TO CLOSE' to confirm proper assembly and operation of valve.
15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Valve

1. Clean the valve thoroughly prior to installation.
3-1
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 3-2 of 8
2. Bleed pressure to 0 psi (0 bar) and then remove the grease plugs to confirm that
valve body cavity is full of grease:
The grease plugs should be removed only when valve

is free of all pressure. Bleed all line pressure to 0 psi (0
bar). Cycle valve several times by rotating the hand
wheel fully clockwise and counterclockwise to release
any pressure, which may be trapped in the body.
a. Check the valve by removing both upper and lower grease plugs. (See Figure 3-
1 on page 3-3 for the location of grease plugs.)
b. If additional grease is necessary, inject grease through upper port until grease
begins to flow out lower port. Use NOV valve grease (P/N 718320) or
equivalent.
c. Replace the plugs.
3. Check to confirm that the bonnet bolts are torqued properly. See"Recommended
Torque Values" for the recommended torques.
4. Check the ring grooves on the valve flanges for grit, nicks, scratches, and washout.
Clean out any dirt or grit. Polish all nicks and scratches with an emery cloth. If the
flanges are damaged by washout the valve must be returned to the shop for repair.
5. Cycle the valve by applying hydraulic pressure to open 'PORT TO OPEN', and then
close 'PORT TO CLOSE' to confirm proper assembly and operation of the valve.
Recommended Torque Values
Bolt Size Torque (ft-lb)
¾"-10 UNC 200
7 325
/8"-9 UNC
1"-8 UNC 475
11/8"-8 UNC 600
13/8"-8 UNC 1,200
1½"-8 UNC 1,400
15/8"-8 UNC 1,700
1¾"-8 UNC 2,040
17/8"-8 UNC 3,220
2"-8 UNC 3,850
3-2
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 3-3 of 8
3
Figure 3-1. Locations of Grease Fittings and Hydraulic Pressure Ports
3-3
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 3-4 of 8
Installation
1. Install a ring gasket into each flanged end of the valve. Apply a generous amount of
lubricant to the ring gasket.
2. Make up the flange connections. Tighten the bolts fully according to torque
recommendations in the table titled "Recommended Torque Values" on page 3-2.
Operation
Additional operator hydraulic pressure on the Type DB valves does not assist in sealing.
Over pressuring may cause the gate to jam in the valve body, thereby preventing the gate
from seating properly on the downstream seat. In addition, pressuring the operator and
jamming the gate exerts excess force on the valve stem, which shortens the life of the
valve. The recommended operating procedures are described below.
1. To open the valve, apply hydraulic pressure to the 'OPEN' line. Do not exceed 1,500
psi (103 bar) pressure. The valve is fully open when the open hydraulic line pressure
stabilizes to the pump input pressure.
2. To close the valve, apply hydraulic pressure to the 'CLOSE' line. Do not exceed
1,500 psi (103 bar) pressure. The valve is fully closed when the close hydraulic line
pressure stabilizes to the pump input pressure.
Activating Secondary Packing, 15,000 psi

(1,034 bar) Valve
The 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) valves have two injection ports for secondary packing. The first
port, located in the bonnet, services valve stem packing. The second port, located in the
tail rod bonnet, services tail rod packing. Both ports are activated using the following
procedure. Item numbers in parentheses refer to callouts in Figure 3-2 on page 3-5.
1. Remove the packing gland (11) and the plastic port plug (10) form the injection port.
Do not stand in front of injection components while

removing them. Pressure, which might be trapped in
packing assembly, could propel components out of
bonnet. Injury to personnel could result.
2. Insert the long end of a hex wrench into the injection port and engage the set screw
(21). Screw the set screw fully into the injection port. The set screw pushes the
check valve (20) fully into the injection port.
3. Remove the set screw (21) from the injection port insert a plastic packing plug into
the injection port. Install the set screw into the injection port behind the plastic
packing plug. Screw the set screw fully into the injection port to push the plastic
packing through the check valve (20) and into the primary packing stack (28).
4. Rotate the hand wheel back and forth several times to seat the plastic packing.
3-4
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 3-5 of 8
3
34 26
27
31 30
69 29
9
47 44
45
52
50 51 43
49 46
48
25
37
38 24
36 70
66 39 13
42
65
64
59 1
57
58 67
33
32
62
63 60 35
61
11
7 20 8
56 6 10 16
21
15
55
13
53 5
3
19 4 18
54 2
9
17
Figure 3-2. Type DB 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Gate Valve – Exploded View
3-5
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 3-6 of 8
5. Check to see if the leakage persists from the bonnet (16) or the tail rod bonnet (24).
If leakage persists, additional plastic packing plugs may be added. Remove the set
screw (21) from the injection port. Insert additional plastic plugs. Replace the set
screw and install fully to push the plastic through the check valve. Rotate the hand
wheel back and forth additional turns to set the packing. Check again for leakage.
Up to five plastic plugs may be injected into packing stack;

however, the maximum recommended number of plastic
injection plugs is three. When five or more plugs are
injected, the packing tends to tighten against the valve
stem, making it difficult to open and close the valve.
If leakage persists after all plastic plugs have been

injected, the secondary plastic packing has not seated or
sealed properly and the valve must be disassembled for
total packing replacement (see the section titled
"Replacing the Stem Packing – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar)" on
page 4-38).
6. When the secondary plastic packing has been successfully seated, install the
plastic port plug (10) and the packing gland (11) into the injection port behind the set
screw (21). Tighten the packing gland fully.
Manual Override
5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Valves
In case of loss of hydraulic closing pressure or to mechanically lock the valve closed, the
manual override hand wheel must be operated. Over tightening the Type DB valve does
not assist in sealing and may cause the gate to jam in valve body, thereby, preventing the
gate from seating properly on downstream seat. In addition, over tightening and jamming
the gate exerts excess force on the valve stem, which shortens the life of the valve. The
recommended operating procedures are described below:
1. Close valve by turning hand wheel clockwise until gate hits bottom of valve body.
2. Turn the hand wheel counterclockwise ¼ turn.
3-6
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 3-7 of 8
3
15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Valves

In case of loss of hydraulic closing pressure or to mechanically lock the valve closed, the
manual override hand wheel must be operated. Over tightening the Type DB valve does
not assist in sealing and may cause the gate to jam in the valve body, thereby, preventing
the gate from seating properly on downstream seat. In addition, over tightening and
jamming the gate exerts excess force on the valve stem, which shortens the life of the
valve. Recommended operating procedures are described below:
1. To close valve, turn hand wheel clockwise until gate hits bottom of valve body.
2. Turn hand wheel counterclockwise ¼ turn.
Exercise care when operating a valve with the secondary

plastic packing energized (see the section titled "Activating
Secondary Packing, 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Valve" on page
3-4). Over tightening the plastic injection screw can cause
excessive wear of stem and seals, as well as increasing
the torque required to open and close the valve.
3-7
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 3-8 of 8
3-8
www.nov.com
Type Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-1 of 46
Maintenance
Preventative Maintenance
The following sections describe preventative maintenance procedures that should be
performed on a monthly basis, unless otherwise specified.
Greasing Valve Components

Greasing the Body – 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Valve
It is very important that the Type DB valve body be kept fully greased at all times. A
significant number of repair problems are directly related to inadequate greasing of the
valve body. The "Grease Capacities of Type DB Gate Valves" table below identifies the
amount of grease that valves of each bore size can accept when the body cavity is empty.
Check that the body is full of grease in the following manner:
1. Bleed all line pressure to 0 psi (0 bar). Cycle the valve several times by turning the
handwheel fully clockwise and counterclockwise to release any pressure which may
be trapped in the valve body.
2. Carefully remove the grease plugs (see Figure 4-1 on page 4-3).
Do not stand in front of the grease plugs while

removing them. Pressure which may be trapped in the
valve body could propel the grease plugs out of the
body. Injury to personnel could result.
Grease Capacities of Type DB Gate Valves
Bore Size Working Pressure psi (bar) Grease Capacity lb (kg)
21/16" 5,000 (345) 6 (2.72)
31/8" 5,000 (345) 10 (4.54)
41/16" 5,000 (345) 18 (8.16)
21/16" 10,000 (690) 4 (1.81)
31/16" 10,000 (690) 12 (5.44)
41/16" 10,000 (690) 16 (7.26)
21/16" 15,000 (1,034) 3 (1.36)
31/16" 15,000 (1,034) 9 (4.08)
41/16" 15,000 (1,034) 14 (6.35)
4-1
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-2 of 46
3. Check to confirm that the valve body cavity is full of grease. Look into the body
cavity through the plug hole located on the flat, back side of the valve. If additional
grease is necessary, inject grease into the valve through the grease fitting on the
side of the bonnet. Use National Oilwell Varco (NOV) valve grease (P/N 718320) or
equivalent.
4. Replace the grease plugs.
Greasing the Body – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Valve

It is very important that the Type DB valve body be kept fully greased at all times. A
significant number of repair problems are directly related to inadequate greasing of the
valve body. The table titled "Grease Capacities of Type DB Gate Valves" on page 4-1
indicates the amount of grease that valves of each bore size can accept when the body
cavity is empty. Check that the body is full of grease in the following manner:
1. Bleed all line pressure to 0 psi (0 bar). Cycle the valve several times by turning the
handwheel fully clockwise and counterclockwise to release any pressure which may
be trapped in the valve body.
2. Carefully remove the grease plugs (see Figure 4-1 on page 4-3).
Do not stand in front of the grease plugs while

removing them. Pressure which may be trapped in the
valve body could propel the grease plugs out of the
body. Injury to personnel could result.
3. Check to confirm that the valve body cavity is full of grease. Inject grease through
the upper port until grease begins to flow out of the lower port. Use NOV valve
grease (P/N 718320) or equivalent.
4. Replace the grease plugs.
Greasing Manual Override Bearings

Grease the valve bearings by injecting grease through the alemite fitting located in the
bearing housing. Use NOV valve grease (P/N 718320) or equivalent.
4-2
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-3 of 46
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-1. Locations of Grease Fittings and Hydraulic Pressure Ports
4-3
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-4 of 46
Checking for Leaks in Valve Components

Checking for Leaks in Valve Packing – 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690
bar)
The 5,000 psi (345 bar) and 10,000 psi (690 bar) Type DB gate valves are designed with a
weephole in the bonnet (22) and a weephole between the bearing override cap (38) and
the bearing housing (48). Leakage from the weepholes indicates leaks between the
bonnet lower seals (27) and the bonnet upper stem seal (27). For manual override
operators, leakage from its weephole indicates leaks between the manual override cap
(38) and the outside stem (45). Two external O-rings are installed over the weepholes to
prevent foreign matter from entering the weepholes. Check the weepholes weekly for
leaks. Item numbers in parentheses refer to the exploded views shown in Figure 4-2 on
page 4-5.
1. Check the O-rings (23, 49) for discoloration. Check the weepholes for well pressure
leakage.
2. If the weephole in the bonnet (22) is leaking, the stem seal elements (30) are not
sealing properly. Remove the valve from service for a complete packing
replacement. Proceed to the section titled "Replacing the Stem Packing – 5,000/
10,000 psi (345/690 bar)" on page 4-37.
3. If the weephole between the bearing house (48) and the manual override cap (38) is
leaking, the gland O-ring (49) is not sealing properly. Remove from service. See the
section titled "Replacing Bearings in Manual Override Operators" on page 4-35 for
disassembly/reassembly procedures.
4-4
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-5 of 46
Maintenance
4
57
28
56 32
10
55
50
48
24
58
54
27 25
51 26
22
52
26
54 23
27
47
11
25
46 24
44 12
6
5
45 3
6
49 4
38 7
31 13
2
60 28
43 8
41
42 40
39
30
1
34
17 25
33
18 16
35
36 14
15
29
19
Figure 4-2. 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Type DB Gate Valve-Exploded View
4-5
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-6 of 46
Checking for Leaks in Valve Packing – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar)

The 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Type DB gate valve with manual override is designed with a
weephole in the bonnet (24) and a weephole between the bearing override cap (47) and
the bearing housing (57). Leakage from the weepholes indicates leaks between the
bonnet lower seals (27) and the bonnet upper stem seal (27). For manual override
operators, leakage from its weephole indicates leaks between the manual override cap
(69) and the outside stem (54). Two external O rings are installed over the weepholes to
prevent foreign matter from entering the weepholes. Check the weepholes weekly for
leaks. Item numbers in parentheses refer to the exploded views shown in the the section
titled "15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Type DB Gate Valve-Exploded View" on page 4-8.
1. Check the O-rings (31, 39) for discoloration. Check the weepholes for well pressure
leakage.
2. If the weephole in the bonnet (24) is leaking, the stem seal elements (30) are not
sealing properly. Remove the valve from service for a complete packing
replacement. Proceed to the section titled "Replacing the Stem Packing – 15,000
psi (1,034 bar)" on page 4-38.
3. If the weephole between the bearing house (57) and the manual override cap (69) is
leaking, the gland O-ring (49) is not sealing properly. Remove from service, and
replace the O-ring (see the section titled "Replacing Bearings of Manual Override
Operators – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar)" on page 4-36).
Checking for Leaks in Valve Hydraulic Operator – 5,000/10,000

psi (345/690 bar)
All 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Type DB operators are composed of a piston (33)
inside a cylinder (29). The ends of the cylinder are capped off by the valve bonnets (22)
and a blanking cap when no manual override is used.
Leakage can occur in different sections of the piston/cylinder/end cap assembly of the
hydraulic operator. Check for leakage in the operator according to the steps listed below.
Item numbers in parentheses refer to the exploded views shown in Figure 4-2 on page 4-5.
1. Close the valve with hydraulic pressure and hold the pressure to the rated operating
pressure while observing any fluid indications at the upper end of the hydraulic
cylinder (29). No fluid should be present and there should be no pressure drop
during a 5-minute pressure test. This test indicates good seals at the top cylinder
end connection and at the piston upper seal (35).
2. Open the valve with hydraulic pressure and hold pressure to its rated operating
pressure while observing any fluid indications at the lower end of the hydraulic
cylinder (29). No fluid should be present and no pressure drop occur during a
5-minute pressure test. The test indicates seal integrity at the lower cylinder end
connection and at the piston lower seal (35).
4-6
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-7 of 46
Maintenance
4
Checking for Leaks in Valve Hydraulic Operator – 15,000 psi

(1,034 bar)
The 15,000 psi Type DB operator is composed of a piston (36) inside a cylinder (32). The
ends of the cylinder are capped off by the valve bonnets (24) and a blanking cap when no
manual override is used.
Leakage can occur in different sections of the piston/cylinder/end cap assembly of the
hydraulic operator. Check for leakage in the operator according to the steps listed below.
1. Close the valve with hydraulic pressure and hold the pressure to the rated operating
pressure while observing any fluid indications at the upper end of the hydraulic
cylinder (32). No fluid should be present and there should be no pressure drop
during a 5-minute pressure test. This test indicates good seals at the top cylinder
end connection and at the piston upper seal (38).
2. Open the valve with hydraulic pressure and hold pressure to its rated operating
pressure while observing any fluid indications at the lower end of the hydraulic
cylinder (32). No fluid should be present and no pressure drop occur during a
5-minute pressure test. The test indicates seal integrity at the lower cylinder end
connection and at the piston lower seal (38).
4-7
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-8 of 46
34 26
27
31 30
69
29
9
47 44
45
52
50 51 43
49 46
48
25
37
38 24
36 70
66 39 13
42
65
64
59 1
57
58 67
33
32
62
63 60 35
61
11
7 20 8
56 6 10 16
21
15
55
13
53 5
3
19 4 18
54 2
9
17
Figure 4-3. 15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Type DB Gate Valve-Exploded View
4-8
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-9 of 46
Maintenance
4
Pressure Testing
General
Type DB gate valves should be pressure-tested regularly to determine if any leaks have
developed in the valve seals and hydraulic operator seals. The gate valves may remain on
the stack and on the manifold for pressure testing. The gate valve pressure test is usually
performed in conjunction with testing of the preventers on the BOP stack. The gate valves
should be tested, if possible, to their maximum working pressure and maximum operating
pressure. Any valve which has been opened for field repair must be tested before being
returned to service.
Pressure Testing Type DB Gate Valves

The general principles described below should be remembered when pressure testing any
BOP stack and/or valve manifold.
R The gate valves are generally tested in order from the valves nearest the BOP stack
to those furthest from the stack.
R Test the valves, if possible, to their maximum working pressure.
Precautions should be taken to ensure that the

pressure applied to any component in the system
does not exceed its working pressure rating.
Therefore, it may not be possible to test the gate
valves to their maximum working pressure if that
pressure exceeds the working pressure of the other
system components.
4-9
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-10 of 46
Troubleshooting
The "Troubleshooting Type DB Gate Valve" table below identifies which seals and/or
components of the Type DB gate valve need replacement, based on the location of leaks
during pressure testing procedures. Refer to this table to determine which repair
procedure is required to replace the seals or components. During the testing procedure,
check the Type DB valves for leakage at each of the locations listed in "Troubleshooting
Type DB Gate Valve".
Troubleshooting Type DB Gate Valve
Test Pressure Valve Seal or

Leakage Location Component Location 5,000/10,000 psi 15,000 psi
See the section

See the section titled
titled "Replacing
Out the discharge line "Replacing Seat Seals
Seat Seals –
from the manifold to Seat seals, seat, gate – 5,000/10,000 psi
15,000 psi (1,034
the reserve pit (345/690 bar) Valve"
bar) Valve" on
on page 4-11.
page 4-23.
See the section

titled "Replacing
"Replacing the Tail
Out the bottom (tail Tail rod packing, tail the Tail Rod
Rod Packing – 5,000/
rod) of the valve rod Packing – 15,000
10,000 psi (345/690
psi (1,034 bar)" on
bar)" on page 4-44.
page 4-45.
See the section

For manual override; titled "Replacing
"Replacing the Stem
from the weephole in the Stem Packing
Outside stem packing Packing – 5,000/
the manual override – 15,000 psi
10,000 psi (345/690
cap (1,034 bar)" on
bar)" on page 4-37.
page 4-38.
See the section

titled "Replacing
Bearings of
"Replacing Bearings in
Out the upper end of Manual override cap Manual Override
Manual Override
hydraulic cylinder OD seal Operators –
Operators" on page 4-
15,000 psi (1,034
35.
bar)" on page 4-
36.
See the section

titled "Replacing
Hydraulic
"Replacing Hydraulic
Out the lower end of Operator Body
Bonnet neck OD seal Operator Body Seals
hydraulic cylinder Seals/Piston
and Piston Seals" on
Seals – 15,000 psi
page 4-40.
(1,034 bar)" on
page 4-42.
4-10
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-11 of 46
Maintenance
4
Corrective Maintenance
Always exercise extreme caution when repairing any valve or pressure control equipment.
Always understand the mechanics of the equipment being repaired as well as the
problem. When in doubt, call your NOV representative.
The procedures included in this subsection are for Type DB valves of the Elastomeric II
seat seal design. These valves use the seat assembly shown in Figure 4-4 on page 4-12.
The seat assembly is identified by these features:
R metal-reinforced elastomeric seal in the seat face
R O-ring spring installed at the rear of the seat
Replacing Seat Seals – 5,000/10,000 psi (345/

690 bar) Valve
The following procedure is for opening the 5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Type DB gate
valve for inspection and, if necessary, replacement of the seat seals, seats, grease plates,
gates, stems, and tail rod. Item numbers in parentheses refer to the exploded views shown
in Figure 4-2 on page 4-5.
Disassembly
1. Bleed the line pressure to 0 psi (0 bar). Cycle the valve several times with the
hydraulic operator to release any pressure which may be trapped in the valve body.
Be sure that all line pressure is vented from the valve

body before continuing with the sat replacement
procedure. If the valve is exposed to line pressure
while under repair, serious injury to personnel could
result.
4-11
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-12 of 46
Figure 4-4. Seat Assembly
2. Pressure the open hydraulic line to open the valve fully. Remove the bonnet bolts
(10) using a 1½", 12-point socket wrench; lift the bonnet actuator assembly (22),
with the gate (7), out of the valve body (1).
i
If the gate is wedged between the seats and cannot be
lifted out of the body, perform the following steps:
1. Apply closing pressure to the stem. As the stem is

lowered, the bonnet will rise off the body. Continue until a
gap of 2"-3" exists between the bonnet and the body.
2. Insert several wooden blocks into the gap between the

bonnet and body.
3. Apply opening pressure to the stem. The stem raising

will pull the gate upward. In this manner the gate can be
'jacked' out from between the seats (see Figure 4-5 on
page 4-13).
4-12
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-13 of 46
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-5. Jacking Gate Out of Body
3. Remove the gate (7), tail rod (13), and the gate bushing (11) from the stem (32).
Check the gate for scarring and/or washout. Replace the gate if it is badly scarred or
damaged by washout.
4. Remove the grease plates (6) from the seat assemblies (2). Set the grease plates
aside.
4-13
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-14 of 46
5. Remove the seat assemblies (2) from the body. If the seats stick in the seat pockets,
use a screwdriver or small pry bar to dislodge the seats from the pockets (see
Gradually work the seats out of the seat pockets by prying

alternately in the grooves on both sides of the seats. Do
not pry from the top of the seats as this can jam the lower
rim of the seats into the seat pockets.
If the valve has been removed from the manifold, a brass rod can also be used to
remove the seat. Insert the rod through one of the side bores and knock the rod
against the back side of the seat to dislodge the seat (see Figure 4-7 on page 4-15).
Figure 4-6. Removing the Seat Assembly Using a Screwdriver
4-14
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-15 of 46
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-7. Removing the Seat Assembly Using a Brass Rod
6. Check the seat assemblies for wear or damage. Check the elastomeric face seal. If
it is badly worn, scarred or damaged, discard it. Discard and replace the metal seats
if they are badly scarred or damaged by washout.
Reassembly
1. Clean the valve cavity. Carefully check the seat pockets for grit, dirt, or any buildup
of foreign matter that would prevent the seats from seating fully in the pockets.
Thoroughly clean and lubricate the seat pockets.
2. Install the elastomeric seals (5) into the faces of the new seats (3). There are two
acceptable methods of installing the elastomeric seals. For the first method, place
the seal into the groove in the face of the seat. Press down on the seal to secure it
lightly in the groove. Place a smooth brass plate or piece of wood, large enough to
cover the entire seal, on top of the seal (see Figure 4-8). Tap gently with a rubber
hammer around the surface of the brass or wood to seat the elastomeric seal firmly
in the groove. Remove the brass or wood and verify that the seal has seated fully
and evenly.
Figure 4-8. Installing Face Seal Using a Brass Plate or a Piece of Wood
4-15
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-16 of 46
If a brass plate or piece of wood is not available, place the seal into the groove in the
face of the seat. Press down on the seal to secure it lightly in the groove. Verify that
the worktable is smooth and wiped clean of grease, dirt, grit, and debris. Turn the
seat over so that the face seal is on the work surface (see Figure 4-9). Tap gently
with a rubber hammer on the back edge of the seat to force the seat down onto the
seal. Turn the seat over. Check that the seal has seated fully and evenly in the
groove.
When installed, the seals should protrude from the seat faces between .005-.020
inches.
3. Install the O-ring spring (34) onto each seat as shown in Figure 4-10 on page 4-17.
The elastomeric seals may be damaged if they protrude

more than .020 inches from the seat face. Verify that the
seals are properly installed before continuing the assembly
procedure.
Figure 4-9. Installing the Face Seal by Reversing the Seat on the Work Table
4-16
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-17 of 46
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-10. Proper Installation of Seat Seals
4. Apply a generous amount of lubricant to the seat ODs. Install the seat assemblies
(2) into the seat pockets. Align the seats with the seat pockets and tap into place
using a rubber mallet or a brass rod. If the valve is removed from the manifold, the
brass rod can be inserted through the side bore opposite the seat being installed.
Knock on the front of the seat with the brass rod until the seat 'bottoms out' in the
seat pocket (see Figure 4-11). The seats must be pushed fully into the seat pockets
for proper operation.
Figure 4-11. Installing the Seat Assemblies
4-17
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-18 of 46
5. Install the grease plates (6) onto the seats. Install the grease plates with the large
solid section facing downward and the guide rails facing each other across the body
cavity (see Figure 4-12). The guide rails encase the gate when the gate is lowered
into the body.
Figure 4-12. Correct Installation of Grease Plates
6. Remove any grit or dirt from the ring gasket groove in the upper end of the body.
Apply a generous amount of lubricant to the bonnet gasket (8). Install the bonnet
gasket into the gasket groove.
7. Apply a generous amount of thread lubricant to the threaded bolt holes in the rim of
the body. Apply lubricant to the threads of the bushing (11).
8. Install the gate and bonnet hydraulic operator using one of the following methods
(Step 8a or Step 8b):
a. First Method to install gate and bonnet hydraulic operator:
R Install the gate bushing (11) and tail rod (13) onto the gate (7).
R Thread the gate assembly and gate bushing upward onto the stem (32) to
align with the stem alignment hole.
R Insert spring (12) into alignment hole (see Figure 4-13 on page 4-19).
R Apply generous amount of lubricant to both faces of gate. Lower gate and
bonnet assembly into body (see Figure 4-13 on page 4-19). As the
assembly is lowered, watch gate carefully to align it with gap between
grease plates. Slowly lower gate between grease plates.
Exercise extreme caution to guide end of tail rod straight

into bore of tail rod-packing retainer (14). If tail rod is
guided offset, it may damage tail rod-packing retainer or
tail rod packing.
R Push bonnet assembly down until bonnet meets body.
4-18
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-19 of 46
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-13. Installing the Gate and Bonnet into the Body – First Method
4-19
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-20 of 46
b. Second Method to install gate and bonnet hydraulic operator:

R Install the gate bushing (11) and tail rod (13) onto the gate (7).
R Apply a generous amount of lubricant to both faces of the gate.
R Lower the gate assemblies into the valve body between the grease plates
and seat assemblies (2); (see Figure 4-14 on page 4-21). If the gate is a
tight fit between the seats, tap downward on the top of the gate using a hard
rubber mallet or brass rod.
R Tap the gate downward until the T-groove at the top of the gate remains
approximately 2"-3" above the rim of the body (see Figure 4-14 on page 4-
21).
R Lower the stem (32) and bonnet assembly into the body. Thread the lower
end of the stem into the bushing (11) until the spring pin (12) can be
positioned through an alignment hole in the stem (32) and the gate bushing
(11). Press the bonnet/hydraulic operator downward. Continue to press the
bonnet/operator assembly until the bonnet meets the body and the gate is
in the open or near-open position.
The gate must be in the open or near-open position before

the bonnet bolts are installed in step o. If the gate is
closed, the gate will bind in the valve body when the bolts
are tightened. The valve will not operate and will be difficult
to disassemble.
4-20
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-21 of 46
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-14. Installing the Gate and Bonnet into the Body-Second Method
4-21
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-22 of 46
9. Check to confirm that the gate (7) is drawn up to the open or near-open position.
Rotate the bonnet/actuator assembly to align the bolt holes in the bonnet (22) and
the body (1). Install the bonnet bolts (10) into the bolt holes using a 1½", 12-point
socket wrench. Make up the bonnet bolts in the order shown in Figure 4-15. Tighten
the bolts until the bonnet and the body meet fully. Refer to the table titled
"Recommended Torques" on page 3-2 for the recommended torques.
10. Cycle the valve several times by pressurizing the open and close hydraulic lines.
11. Fill the body cavity with grease. Use NOV valve grease (P/N 718320) or equivalent.
the table titled "Grease Capacities of Type DB Gate Valves" on page 4-1 indicates
the amount of grease required for valves of each bore size and working pressure
when the body cavity is empty. Remove the grease plug located on the flat, backside
of the valve. Inject grease into the valve through the grease fitting on the side of the
bonnet. Replace the plug.
Figure 4-15. Sequence for Tightening the Bonnet Bolts
4-22
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-23 of 46
Maintenance
4
Replacing Seat Seals – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar)

Valve
The following procedure is for opening the Type DB gate valve for inspection and, if
necessary, replacement of the seat seals, seats, grease plates, gates, stems, and tail rod.
Disassembly
1. Bleed the line pressure to 0 psi (0 bar). Cycle the valve several times with the
hydraulic operator to release any pressure, which may be trapped in the valve body.

body before continuing with the sat replacement
result.
2. Pressure the open hydraulic line to open the valve fully. Remove the bonnet bolts (9)
using a 1¾" wrench and lift the bonnet actuator assembly, with the gate (7), out of
the valve body (1).
i
If the gate is wedged between the seats and cannot be
lifted out of the body, perform the following steps:
1. Apply closing pressure to the stem. As the stem is

lowered, the bonnet will rise off the body. Continue until a
gap of 2"-3" exists between the bonnet and the body.
2. Insert several wooden blocks into the gap between the

bonnet and body.
3. Apply opening pressure to the stem. The stem raising

will pull the gate upward. In this manner the gate can be
'jacked' out from between the seats (see Figure 4-16 on
page 4-24).
3. Remove the gate (7) and tail rod (19) as a unit from the stem (35). Check the gate
for scarring and/or washout. Replace the gate if it is badly scarred or damaged by
washout.
4. Remove the grease plates (6) from the seats (2). Set the grease plates aside.
4-23
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-24 of 46
Figure 4-16. Jacking Gate Out of Body
4-24
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-25 of 46
Maintenance
4
5. Remove the seat assemblies (2) from the body. If the seats stick in the seat pockets,
use a screwdriver or small pry bar to dislodge the seats from the pockets (see
Figure 4-17).
Gradually work the seats out of the seat pockets by prying

alternately in the grooves on both sides of the seats. Do
not pry from the top of the seats as this can jam the lower
rim of the seats into the seat pockets.
Figure 4-17. Removing the Seat Assembly Using a Screwdriver
If the valve has been removed from the manifold, a brass rod can also be used to
remove the seat. Insert the rod through one of the side bores and knock the rod
against the back side of the seat to dislodge the seat (see Figure 4-18 on page 4-
26).
6. Check the seat assemblies for wear or damage. Check the elastomeric face seal. If
it is badly worn, scarred or damaged, discard it. Discard and replace the metal seats
if they are badly scarred or damaged by washout.
4-25
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-26 of 46
Figure 4-18. Removing the Seat Assembly Using a Brass Rod
Reassembly
1. Clean the valve cavity. Carefully check the seat pockets for grit, dirt, or any buildup
of foreign matter that would prevent the seats from seating fully in the pockets.
Thoroughly clean and lubricate the seat pockets.
2. Install the elastomeric seals (5) into the faces of the new seats (3). There are two
acceptable methods of installing the elastomeric seals. For the first method, place
the seal into the groove in the face of the seat. Press down on the seal to secure it
lightly in the groove. Place a smooth brass plate or piece of wood, large enough to
cover the entire seal, on top of the seal (see Figure 4-19). Tap gently with a rubber
hammer around the surface of the brass or wood to seat the elastomeric seal firmly
in the groove. Remove the brass or wood and verify that the seal has seated fully
and evenly.
Figure 4-19. Installing Face Seal Using a Brass Plate or a Piece of Wood
4-26
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-27 of 46
Maintenance
4
If a brass plate or piece of wood is not available, place the seal into the groove in the
face of the seat. Press down on the seal to secure it lightly in the groove. Verify that
the worktable is smooth and wiped clean of grease, dirt, grit, and debris. Turn the
seat over so that the face seal is on the work surface (see Figure 4-20). Tap gently
with a rubber hammer on the back edge of the seat to force the seat down onto the
seal. Turn the seat over. Check that the seal has seated fully and evenly in the
groove.
When installed, the seals should protrude from the seat faces between .005-.020
inches.
The elastomeric seals may be damaged if they protrude

more than .020 inches from the seat face. Verify that the
seals are properly installed before continuing the assembly
procedure.
Figure 4-20. Installing the Face Seal by Reversing the Seat on the Work Table
4-27
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-28 of 46
3. Install the O-ring spring (35) onto the seat as shown in Figure 4-21.
Figure 4-21. Proper Installation of Seat Seals
4. Apply a generous amount of lubricant to the seat ODs. Install the seat assemblies
(2) into the seat pockets. Align the seats with the seat pockets and tap into place
using a rubber mallet or a brass rod. If the valve is removed from the manifold, the
brass rod can be inserted through the side bore opposite the seat being installed.
Knock on the front of the seat with the brass rod until the seat 'bottoms out' in the
seat pocket (see Figure 4-22). The seats must be pushed fully into the seat pockets
for proper operation.
Figure 4-22. Installing the Seat Assemblies
4-28
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-29 of 46
Maintenance
4
5. Install the grease plates (6) onto the seats. Install the grease plates with the large
solid section facing downward and the guide rails facing each other across the body
cavity (see Figure 4-23). The guide rails encase the gate when the gate is lowered
into the body.
Figure 4-23. Correct Installation of Grease Plates
6. Remove any grit or dirt from the ring gasket groove in the upper end of the body.
Apply a generous amount of lubricant to the bonnet gasket (8). Install the bonnet
gasket into the gasket groove.
7. Apply a generous amount of thread lubricant to the threaded bolt holes in the rim of
the body.
4-29
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-30 of 46
8. Install the gate and bonnet hydraulic operator using one of the following methods
(Step 8a or Step 8b):
a. First Method to install gate and bonnet hydraulic operator:
R Install the gate (7) and tail rod (19) as a unit onto the stem (35); (see Figure
4-24 on page 4-31).
R Apply a generous amount of lubricant to both faces of the gate and the tail
rod.
R Lower the gate and bonnet assembly into the body (see Figure 4-24 on
page 4-31). As the assembly is lowered, watch the gate carefully in order to
align it with the gap between the grease plates. Slowly lower the gate
between the grease plates.
Exercise extreme caution to guide the end of the tail rod

straight into the bore of the tail rod bonnet (26). If the tail
rod is guided offset, it may damage the tail rod bonnet or
the tail rod packing.
R Push the bonnet assembly down until the bonnet meets the body.
4-30
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-31 of 46
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-24. Installing the Gate and Bonnet Into the Body - First Method
4-31
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-32 of 46
b. Second Method to install gate and bonnet hydraulic operator:

R Install the tail rod (19) onto the gate (7).
R Apply a generous amount of lubricant to both faces of the gate and the tail
rod.
R Lower the gate assemblies into the valve body between the grease plates
and seats (3); (see Figure 4-25 on page 4-33). If the gate is a tight fit
between the seats, tap downward on the top of the gate using a hard rubber
mallet or brass rod.
R Tap the gate downward until the T-groove at the top of the gate remains
approximately 2"-3" above the rim of the body (see Figure 4-25 on page 4-
33).
R Lower the stem (35) and bonnet assembly into the body. Link the lower, T-
end of the stem into the T-groove of the gate.
R Press the bonnet/hydraulic operator downward. Continue to press the
bonnet/operator assembly until the bonnet meets the body and the gate is
in the open or near-open position.
The gate must be in the open or near-open position before

the bonnet bolts are installed in step o. If the gate is
closed, the gate will bind in the valve body when the bolts
are tightened. The valve will not operate and will be difficult
to disassemble.
4-32
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-33 of 46
Maintenance
4
Figure 4-25. Installing the Gate and Bonnet into the Body - Second Method
4-33
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-34 of 46
9. Check to confirm that the gate (7) is drawn up to the open or near-open position.
Rotate the bonnet/actuator assembly to align the bolt holes in the bonnet (24) and
the body (1). Install the bonnet bolts (9) into the bolt holes. Using a 1¾" wrench,
make up the bonnet bolts in the order shown in Figure 4-26. Tighten the bolts until
the bonnet and the body meet fully. Refer to the table titled "Recommended
Torques" on page 3-2 for the recommended torques.
10. Cycle the valve several times by pressurizing the open and close hydraulic lines.
when the body cavity is empty. Remove both grease plugs (70) and (15) from the
valve bonnet and tail rod bonnet. Inject the grease through the upper grease port
until the grease flows out the lower grease port. Replace both plugs.
Figure 4-26. Sequence for Tightening the Bonnet Bolts
4-34
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-35 of 46
Maintenance
4
Replacing Bearings in Manual Override

Operators
Replacing Bearings in Manual Override Operators – 5,000/
10,000 psi (345/690 bar)
Item numbers in parentheses refer to the exploded view shown in Figure 4-2 on page 4-5.
Recommended lubricants are shown in the table titled "Recommended Lubricants" on
page 4-35.
Disassembly
1. Using a 9/16" wrench, remove the handwheel bolt (57), handwheel washer (56), and
the handwheel (55).
2. Remove the bearing housing (48) from the bonnet (28).
3. Drive the dowel pin (52) out of the stem adapter (51) using 1/4" pin punch. Remove
the stem adapter.
4. Remove and discard both sets of old bearings (53) and races (54).
Reassembly
1. Apply grease to a new race (54). Slide the greased race over the inside stem (46)
and press the race firmly against the top of the spacer (47) in the override cap (38).
Install a new bearing (53) and a second race (54) on top of the lower race.
2. Install the stem adapter (51) onto the inside stem (46). The grease on the lower race
holds the lower race and bearings in position while the stem adapter is installed.
Align the pinholes in the stem adapter with the dowel hole in the stem. Install the
dowel pin (52) through these two pieces.
3. Install the new upper races (54) and bearings (53) onto the upper end of the stem
adapter (51). Make certain that the bearings and races are in the proper order.
4. Make up the bearing housing (48) to the override cap (38).
5. Apply a generous amount of lubricant to the O-ring (49). Install the O-ring over the
bearing housing (48) and into the seam between the bearing housing and the
bonnet.
6. Install the handwheel (55) over the upper end of the stem adapter (51)
7. Install the handwheel bolt washer (56) and the handwheel bolt (57) onto the stem
adapter. Tighten fully using a 9/16" wrench.
Valve Part Lubricant
Gate, Stem, Tail Rod STP or equivalent light oil
Seat ODs STP or equivalent light oil
O-Rings, V-Packing STP or equivalent light oil
Stuffing Boxes, Seat Pockets STP or equivalent light oil
Bonnet Ring Gaskets STP or equivalent light oil
4-35
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-36 of 46
Recommended Lubricants (Continued)
Valve Part Lubricant
Desco Therm-o Plate 220 or

Bolt Threads
equivalent

Gate Brushing Threads
equivalent

Stem Threads
equivalent
NOV valve grease (P/N 718320)

Bearings, Bearing Races
or equivalent
NOV valve grease (P/N 718320)

Cavity of Valve Body
or equivalent
Replacing Bearings of Manual Override Operators – 15,000 psi

(1,034 bar)
Recommended lubricants are shown in "Recommended Lubricants".
Disassembly
1. Using a 9/16" wrench, remove the handwheel nut (66) and the handwheel (64).
2. Remove the bearing housing (57) from the override cap (47).
3. Unscrew the stem adapter (60) from the inner stem (55).
4. Remove and discard both sets of old bearings (62) and races (63).
Reassembly
1. Apply grease to a new race (63). Slide the greased race over the stem and press the
race firmly onto the shoulder in the bore of the bonnet. Install a new bearing (62)
and a second race (63) on top of the lower race.
2. Install the stem adapter (60) onto the inside stem (55). The grease on the lower race
holds the lower race and bearings in position while the stem adapter is installed.
3. Install the upper races (63) and bearings (62) over the stem adapter. Push the races
and bearings fully downward until they are positioned below the threads of the
bonnet. Make certain that the bearings and races are in the proper order.
4. Make up the bearing housing (57) to the bonnet.
5. Install the handwheel (64) over the upper end of the stem adapter (60).
6. Install the handwheel bolt (66) onto the stem adapter. Tighten fully using a 13/16"
wrench.
4-36
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-37 of 46
Maintenance
4
Replacing the Stem Packing – 5,000/10,000 psi

(345/690 bar)
page 4-35.
Disassembly
1. Bleed the line pressure to 0 psi (0 bar). Cycle the valve several times by stroking the
valve fully open and fully closed to release any pressure, which may be trapped in
the valve body.

body before continuing with the packing replacement
result.
2. Unbolt bonnet bolts (10) using a 1½" wrench and remove operator/bonnet assembly
from valve body assembly.
3. Remove gate and gate nut and lower stem from operator assembly.
4. Remove the retaining ring (24) from the exposed bore of the bonnet.
5. Remove the packing ring (25) and stem seals (27) from around the stem (15). Use a
packing puller to remove the packing assembly if necessary. Discard the old packing
elements.
Reassembly
1. Thoroughly clean and lubricate the stem seal pockets (the area between the stem
and the bore of the bonnet) prior to installing new packing.
2. Lubricate the new seal rings (25, 26, 27). Assemble the packing elements in the
order shown in Figure 4-27 on page 4-37. For proper sealing, the V-packing of all
stem seals must face toward the pressure in the valve body. Install the packing
assembly over the stem (15) and inside the stuffing box.
Figure 4-27. Correct Order of Stem Packing Elements
4-37
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-38 of 46
3. Install retainer ring (24) into the bonnet groove.

4. Assemble gate assembly consisting of gate bushing (11), spring pin (12), gate (7)
and balance stem (13) to operator stem (32). See Section 3.3.1 for further
explanation.
5. Install bonnet seal ring (8) into body seal ring groove (1).
6. Assemble operator/bonnet assembly to valve body assembly, using a 1½", 12-point
socket wrench; tighten the bonnet bolts (10) to the torque specified in the table titled
"Recommended Torques" on page 3-2.
when the body cavity is empty. Remove the plug located on the flat, backside of the
valve. Inject grease into the valve through the grease fitting on the side of the
bonnet. Replace the plug.
Replacing the Stem Packing – 15,000 psi (1,034

bar)
page 4-35.
Disassembly
1. Bleed the line pressure to 0 psi (0 bar). Cycle the valve several times by stroking the
valve fully open and fully closed to release any pressure which may be trapped in
the valve body.

result.
2. Unbolt bonnet bolts (9) using a 1¾" wrench and remove operator/bonnet assembly
from valve body assembly.
3. Remove gate (7) and lower stem (19) from operator assembly.
4. Remove the retainer nut (42) from the exposed bore of the bonnet (24).
5. Remove the packing assembly (13) from the stuffing box in the bonnet. Use a
packing puller to remove the packing assembly if necessary. Discard the old packing
elements.
4-38
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-39 of 46
Maintenance
4
Reassembly
1. Thoroughly clean and lubricate the stem seal pockets (the area between the stem
and the bore of the bonnet) prior to installing new packing.
2. Lubricate the new rings of V-packing. Assemble the stem packing elements in the
order shown in Figure 4-28. Install the packing assembly (13) over the stem (35) and
inside the stuffing box.
3. Install retainer nut (42) into the bore of the bonnet groove. Tighten the retainer nut
fully.
4. Assemble gate assembly consisting of gate (7) and balance stem (19) to operator
stem (35). See the section titled "Replacing Seat Seals – 15,000 psi (1,034 bar)
Valve" on page 4-23 for further explanation.
5. Install bonnet seal ring (8) into body seal ring groove (1).
Figure 4-28. Correct Order of Stem Packing Elements
6. Assemble operator/bonnet assembly to valve body assembly; using a 1¾" wrench,

tighten the bonnet bolts (9) to the torque specified in the table titled "Recommended
Torques" on page 3-2.
when the body cavity is empty. Remove both grease plugs (70) from the valve
bonnet and tail rod bonnet. Inject the grease through the upper grease port until the
grease flows out the lower grease port. Replace both plugs.
4-39
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-40 of 46
Replacing Hydraulic Operator Body Seals and

Piston Seals
Replacing Hydraulic Operator Body Seals/Piston Seals – 5,000/
10,000 psi (345/690 bar)
page 4-35.
Disassembly
1. Bleed the line pressure. Cycle the valve several times by stroking valve fully open
and fully closed to release any pressure, which may be trapped in the valve body.

result.
2. Remove bonnet bolts (10) from body and remove bonnet/operator assembly with
gate assembly (7) connected to stem (32) from the valve body (1).
i
If bonnet/operator assembly has gate wedged between the
seats and cannot be lifted out of the body, replace the seat
seals. (See the section titled "Replacing Seat Seals –
5,000/10,000 psi (345/690 bar) Valve" on page 4-11.)
3. Using a 1½" wrench, remove drive pin (12) from gate bushing (11) and stem (32).
4. Remove gate (7) and bushing (11) from stem (13).
5. Using a 11/8" wrench, remove the override cap bolts (31) from the cylinder studs
(30).
6. Remove the override assembly from the cylinder (29) and remove O-ring (28) from
override cap (60).
7. Remove the cylinder (29) from the piston (33) by sliding the cylinder upward and
over the piston.
8. Remove the piston nut (34) from the stem (32) and remove the piston (33) off the
stem.
9. Remove old piston seals (35) and piston O-ring (36).
10. Remove O-ring (24) from bonnet (22).
11. Remove stem (32) from bonnet (22).
4-40
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-41 of 46
Maintenance
4
12. Remove retaining ring (24) from the two bonnet stem seal pockets (22).
13. Remove packing rings (25), modular bearings (26), and stem seals (27) from both
bonnet pockets.
14. Discard all disassembled elastomer seals.
Reassembly
1. Clean and lubricate the stuffing box (area between stem and bore of the bonnet)
prior to installing new packing.
2. Lubricate the new stem seals (25, 26, 27). Assemble the packing elements in the
order shown in Figure 4-29. For proper sealing, the V-packing in the stem seals
must face downward, toward the valve body and with the V-packing facing upward
toward the handwheel (55) for the upper seal set. Install the packing assembly into
the bonnet lower pocket (24).
3. Install retainer ring (24) in the grooves for each seal pocket.
4. Thread operator studs (30) into bonnet operator stud holes (22) and tighten firmly.
5. Slide the stem (32) with the drive pin hole first through the stem seal pockets
starting at the upper seal pocket.
Figure 4-29. Correct Order and Position of Hydraulic Operator Packing Elements
6. Install a new O-ring (28) on the bonnet neck O-ring groove.

7. Install new piston seals (35) on piston (33) with the energizing O-ring in the seal (35)
facing away from each other.
8. Slide the piston (33) over the stem (32) until the piston bottoms on the stem
shoulder.
9. Thread the piston nut (34) onto the piston end of the stem (32). Tighten the piston
nut firmly.
10. Slide the cylinder (29) over the bonnet neck (22) and O-ring (28).
11. Install a new O-ring (49) on the override cap (38) lower OD.
12. Slide override cap (38) onto cylinder (29) top end and align the override cap bolt
holes with the corresponding bolt holes on the bonnet (22).
13. Thread operator stud nuts (31) onto operator studs (30); using a 11/8" wrench,
tighten to correct torque in the table titled "Recommended Torques" on page 3-2.
14. Assemble gate bushing (11) to stem (32) and drive the drive pin (12) into alignment
holes of the gate bushing and stem.
4-41
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-42 of 46
15. Assemble gate assembly (7) to gate bushing (11).

16. Lower operator assembly and gate assembly into valve body until operator
assembly, bonnet seal ring (8), and valve body (1) meet.
17. Using a 1½" wrench, tighten bonnet bolts (10) to required torque, as specified in the
table titled "Recommended Torques" on page 3-2.
Replacing Hydraulic Operator Body Seals/Piston Seals – 15,000
psi (1,034 bar)
Disassembly
1. Bleed the line pressure. Cycle the valve several times by stroking valve fully open
and fully closed to release any pressure, which may be trapped in the valve body.

result.
2. Using a 1¾" wrench, remove bonnet bolts (9) from body and remove bonnet/
operator assembly with gate assembly (7) and tail rod (19) connected to stem (35)
from the valve body (1).
i
If bonnet/operator assembly has gate wedged between the
seats and cannot be lifted out of the body, replace the seat
seals. (See the section titled "Replacing Seat Seals –
15,000 psi (1,034 bar) Valve" on page 4-23.)
3. Remove balance stem (19) from gate (7).

4. Remove gate (7) from stem (35).
5. Using a 11/8" wrench, remove the override stud nuts (34) from the cylinder studs
(33).
6. Remove the override assembly (69) from the cylinder (32) and remove O-ring (31)
from override cap (47).
7. Remove the cylinder (32) from the piston (36) by sliding the cylinder upward and
over the piston and remove lower cylinder end O-ring (31).
8. Remove the piston nut (37) from the stem (35) and remove the piston (36) off the
stem (35).
9. Remove old piston seals (38) and piston O-ring (31).
10. Remove O-ring (25) from bonnet (24).
11. Remove stem (35) from bonnet (24).
4-42
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-43 of 46
Maintenance
4
12. Remove retaining nut (42) from the lower bonnet stem seal pocket (22).
13. Remove packing ring (27), modular bearing (29), and packing assembly (28) from
both bonnet pockets (24).
14. Remove retaining ring (26) from the upper bonnet stem seal pocket (24).
15. Remove the packing ring (27), the stem seal (30), and the modular bearing (29).
16. Discard all disassembled elastomer seals.
Reassembly
1. Thoroughly clean and lubricate the stuffing box (area between stem and bore of the
bonnet) prior to installing new packing.
2. Lubricate the new rings of V-packing (28). Assemble the packing elements in the
order shown in Figure 4-30. Install the packing assembly into the bonnet lower
pocket (24).
Figure 4-30. Correct Order and Position of Hydraulic Operator Packing Elements
3. Thread the retainer nut (42) into the lower seal pocket.
4. Lubricate the new packing ring (27), stem seal (30), and modular bearing (29) into
the upper bonnet seal pocket. Assemble the packing elements in the order shown in
Figure 4-29 on page 4-41.
5. Install retainer ring (26) into the seal pocket-retaining groove.
6. Thread operator studs (33) into bonnet operator stud holes (24) and tighten firmly.
7. Slide the stem (35) with the drive pinhole first through the stem seal pockets starting
at the upper seal pocket.
8. Install a new O-ring (25) on the bonnet neck O-ring groove.
9. Install new piston seals (38) on piston (36) with the energizing O-ring in the seal (38)
facing away from each other.
10. Slide the piston (36) over the stem (35) until the piston bottoms on the stem
shoulder.
11. Thread the piston nut (37) onto the piston end of the stem (35). Tighten the piston
nut firmly.
12. Slide the cylinder (32) over the bonnet neck (24) and bonnet O-ring (31).
13. Install a new O-ring (31) on the override cap (69) lower OD.
14. Slide override cap (47) onto cylinder (32) top end and align the override cap bolt
holes with the corresponding bolt holes on the bonnet (24).
15. Thread operator stud nuts (34) onto operator studs (33) using a 11/8" wrench; tighten
to correct torque in the table titled "Recommended Torques" on page 3-2.
16. Assemble gate (7) to stem (35).
4-43
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-44 of 46
17. Assemble lower stem (19) to gate (7).

18. Install bonnet seal ring (8) into bonnet seal ring groove.
19. Lower operator assembly and gate assembly into valve body until operator
assembly, bonnet seal ring (8) and valve body (1) meet.
20. Using a 1¾" wrench, tighten bonnet bolts (9) to required torque, as specified in the
table titled "Recommended Torques" on page 3-2.
Replacing the Tail Rod Packing – 5,000/10,000
psi (345/690 bar)
page 4-35.
Disassembly of Tail Rod Bonnet and Packing Stem Seal

1. Using a ½" wrench, remove the four tail rod bolts (15) and the tail rod-packing
retainer (14) from the lower end of the valve body (1).
2. Remove the spacers (16), modular bearing (18), stem seals (17), and the second
spacer rings (16) from the lower end of body (1) stuffing box. Discard the old
packing elements.
Reassembly of Tail Rod Bonnet and Stem Seal
1. Thoroughly clean and lubricate the tail rod stuffing box prior to installing the new
packing.
2. Lubricate the new rings of the stem packing (17). Assemble the packing elements in
the order and position shown in Figure 4-31. Install the packing assembly into the
tail rod stuffing box. Tap the packing fully down.
Figure 4-31. Correct Order and Position of Tail Rod Packing Elements
3. Set the tail rod packing retainer (14) onto the tail rod bonnet (19), aligning the four
bolt holes. Install the four tail rod bolts (15) and tighten fully using a ½" wrench.
4-44
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 4-45 of 46
Maintenance
4
Replacing the Tail Rod Packing – 15,000 psi

(1,034 bar)
page 4-35.
Disassembly of Tail Rod Flange

1. Using a ¾" wrench, remove the four tail rod bolts (17) and the tail rod flange (18)
from the tail rod bonnet (16).
2. Remove the packing assembly (13) from the stem seal box in the tail rod bonnet
(16). Discard the old packing elements.
Reassembly of Tail Rod Flange

1. Thoroughly clean and lubricate the tail rod stuffing box prior to installing the new
packing.
2. Lubricate the new rings of the V-packing (13). Assemble the packing elements in the
order and position shown in Figure 4-32. Install the packing assembly into the tail
rod stuffing box. Tap the packing fully down.
3. Set the tail rod flange (18) onto the tail rod bonnet (16), aligning the four bolt holes.
Install the four tail rod bolts (9) using a ¾" wrench; tighten fully.
Figure 4-32. Correct Order and Position of Tail Rod Packing Elements
4-45
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 4-46 of 46
4-46
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 5-1 of 12
Correspondence
Direct all correspondence to the appropriate address listed below:
Mailing Address
P.O. Box 1473
Houston, Texas 77251, U.S.A.
Shipping Address
12950 West Little York
Tel. (713) 937-5000
Fax (713) 937-5779
Capacities and Dimensions

The capacities and dimensions of the Type DB gate valves are listed in the table titled
"Type DB Hydraulic-Operated Gate Valve Parts – 5,000-10,000 psi" on page 5-3 and the
table titled "Spare Parts List, 5,000-10,000 psi Type DB Gate Valve" on page 5-5. Figure 5-
1 on page 5-2, Figure 5-2 on page 5-7, and Figure 5-3 on page 5-8 are dimensional views
of the DB gate valves.
Ordering Replacement Parts

General
All parts required for maintenance or repairs are available from National Oilwell Varco
(NOV). When ordering replacement parts, please specify the following information:
R Part name-list part name as called out on the applicable drawing.
R Part number-list part number as called out on the applicable drawing.
R Drawing number-list engineering drawing number and the item number for the
drawing.
R Quantity-list the quantity required.
R Serial number-list the serial number (if applicable) as shown on the nameplate.
Ordering Type DB Gate Valves

When ordering a Type DB gate valve, please specify the following information:
R Bore size and working pressure.
R Standard internal trim or internal hydrogen sulfide trim.
R Hub, flange, or studded end connection.
R Body design-straight, angle, cross (5,000 and 10,000 psi valves) single cavity or
dual cavity (15,000 psi valves).
5-1
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 5-2 of 12
57
28
56 32
10
55
50
48
24
58
54
27 25
51 26
22
52
26
54 23
27
47
11
25
46 24
44 12
6
5
45 3
6
49 4
38 7
31 13
2
60 28
43 8
41
42 40
39
30
1
34
17 25
33
18 16
35
36 14
15
29
19
Figure 5-1. Type DB Gate Valve 5,000-10,000 psi
5-2
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 5-3 of 12
5
Type DB Hydraulic-Operated Gate Valve Parts – 5,000-10,000 psi
Item # Qty. Description
1 1 Body
2 2 Seat Assembly
3 2 Seat
4 2 Seat O-Ring
5 2 Elastomeric Face Seal
6 2 Grease Plate
7 1 Gate
8 1 Bonnet Gasket
10 12 Bonnet Bolt
11 1 Gate Bushing
12 1 Spring Pin
13 1 Balance Stem
14 1 Tail Rod Packing Retainer
15 4 Retainer Flange Bolts
16 2 Packing Ring
17 2 Stem Seal
18 1 Modular Bearing
19 1 Tail Rod Packing Gland
20 * 1 Nameplate
21 * 4 Drive Screw
22 1 Bonnet
23 1 O-Ring
24 2 Retaining Ring
25 3 Packing Ring
27 3 Stem Seal
28 2 O-Ring
29 1 Cylinder
5-3
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 5-4 of 12
30 8 Studs
31 8 Nut
32 1 Stem
33 1 Piston
34 1 Piston Nut
35 2 Piston Seal
36 * 1 O-Ring
37 * 1 Socket Head Set Screw
38 1 Override Cap
39 1 Retaining Ring
40 1 Bottom Packing Ring
41 1 Top Packing Ring
42 1 Override Seal
44 1 Woodruff Key
45 1 Outside Stem
46 1 Inside Stem
47 1 Spacer
48 1 Bearing Housing
49 1 O-Ring
50 1 Grease Seal
51 1 Stem Adapter
52 1 Dowel Pin
53 2 Bearing
54 4 Bearing Race
55 4 Handwheel
56 1 Handwheel Washer
57 1 Washer
58 1 Alemite Fitting
5-4
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 5-5 of 12
5
59 * 1 Grease Fitting
62 * Grease
63 * 3 Pipe Plug
* Items not shown.
Spare Parts List, 5,000-10,000 psi Type DB Gate Valve
Kit – Spare Parts Kit
1 1 O-Ring
2 1 O-Ring
3 2 O-Ring
4 2 O-Ring
5 1 O-Ring
6 2 Retaining Ring
7 1 Retaining Ring
8 1 Ring Gasket
9 1 Grease Seal
10 1 Seal PolyPak
12 5 Seal PolyPak
14 2 Seal PolyPak
15 2 Ring, Header
16 1 Packing Ring
17 1 Packing Ring
18 4 Packing Ring
19 2 Face Seal
20 1 Installation Chart
5-5
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 5-6 of 12
Emergency Spare Parts List, 5,000-10,000 psi Type DB Gate Valve
Kit – Spare Parts Kit *
2 2 Seat Assembly
7 1 Gate
13 1 Stem
32 1 Stem
6 2 Grease Plate
53 2 Bearing
54 4 Race
9 1 Grease Seal
* 718659 Kit for 4-5M DB Valve with no MOR. To be released soon.
5-6
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 5-7 of 12
5
34 26
27
31 30
69
29
9
47 44
45
52
50 51 43
49 46
48
25
37
38 24
36 70
66 39 13
42
65
64
59 1
57
58 67
33
32
62
63 60 35
61
11
7 20 8
56 6 10 16
21
15
55
13
53 5
3
19 4 18
54 2
9
17
Figure 5-2. Type DB Gate Valve 15,000 psi
5-7
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 5-8 of 12
Figure 5-3. Packing Assembly
Parts List, 15,000 psi Type DB Gate Valve
1 1 Body, Machine
2 2 Seat Assembly
3 1 Seat
4 1 3/16" Elastomeric Face Seal
5 1 Spring O-Ring
6 2 Plate, Grease
7 1 Gate
8 2 Gasket, Bonnet
9 16 Bolt, Bonnet
5-8
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 5-9 of 12
5
Parts List, 15,000 psi Type DB Gate Valve (Continued)
10 2 Plug, Port, Plastic
11 2 Gland, Packing
13 2 Packing Assembly
15 2 Fitting, Grease
16 1 Tail Rod, Bonnet
17 4 Bolt, Tail Rod
18 1 Tail Rod Packing Gland Assembly
19 1 Tail Rod
20 1 Valve, Check
21 1 Screw, Set
22 * 1 Nameplate
23 * 4 Screw, Drive
24 1 Bonnet
25 1 O-Ring
26 2 Retaining Ring
27 1 Packing Ring
30 3 Stem Seal
31 2 O-Ring
32 1 Cylinder
33 6 Studs, ¾"-10 UNC x 14¼" lg.
34 6 Nut ¾"-10 UNC
35 1 Stem
36 1 Piston
37 1 Piston Nut
38 2 Piston Seal
39 1 O-Ring
40 * 1 Set Screw Socket Head 3/8"-16 UNC x ¾"
41 * 2 Pipe Plug ½" NPT
5-9
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 5-10 of 12
42 1 Retainer Nut
43 1 Plastic Port Plug
44 1 Packing Gland
45 1 Check Valve
46 1 Set Screw
47 1 Override Cap
48 1 Retaining Ring
51 1 Override Seal
53 1 Woodruff Key
54 1 Outside Stem
55 1 Inside Stem
56 1 Spacer
57 1 Bearing Housing
58 1 O-Ring
59 1 Grease Seal
60 1 Stem Adapter
61 1 Dowel Pin 3/8" x 2½"
62 2 Bearing
63 4 Bearing
64 1 Handwheel
65 1 Handwheel Washer
66 1 Handwheel Bolt 9/16" x 1¼"
67 1 Alemite
69 1 Manual Override Cap
70 1 Grease Fitting
71 * 9 lb. Grease
5-10
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Revision A
Page 5-11 of 12
5
72 * 2 Protector, Flange
73 * 1 Installation Chart
Spare Parts, 15,000 psi Type DB Gate Valve with Manual Override
Kit – Spare Parts Kit
48 1 Retaining Ring
51 1 Override Seal
58 1 O-Ring
59 1 Grease Seal
Emergency Kit, 15,000 psi Valve with Manual Override
Kit – Emergency Kit
7 1 Gate
19 1 Tail Rod
6 2 Grease Plate
35 1 Stem
2 2 Seat Assembly
Bearing Assembly, includes the following:
62 2 Bearing, Needle Thrust
63 4 Race, Bearing
59 1 Grease Seal
5-11
www.nov.com
Type DB Gate Valve
Page 5-12 of 12
Without Manual Override With Manual Override
Figure 5-4. Type DB Gate Valve Dimensions
5-12
www.nov.com
DX
Wellhead Connector
System
Service CD Manual #3756

Prepared For:
NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
Rig Name:
MOSVOLD 1
DRIL-QUIP
13550 Hempstead Hwy. Houston, Texas 77040
This controlled document is issued by DRIL-QUIP's Service Department
—Houston, Texas— to whom any inquiry or comment must be addressed
SERVICE MANUAL #3756
DX WELLHEAD CONNECTOR SYSTEM
PREPARED FOR:
NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
RIG NAME:
MOSVOLD 1
Authorized for issue by: Kevin Champagne
Signature:
Date: November 8, 2007
© 2007 DRIL-QUIP, INC.
This document is the property of DRIL-QUIP, Inc. and shall not be copied or used for any
purpose other than that for which it is supplied without the express written authorization of
DRIL-QUIP, Inc., 13550 Hempstead Hwy., Houston, Texas 77040, U.S.A.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
RUNNING PROCEDURES
• INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE 18-3/4" 15,000 PSI

HYDRAULIC DX-DW SUBSEA WELLHEAD CONNECTOR
FOR 27" H-4 & 30" SHDH-4 PROFILES
• INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE 18-3/4" 10,000 PSI
HYDRAULIC DX SUBSEA LMRP CONNECTOR FOR
27" H-4 PROFILE
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
• REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF 18-3/4" 15,000 PSI

HYDRAULIC DX-DW SUBSEA WELLHEAD CONNECTOR
WITH H-4 PROFILE
• REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF THE 18-3/4" 10,000 PSI
HYDRAULIC DX SUBSEA LMRP CONNECTOR WITH
27" H-4 PROFILE
MAIN TABLE OF CONTENTS i

INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE
18-3/4" 15,000 PSI HYDRAULIC DX-DW SUBSEA
WELLHEAD CONNECTOR FOR 27" H-4 AND
30" SHDH-4 PROFILES
SUGGESTED PROCEDURE
Table of Contents
Tools Needed For This Operation ____________________ 1
Pre-Operational Procedures __________________________ 1
18-3/4" 15,000 psi Hydraulic DX-DW Wellhead

Connector __________________________________________ 2
Test Stump ___________________________________________ 9
Installing the DX-DW Connector on the Riser __________ 9
Greasing Procedure __________________________________ 10
Hydrate Mitigation ___________________________________ 11
Running Procedures ________________________________ 11
Latching the DX Connector ___________________________ 11

Unlatching the DX Connector ________________________ 13
Emergency Unlatch Procedure ________________________ 14
Replacing the VX/VT Ring Gasket Subsea ____________ 15
Post-Operational Procedures ________________________ 17
DX Connector ________________________________________ 17
Test Stump __________________________________________ 18
+
SS 0600/08
121107ML/ML/E DX CONNECTOR SYSTEM i
Technical Data ______________________________________ 19
Assembly Drawings and Parts List
2-602834-04 18-3/4” 15M Hydraulic DX/DW-15

Wellhead Connector x 18-3/4” 15M STD
Up
2-603601-02 Guide Funnel for 18-3/4” DX/DW-15
Connector
2-603600-02 18-3/4” 15M DX/DW Test Stump w/H-4
Profile Mandrel and VX/VT Gasket Prep
2-603240-02 Bolt-On Base Plate for 18-3/4” Test Stump
SS 0600/08
ii DX CONNECTOR SYSTEM 121107ML/ML/E
WELLHEAD CONNECTOR FOR 27" H-4 AND
30" SHDH-4 PROFILES
SUGGESTED PROCEDURE
Tools Needed For This Operation
• 18-3/4" 15,000 psi Hydraulic DX-DW Subsea Wellhead

Connector with 18-3/4" 15,000 psi Studded Flange Up
x H-4 Down
• Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mechanism (Qty Two, Sub-
Assembly)
• Bolt-On Guide Funnel for DX-DW Connector
• Test Stump with H-4 27" Mandrel Wellhead Profile
• VX/VT (bottom) and BX-164 (top) Ring Gaskets
Note: A VX gasket is also compatible if the VX/VT

gasket is not available.
• Independent Hydraulic Pressure Source (3,000 psi

Pump)
Pre-Operational Procedures
All components of the Hydraulic DX-DW Wellhead Connector

System are carefully inspected at DRIL-QUIP’s manufactur-
ing facilities before shipping. Pre-operational procedures are
suggested to ensure the equipment is not damaged due to
shipping and handling, and to ensure all necessary compo-
nents are available and in good working order when the
equipment is used. If any of the following checks are sus-
pect, contact the nearest DRIL-QUIP office.
SS 0600/08
121107ML/ML/E DX CONNECTOR SYSTEM Page 1
18-3/4" 15,000 psi Hydraulic DX-DW Wellhead Connec-
tor
1. Refer to the assembly drawing and Figure 1 for identifi-

cation of the 18-3/4" 15,000 psi Hydraulic DX-DW
Subsea Wellhead Connector (DX Connector) compo-
nents. Record the part number and serial number of
the DX Connector for the permanent well file. Verify the
bottom of the DX Connector is compatible with the
mandrel (27" H-4 or 30" SHDH-4) on the subsea well-
head, and the top is compatible with its mating compo-
nent.
RING GROOVE UPPER BODY
POSITION INDICATOR
COVER PLATE
CAM RING GASKET PREP
SEGMENT
LATCH SEGMENTS SPREADER
RETAINING BOLTS OUTER BODY

SECONDARY
RELEASE
HYDRATE
PISTON
DIVERSION O-RING
Figure 1. 18-3/4" 15,000 psi Hydraulic DX-DW Wellhead Connector shown

adapted for a 27" OD H-4 mandrel
2. Clean the DX Connector to remove any debris or excess

grease. Inspect the inconel-clad ring gasket prep. The
VX/VT gasket prep provides the seal between the DX
Connector and the wellhead mandrel, and must be free
of any damage which could cause a potential leak path.
3. Clean and inspect the studded flange top of the DX

Connector. Ensure the BX-164 ring groove is undam-
aged and all studs/nuts are lubricated and in good
working order.
4. Check the torque on the ferry cap screws on top of the

DX Connector. Ensure the torque is in accordance with
the appropriate notation on the DX Connector assembly
drawing.
SS 0600/08
Page 2 DX CONNECTOR SYSTEM 121107ML/ML/E
TURNTABLE
REDUNDANT
HYDRATE PROTECTION CONTROL PORTS
FLUSHOUT PORT INLET
GASKET RETAINER
OUTLET F/HYDRATE LOCKING HANDLE
PROTECTION W/POPPET (4 PLCS)
VALVE
POSITION
LUBRICATION INDICATOR
PORT (6 @ 60°)
SECONDARY
LATCH UNLATCH
UNLATCH
Figure 2. 18-3/4" 15,000 psi Hydraulic DX-DW Wellhead Connector,
top view. The upper body flange is not shown.
5. Inspect the hydraulic lines running from the pressure

source to the 1" NPT LATCH, UNLATCH, and SECOND-
ARY UNLATCH control sub ports on the outer body. The
hydraulic lines should be free of damage or leaks. In-
spect any fittings to ensure they are tight. Refer to
Figure 2.
6. Inspect the position indicator. INDICATOR

When the DX Connector is in the ARM
unlatched position, the top of the
indicator will align with the 1"
black stripe adjacent to the word JAM NUT
UNLOCK. The position indicator

can be installed in only one port INDICATOR
through the cover plate of the DX ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
Connector. Refer to Figure 3.
RETAINER
GLAND
a. To remove the position indica-
tor, remove the jam nut from ECCENTRIC
RING
the adjustment screw and
remove the indicator arm, POSITION
INDICATOR
back out and remove the re- BAR
tainer gland and its eccentric
ring. Back the indicator bar POSITION
INDICATOR
out of the collet approximately COLLET
eight to ten turns. Pull the
CAM RING
collet out of its groove on the
cam ring. Some force may be Figure 3. Detail of the
required to collapse the bottom position indicator (Connec-
of the collet during retrieval. tor latched)
SS 0600/08
b. To re-install the collet, position it above the indicator
port, and push the collet into place. Some resistance
will be experienced as the bottom of the collet is
collapsed and forced into the cam ring groove.
c. Thread the position indicator bar into the collet. As

the bar is rotated in, the bar locks the collet in place.
The collet should be replaced while the DX Connec-
tor is unlatched.
d. Re-install the eccentric ring and its retainer gland in

the position indicator port. Re-install the indicator
arm and jam nut.
GASKET RETAINER
LOCKING HANDLE
7. Determine the posi-
tion of the four gasket
retainer locking
UPPER BODY
handles. When look-
ing across the position
indicator, the sten-
cilled letters visible
will indicate the RE- LATCH SEGMENTS
LEASED or RE-
TAINED position. The
other stencil will be
MANDREL
covered by the indica-
tor bracket. There are
two indicator brackets Figure 4. Detail of a gasket retainer
locking handle in the RETAIN position
180° apart.
a. Verify the handles operate properly. In the RE-

TAINED position, each handle moves a dog into a
profile on the ring gasket OD to secure the gasket in
place. Refer to Figure 4.
b. Lubricate the linkage on the gasket retainer locking

handles thoroughly to prevent corrosion.
SS 0600/08
8. Ensure the Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mechanism is
properly installed. This add-on system utilizes two
hydraulic cylinders. The turntable uses four linkage
pins to secure the four locking handles to the main
body of the turntable. The turntable is captured at the
top of the DX Connector with four retainer blocks. The
pedestals are connected to the back ends of the hydrau-
lic cylinders by means of a washer and heavy hex nut.
The hydraulic cylinders are secured to the turntable by
pivot pins. Refer to Figure 5.
PEDESTAL &
HEAVY HEX NUT UNLOCK
SWIVEL HOIST LOCK

RINGS (4)
PIVOT PINS (2)
INDICATOR BRACKET
(CUTAWAY, 2)
Figure 5. Side view of the Gasket Retainer Mechanism with turntable

shown in the RELEASED position and the Connector locked
Note: DRIL-QUIP recommends the Hydraulic Gasket

Retainer Mechanism and the hydraulic cylinders both
be placed in the RELEASED position when installing
the Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mechanism. The gasket
retainer handles will be damaged if the system is in-
stalled incorrectly, such as, the hydraulic cylinders are
in the extended position (RELEASED) and the gasket
retainer handles are in the RETAINED position.
SS 0600/08
a. To check the movement of the turntable and gasket
retainers, disconnect the hydraulic cylinders and
function the turntable by hand. Minimal force is
required to rotate the turntable through its range of
travel. Adjust the turntable retainers, if necessary.
Note: If installed, the ring gasket will release during

this test procedure. DRIL-QUIP recommends perform-
ing this procedure on the Test Stump, or before the
gasket is installed.
1/8" NPT
ALEMITE b. Inspect the rod connections of the hydraulic cylin-
FITTING
ders to confirm the pivot pins are installed to join
the cylinders to the turntable weldment.
c. Inspect the four turntable retainers to ensure the

cap screws are installed tightly. Pump general-pur-
pose grease into the retainers using the Alemite
Figure 6. Detail of a fittings. Refer to Figure 6.
turntable retainer
showing catch pin d. Inspect the rods on the hydraulic cylinders to ensure
and Alemite fitting they are retracted and all gasket retainer locking
handles are in the RETAINED position.
e. Inspect the hydraulic lines and couplings for kinks,

cuts, and leaks.
9. Connect two hydraulic lines to the 1/2" NPT ports on

the cylinders. The hydraulic cylinders have a maximum
working pressure of 3,000 psi. The connection nearest
the turntable tab is the RETAIN port and the other
connection is the RELEASE port. Refer to Figure 7.
RETAIN PORT HYDRAULIC RELEASE PORT

1/2" NPT CYLINDER 1/2" NPT
Figure 7. Hydraulic cylinder (typ 2 @ 180°)

with RELEASE and RETAIN ports
SS 0600/08
10. Function test the hydraulic release mechanism by first
pressurizing the RELEASE port. As the cylinders ex-
tend, the turntable rotates over the DX Connector,
moving the handles counterclockwise from RETAIN to
RELEASE. Vent the pressure from the RELEASE port
and pressurize the RETAIN port to move the handles
clockwise and back to RETAIN.

11. Verify the VX/VT ring gasket is installed. The ring gas-
ket provides the seal between the DX Connector and the
wellhead mandrel. The gasket must be free of any dam-
age which could compromise seal integrity.
a. If the VX/VT gasket is installed, remove it.
b. Clean and inspect the sealing surface for any dam-

c. If the VX/VT gasket is serviceable, re-install it. Oth-

erwise, install a new VX/VT gasket.
12. Verify the hydrate diversion O-ring is in place in the ID

of the mandrel adapter sleeve. The O-ring should be
smooth, pliable, and free of cuts or cracks. Any protru-
sions could indicate the presence of debris trapped
underneath. Replace any suspect O-rings if necessary.
Refer to Figure 8.
HYDRATE DIVERSION
O-RING
Figure 8. Hydrate diver-

sion O-ring
SS 0600/08
13. Inspect the segment spreaders and screws in the ID of
the DX Connector. Verify the screws are securely
torqued in accordance with the DX Connector drawing,
and secured in position by their spring pins. Refer to
Figure 9.
SEGMENT
SPREADER
SEGMENT
RETAINING
SCREW
Figure 9. Detail of typical segment spreader and segment retaining screw
14. Closely inspect the latch segments. Look for any dam-
age which could prevent the latch segments from engag-
ing the profile on the mandrel. Verify the latch seg-
ments are in the unlatched (retracted) position.
Note: The ID of the DX Connector, specifically the

moving parts (such as the latch segments and segment
spreaders), should be thoroughly coated with a saltwa-
ter-resistant, high-quality lubricant. DRIL-QUIP rec-
ommends ALCO-EP-73 PLUS™. Refer to Table 1 for
lubricant properties.
15. If the SECONDARY UNLATCH is designed to operate

with an ROV hot stab, confirm the isolation valve and
the ROV hot stab are compatible with the ROV equip-
ment on board. Inspect the control lines running from
the hot stab receptacle to the 1" NPT SECONDARY
UNLATCH port. Check all fittings for leakage or damage.
16. Perform a function test and check for leaks. The stan-
dard operating pressure is 1,500 psi with a maximum
allowable operating pressure of 3,000 psi.
Note: The SECONDARY UNLATCH pressure can be

increased to 4,500 psi on a 30" mandrel, and 2,500 psi
on a 27" mandrel.
SS 0600/08
Test Stump
1. Refer to the assembly drawing for identification of the

Test Stump components. Record the part number and
serial number for the permanent well file.
2. Remove the can protector from the Test Stump.
3. If applicable, remove the seal protector from the VX/VT

gasket seal area on the top face of the Test Stump.
a. Clean and inspect the gasket seal area.
b. Ensure the metal seal area is free of any damage.

Any indications can be smoothed away with fine
emery cloth.
c. Re-install the seal protector if applicable.
4. Re-install the can protector when storing the Test

Stump.
Installing the DX-DW Connector on the Riser
1. Using appropriate lifting techniques and equipment,

move the DX Connector into position to be mated with
the riser.
a. Ensure the studded connection at the top of the DX

Connector and the flange of its mating component
are compatible (18-3/4" 15,000 psi BX-164 flange).
Note: The DX Connector requires no specific orienta-

tion. DRIL-QUIP recommends the customer consider
visibility of the position indicator and the optional ROV
hot stab receptacle access when orienting the DX
Connector in the riser.
2. Use appropriate hoisting equipment to lift and position

the riser component over the DX Connector.
3. Ensure the ring grooves and gasket are clean, dry, and
undamaged. Install the new BX-164 ring gasket in the
groove on top of the DX Connector.
SS 0600/08
4. Slowly lower the component onto the DX Connector,
ensuring the studs stab into the holes in the flange.
5. Install the nuts onto the lubricated studs and make up

the flange squarely and evenly in a star pattern. Torque
in increments of approximately 200 - 300 ft-lb
(±50 ft-lb) either until all nuts are torqued to
7,047 ft-lb, or until the raised face of the flange makes
even contact completely around with the raised face of
the studded flange.
Greasing Procedure
Note: The six 1/2" NPT ports on the cover plate can be
used in conjunction with a hard-plumbed greasing
system. Pumping grease through the port channels
grease around the latch segment area inside the cam
ring and around to each of the six latching segments.
1. Fully UNLATCH the connector and lock in the UN-

LATCH pressure.
2. Remove the 1/2" NPT plug from a lubrication port on

the top plate of the DX Connector. Refer to Figure 10.
3. Attach a grease pump (or greasing system) to the 1/2"

NPT port.
LUBRICATION
PORT W/ 1/2"
4. Pump grease until NPT PLUG
a return is ob- (6 @ 60°)
served around the
latch segments FLUSHOUT PORT
(five to ten gallons INLET
of grease may be
required).
5. Cycle the DX POSITION

Connector two to INDICATOR
three times to
Figure 10. Hydraulic Subsea Wellhead
help spread the
Connector top view
grease inside the
DX Connector. If
applicable, re-install the 1/2" NPT solid plug.
SS 0600/08
Note: The greasing operation is performed at the sur-
face, while corrosion inhibitor injection is performed
after the Connector has been latched subsea.
Hydrate Mitigation
Refer to Figure 10. The DX Connector can be filled with

corrosion inhibitor fluid through the 1/2" NPT port on the
flushout port inlet. Returns are detected at the poppet valve.
Hard-plumbing for this feature is supplied by the drilling
contractor.
Running Procedures
Latching the DX Connector
CAUTION: The primary application of the DX-DW

Connector is for mating with the 30" super-heavy-duty
(SHD) H-4 mandrel. The Figures in this document
depict the Connector configured for the 27" H-4 man-
drel in order to illustrate the components of the
adapter kit. When configured for the 27" OD H-4 man-
drel, the maximum operating pressure is 1,500 psi.
Over-pressuring the LATCH function of the 27" Con-
nector will damage the subsea wellhead. Refer to
Chart 1 for the operating pressures used for the two
different configurations.
Chart 1. Operating Pressures used for 27" and 30" Mandrels
Maximum
Maximum Maximum
SECONDARY
Mandrel Size LATCH UNLATCH
UNLATCH
Pressure Pressure
Pressure
27" OD H-4 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 4,500 psi
30" OD SHD-H4 3,000 psi 3,000 psi 4,500 psi
SS 0600/08
Note: The maximum latching angle of the DX Connec-
tor is approximately ±5° (10° included angle). The
maximum release angle is approximately ±10° (20°
included angle).
1. Install the DX Connector in the riser per the customer

prognosis.
2. Pressurize the UNLATCH port before landing to ensure

the latching segments are fully retracted.
3. Land the DX Connector according to rig operations.
a. Ensure the fluid in the UNLATCH and SECONDARY

UNLATCH system is able to vent.
b. With 20,000 to 80,000 lb down (depending upon

offset), latch the DX Connector to the wellhead man-
drel by venting the UNLATCH pressure and applying
pressure to the LATCH function; either 1,500 psi if
landed on a 27" mandrel, or 3,000 psi when landed
on a 30" mandrel.
Note: DRIL-QUIP recommends blocking the pressure

in the LATCH function.
• At maximum operating pressure, total pre-load on

the 30" SHD-H4 mandrel is approximately 7.08
million pounds. At maximum operating pressure,
total pre-load on the 27" mandrel is approximately
3.54 million pounds, resulting in a hub separation
value of approximately 4.81 million pounds.
• If operating pressure for the 30" mandrel is lowered

to 1,500 psi, the pre-load and hub separation values
are reduced by approximately 50%.
• Latching pressure does not need to be maintained

during operations. However, an approximate reduc-
tion of 30% can be expected in the pre-load if the DX
Connector is latched, the pressure is bled off, and
then the function is blocked.
SS 0600/08
• Locking the maximum pressure in place maximizes
the pre-load.
4. Observe the position indicator on the DX Connector. In

the latched position, the top of the black band on the
indicator arm will align with the 1" black stripe adjacent
to the word LOCK. The top of the black band on the
indicator arm may be ±1/4", dictated by cam ring
travel, from centering on the LOCK stripe.
5. Overpull 50,000 lb using the block.
6. Test the VX/VT ring gasket to maximum working pres-

sure per customer requirements. Leaks are detected at
the poppet valve.
Unlatching the DX Connector
1. While maintaining 20,000 lb down, vent the LATCH

circuit and pressurize the primary UNLATCH system to
1,500 psi.
Note: The primary UNLATCH system has a 25% hy-

draulic advantage over LATCH and will release the DX
Connector. The latch segment split ring and segment
spreaders will mechanically drive the latch segments
away from the mandrel profile.
2. Observe the position indicator on the DX Connector.

The top of the indicator will align with the 1" black
stripe adjacent to the word UNLOCK to indicate the
unlatched position.
3. Pick up the riser slowly until the DX Connector clears

the mandrel.
Note: In the unlikely event the DX Connector does not

unlatch, proceed to the Emergency Unlatch Proce-
dure.
SS 0600/08
Emergency Unlatch Procedure
Note: The SECONDARY UNLATCH port can be tied

directly to an ROV hot stab or run from a separate
function in the pods. The SECONDARY UNLATCH
system is completely independent of the primary
UNLATCH system and does not share any of the same
components.
• The UNLATCH and SECONDARY UNLATCH should

not be operated simultaneously; there is no additive
force.
• The SECONDARY UNLATCH has an 88% hydraulic

advantage over LATCH and will unlock the DX Con-
nector even if there are major mechanical problems
with the LATCH system.
1. Ensure the LATCH and UNLATCH functions are vented.
2. If the SECONDARY UNLATCH is designed to be oper-

ated by the ROV, use the ROV to open the ball valve
accessing the SECONDARY UNLATCH. Install the hot
stab and apply either 1,500 psi for a 27" mandrel, or
3,000 psi for a 30" mandrel.

increased to 4,500 psi.
Note: If the system does not have an ROV interface,

function the SECONDARY UNLATCH from the BOP
control panel.

The top of the indicator will align with the 1" black
stripe adjacent to the word UNLOCK to indicate the
unlatched position.

the mandrel.
CAUTION: Do not apply an overpull while attempting

an emergency UNLATCH, as the sudden lifting of the
DX Connector could damage the ROV.
SS 0600/08
Replacing the VX/VT Ring Gasket Subsea
The Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mechanism is normally oper-

ated through the control line. However, if the rig lacks suffi-
cient hydraulic capabilities, this system can be run using
ROV hot stabs. Provision for ROV hot stabs must be made
before the equipment leaves DRIL-QUIP.
1. If the ROV is to be used, insert the ROV hot stab into

the receptacle tied to the release side of the Hydraulic
Gasket Retainer Mechanism.
2. Apply 1,500 psi (3,000 psi maximum) to stroke out the

hydraulic cylinders which drive the turntable on the DX
Connector. As the turntable rotates counterclockwise, it
releases the VX/VT ring gasket by moving the four
gasket retainer locking handles to the RELEASE posi-
tion. Refer to Figure 11.
GASKET RETAINER TURNTABLE

LOCKING HANDLE RETAINER
FLUSHOUT PORT
PEDESTAL & HEAVY (INLET)
HEX NUT
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
LUBRICATION PORT
FLUSHOUT PORT (6 @ 60° APART)
(OUTLET W/
POPPET VALVE)
TURNTABLE
PIVOT PIN
POSITION INDICATOR
Figure 11. Top View of the Gasket Retainer System. The gasket retainer
locking handles are shown in the RELEASE position. The ROV hot stab
receptacle is not shown.
Note: The hydraulic cylinder body is stainless steel.

Normal operating pressure is 1,500 psi with a maxi-
mum operating pressure of 3,000 psi.
SS 0600/08
3. Unlatch the DX Connector, referring to the Unlatch the
DX Connector section. Pick up the DX Connector far
enough to provide adequate clearance for the ROV to
operate around the wellhead mandrel.
4. Request the ROV to carefully remove the used ring

gasket from the mandrel.
CAUTION: Special care should be taken during this

process to prevent damage to the gasket prep area.
Note: The ROV operator should have specially de-

signed equipment to perform this task. If special
equipment is not available, an alternative is to leave
the ring gasket locked in place until after the DX Con-
nector is unlatched and moved off location. Then the
ring gasket can be released to fall to the sea floor
where it can be retrieved when convenient.
5. Request the ROV to place the new ring gasket on the

mandrel.
Note: Precautions should be taken to protect the gas-

ket prep area of the wellhead mandrel.
6. Re-position the rig if necessary and re-land the DX

Connector.
7. Request the ROV to install the hot stab into the RETAIN
receptacle on the DX Connector and apply 1,500 psi
maximum. Pressure applied to the RETAIN receptacle
causes the hydraulic cylinders to stroke in and rotate
the turntable on the DX Connector clockwise. The rota-
tion moves the gasket retainer locking handles to the
RETAIN position.
8. Latch the DX Connector using the Latching the DX

Connector section presented earlier in this procedure.
SS 0600/08
Post-Operational Procedures
DX Connector
Note: DRIL-QUIP recommends using ALCO-EP-73

PLUS™ saltwater-resistant grease when servicing the
DX Connector. Refer to Table 1 for lubricant proper-
ties.
1. Using fresh water, flush the inside of the DX Connector.
a. Remove the plug from the flushout port inlet and

remove the poppet valve from the flushout port out-
let on the cover plate of the DX Connector. Flush the
area inside the cam ring.
b. Pack the area with grease and stroke the DX Con-

nector to transfer the grease throughout the cavity.
2. Inspect the latch segments for signs of wear. Coat the

latch segments with high-quality grease.
3. Remove the VX/VT ring gasket.
4. Cycle the DX Connector repeatedly to flush the LATCH

and UNLATCH chambers. Fill the cavities with corro-
sion inhibitor if the DX Connector will be stored for a
long period of time.
5. Replace the hydrate diversion O-ring.
6. Store the DX Connector as appropriate for operations or

anticipated length of storage.
SS 0600/08
Test Stump
1. Drain the water from the Test Stump.
2. Clean and inspect the gasket seal area at the top of the
Test Stump.
a. Ensure the metal seal area is free of any damage.
b. Grease the seal area and re-install the seal protector.
3. Clean and inspect the tool joint adapter.
a. Check the box and pin threads for damage and re-
pair the threads as necessary.
b. Check the O-rings for any damage which could affect

sealing integrity. Replace the O-rings if necessary.
c. Lubricate the box and pin threads, re-install the box

thread protector, and re-install the tool joint adapter
into the Test Stump.
4. Re-install the can protector.
SS 0600/08
Technical Data
Table 1. Technical Data for ALCO-EP-73 PLUS™
Specification Characteristic
Operating Range -25°F (-32°C) to 410°F (210°C)
Thickener Aluminum Complex
Fluid Type Lubricating Oil
Color/Appearance Red Sticky Grease
Dropping Point
500°F (260°C)
(ASTM D-566)
Specific Gravity 0.91
Density (lb/gal) 7.6
Additive Type EP/AW, R&O
Flash Point
> 430°F (221°C)
(ASTM D-92)
Autoignition Point (Calculated) > 500°F (260°C)
NLGI Grade 2
Penetration @ 77°F
265 to 295
(ASTM D-217)
Copper Strip Corrosion
1A
(ASTM D-4048)
Shell 4-Ball
(ASTM D-2596)
Weld Point, kgf 315
Load Wear Index 38
Wear Scar Diameter
0.7
(ASTM D-2266)
Oxidation Resistance
(ASTM D-942)
PSI Drop, 100 hours < 5.0
Base Oil Viscosity
(ASTM D-445)
cSt @ 40°C 90 to 110
SS 0600/08
Table 2. Technical Data for the 18-3/4" 15,000 psi DX-DW
Connector for 27" H-4 or 30" SHD-H4 mandrels
Features of the 15,000 psi Connector Specifications

Weight 39,000 lb (17690,1 kg)
Unlatch to latch ratio 1.25 : 1
Sec. unlatch to latch ratio 1.88 : 1
Gals. to latch 15.04 gal. (56,93 L) Max
Gals. to unlatch 23.53 gal. (89,05 L) Max
Gals. to sec. unlatch 26.18 gal. (99,10 L) Max
Hydrate Inhibitor 45.54 gal. (148,2 L) Max
4.035 in. (102,5 mm)

Stroke
5.18 in. (131,6 mm) Max
27" Mandrel Connector Operating Pressure 1,500 psi (103 bar)

Connector Max Operating Pressure (On/Off Stump) 1,500 psi (103 bar)
SECONDARY UNLATCH Max Operating Pressure 4,500 psi (310 bar)
3.54 X 1,000,000 lb
27" Mandrel Preload @ 1,500 psi
(15746,7 kN)
7.08 X 1,000,000 lb
(31493,4 kN)
Load @ Hub Separation (27" OD only) 4.81 X 1,000,000 lb

(21396 kN)
5.54 X 1,000,000 lb
27" Tension to Hub Separation (@ Working Pressure)
(24643,1 kN)
Recommended LATCH Angle ±5° (10° included)

Angle of Disconnect ±10° (20° included)
Gasket Retainer Cylinder Operating Pressure 1,500 psi (103 bar)

Gasket Retainer Cylinder Max Operating Pressure 3,000 psi (207 bar)
SS 0600/08
ITEM NO. QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
0 1 2-602834 18.75",CONN,"DX-DW"WLHD :ASD

1 1 2-603626-04 18.75",BDY,UPR :FMSS
2 1 2-602672-04 18.75",PL,CVR :FMSS
3 1 2-602670-04 18.75",BDY,OUT :FMSS
4 1 2-602658-04 18.75",BDY,LWR :FMSS
5 1 2-602665-04 18.75",RG,CAM,CONN,WLHD :FMSS
6 8 2-602718-02 18.75",BLCK,SLIDE,TRNTBLE:MASS
7 1 2-603051-02 18.75",SLV,MDRL ADPTR :FMSS
8 1 2-602667-04 18.75",PSTN,SEC RLSE :FMSS
9 1 2-603056-04 18.75",RG,SEGD LCH :FMSS
10 6 2-603971-02 18.75",SPRDR,SEG :MASS
11 6 2-603986-02 18.75",SCR,SEG SPRDR :MASS
12 4 2-602810-02 18.75",RTNR,GSKT :WFSS
13 4 2-602721-02 18.75",HDL,GSKT RTNR :MASS
14 4 917331-06 NUT,REGULAR HEX
15 1 2-603676-02 18.75",SCR,ADJ POSN IND :MASS
16 1 2-602855-02 18.75",CLT,ADJ POSN IND :MASS
17 1 2-602856-02 18.75",ROD,ADJ POSN IND :MASS
18 2 917170-06 NUT,JAM
19 1 2-699976 POSN IND GLAND :MA
20 1 2-602937-02 RING,INDICATOR;18.75"WLHD:MASS
21 6 917234-07 PLUG,HEX HEAD
22 6 905100-06 PLUG,HOLLOW HEX
23 6 2-602684-02 18.75",SUB,CNTL :MASS
24 1 2-602802-03 18.75",TRNTBLE,CONN :WDSS
25 4 2-602805-03 18.75",RTNR,TRNTBLE :FMSS
26 2 2-602807-02 18.75",PIN,LNKG :MASS
27 4 2-698809 18.75",CATCH,PIN :MA
* Spare Parts
REVISIONS HCS, CONNECTOR, "DX-DW" WELLHEAD, 18.75", 15,000 PSI, H-4
REV DATE DRW CHK APP REL X "VX/VT" INCONEL 625 INLAID GASKET PREP DOWN X 18-3/4"
3 15-AUG-07 RCD CEF TXP RXN 15K API STUDDED FLANGE, W/ BX-164 INCONEL INLAID RING
4 10-SEP-07 RCD JZH TXP RXN
GROOVE UP, LATCHES ON 27" O.D. MANDREL, W/ INCONEL 625
NC 13-SEP-07 RCD GE GE RXN CLADDED SEAL BORES & GROOVES, W/1,500 PSI MAX. LCK PRESS
A 17-OCT-07 AKK RKE GE RXN
W/GLYCOL/METH. INJ., QUALITY PLAN: Q392 :ASSEMBLY SPEC SHEET
B MXG DWN BY: RCD
REFERENCE DWG PART NUMBER REV
CHKD BY: CEF SIZE
APP BY: GE
DRIL-QUIP, INC. P 2-602834-04 B
REL BY: RXN
Houston, TX REL DATE: 01-JUN-07 Sheet 1 of 3
28 4 916100-46 PIN,GROOVED
29 4 902357-13 SPRING,DIE
30 8 2-598492-241 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
31 4 909100-02 FITTING,GREASE
32 1 917311-12 WEAR RING,56.744" GRV DIA
33 1 2-902867-02 ASSEMBLY,LIP SEAL
43 1 2-903029-05 POLYPAK,DEEP
44 1 2-903029-06 POLYPAK,DEEP
45 1 2-903029-07 POLYPAK,DEEP
46 12 917155-147 O-RING
47 24 2-598492-414 SCR,FERRY HD CAP :CD
50 8 2-598492-175 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
51 16 2-598492-63 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
52 2 917263-04 PIN,SPRING
53 1 917267-05 O-RING,70 DUROMETER
54 1 902118-15 O-RING,70 DUROMETER NITRILE
56 1 2-602811-02 18.75",SUB,FLUSHOUT :MASS
57 1 2-602735-02 NUT,RTNR :MASS
58 4 917263-35 PIN,SPRING
59 1 901126-04 VALVE,RELIEF
60 2 2-602812-02 18.75",BRKT,IND :MASS
* Spare Parts
B MXG DWN BY: RCD
CHKD BY: CEF SIZE
APP BY: GE
REL BY: RXN
61 4 917449-06 RING,SWIVEL HOIST

62 2 2-602813-02 18.75",KIT,GSKT RTNR :SASS
63 8 917155-135 O-RING
64 1 902108-15 O-RING;70DURO,30.00"IDx.500"CS
65 1 917157-68 O-RING
66 1 917157-70 O-RING
67 1 917157-81 O-RING
68 1 2-603058-04 18.75",RG,CNTRLZR :FMSS
74 4 2-598492-61 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
75 2 913101-549 PIN,STRAIGHT
76 1 902108-04 O-RING;70DURO,27.00"IDx.500"CS
77 1 2-603677-02 18.75",ARM,POSN IND :MASS
79 1 2-900871-20 PLUG
80 8 2-598492-119 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
81 6 2-604042-02 ADPTR,CAM RG :MASS
82 6 917263-34 PIN,SPRING
83 2 2-604061-02 18.75",SPLT RG,LCH SEG :MASS
84 1 2-604062-02 18.75",RG,SPCR :MASS
85 228" 903194-03 STOCK,O-RING, CORD
86 2 917109-259 SCREW,SOCKET HEAD CAP
ITEM NO. SPECIFICATION
1 Low Stress Stamp (Dwg Note 1):

DRIL-QUIP
P/N 2-602834-04 REV (Current rev level from Spec Sheet)
DWG 2-602834 (Current rev level from drawing)
S/N
ASSY
2 FT-377 Function Test.
3 Q392 Quality Plan.
* Spare Parts
B MXG DWN BY: RCD
CHKD BY: CEF SIZE
APP BY: GE
REL BY: RXN
18-3/4" 10,000 PSI HYDRAULIC DX SUBSEA
LMRP CONNECTOR FOR 27" H-4 PROFILE
SUGGESTED PROCEDURE
Table of Contents
18-3/4" 10,000 psi Hydraulic DX LMRP Connector _____ 2

Test Stump ___________________________________________ 9
Installing the DX Connector in the Riser _______________ 9
Hydrate Mitigation ___________________________________ 11
Operating Procedures _______________________________ 11
Latching the DX Connector ___________________________ 11

Unlatching the DX Connector ________________________ 12
Emergency Unlatch Procedure ________________________ 13
Replacing the VX/VT Ring Gasket Subsea ____________ 14
Post-Operational Procedures ________________________ 17
DX Connector ________________________________________ 17
Test Stump __________________________________________ 18
+
SS 0600/11
Technical Data ______________________________________ 19
2-602835-04 18-3/4” 10M Hydraulic DX-10 LMRP Con-

nector x 18-3/4” 15M STD Up
2-603836-04 18-3/4” DX-10 LMRP Mandrel w/VX/VT
Gasket Prep x 18-3/4” 10M FLG Down
2-603041-02 18-3/4” 10M DX Test Stump w/H-4 Profile
and VX/VT Gasket Prep Up x 18-3/4” 15M
bc on 2.5” thk Circular Base Plate Down
SS 0600/11
ii DX CONNECTOR SYSTEM 120607ML/ML/E
18-3/4" 10,000 PSI HYDRAULIC DX SUBSEA
LMRP CONNECTOR FOR 27" H-4 PROFILE
SUGGESTED PROCEDURE
• 18-3/4" 10,000 psi Hydraulic DX Subsea LMRP Con-

nector with 18-3/4" 15,000 psi Studded Flange Up x
H-4 Down
• Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mechanism (Qty Two, Sub-
Assembly)
• Test Stump with H-4 27" Mandrel Wellhead Profile
• VX/VT (bottom) and BX-164 (top) Ring Gaskets
Note: A VX gasket is also compatible if the VX/VT

gasket is not available.
• Independent Hydraulic Pressure Source (3,000 psi

Pump)
All components of the Hydraulic DX LMRP Connector System

are carefully inspected at DRIL-QUIP’s manufacturing facili-
ties before shipping. Pre-operational procedures are sug-
gested to ensure the equipment is not damaged due to ship-
ping and handling, and to ensure all necessary components
are available and in good working order when the equipment
is used. If any of the following checks are suspect, contact
the nearest DRIL-QUIP office.
SS 0600/11
18-3/4" 10,000 psi Hydraulic DX LMRP Connector

cation of the 18-3/4" 10,000 psi Hydraulic DX Subsea
LMRP Connector (DX Connector) components. Record
the part number and serial number for the permanent
well file. Verify the bottom of the DX Connector is com-
patible with the mandrel (27" H-4 profile) on the lower
marine riser package (LMRP), and the top is compatible
with its mating component.
POSITION INDICATOR
COVER PLATE
GASKET PREP
CAM RING
SEGMENT
SECONDARY
RELEASE HYDRATE
PISTON DIVERSION
O-RING
Figure 1. 18-3/4" 10,000 psi Hydraulic DX LMRP Connector (gasket and

mandrel shown in dashed line)
2. Clean the DX Connector to remove any debris or excess

grease. Inspect the ring gasket prep. The VX/VT gasket
prep provides the seal between the DX Connector and
the mandrel, and must be free of any damage which
could cause a potential leak path.
3. Clean and inspect the studded flange top of the DX

Connector. Ensure the BX-164 ring groove is undam-
aged and all studs/nuts are lubricated and in good
working order.
4. Check the torque on the ferry cap screws on top of the

DX Connector. Ensure the torque (300 - 350 ft-lb) is in
accordance with the appropriate notation on the DX
Connector assembly drawing.
SS 0600/11
TURNTABLE
REDUNDANT
HYDRATE PROTECTION CONTROL PORTS
FLUSHOUT PORT
GASKET RETAINER
OUTLET F/HYDRATE LOCKING HANDLE
PROTECTION W/POPPET (4 PLCS)
VALVE
POSITION
LUBRICATION INDICATOR
PORT (6 @ 60°)
SECONDARY
LATCH UNLATCH
UNLATCH
Figure 2. 18-3/4" 10,000 psi Hydraulic DX LMRP Connector, top view.
The upper body flange is not shown.
5. Inspect the hydraulic lines running from the pressure

source to the 1/2" SAE LATCH, UNLATCH, and SEC-
ONDARY UNLATCH control sub ports on the outer
body. The hydraulic lines should be free of damage or
leaks. Inspect any fittings to ensure they are tight. Refer
to Figure 2.
6. Inspect the position indicator POSITION

INDICATOR
sub-assembly. When the DX BAR
Connector is in the unlocked
position, the indicator arm POSITION
will align with the UNLOCK INDICATOR
COLLET
stripe on the OD of the upper
body. The position indicator CAM RING
can be installed in only one
port through the cover plate Figure 3. Detail of the position
of the DX Connector. Refer to indicator (Connector locked)
Figure 3.
a. To remove the position indicator, back out the cap

screw and remove the indicator arm, back out and
remove the retainer gland and its eccentric ring.
Back the indicator bar out of the collet approxi-
mately eight to ten turns. Pull the collet out of its
groove on the cam ring. Some force may be required
to collapse the bottom of the collet during retrieval.
b. To re-install the collet, position it above the indicator

port, and push the collet into place. Some resistance
will be experienced as the bottom of the collet is
collapsed and forced into the cam ring groove.
SS 0600/11
c. Thread the position indicator bar into the collet. As
the bar is rotated in, the bar locks the collet in place.
The collet should be re-installed while the DX Con-
nector is unlatched.
d. Re-install the eccentric ring and its retainer gland in

the position indicator port. Re-install the indicator
arm and its cap screw.
7. Determine the position of the four gasket retainer lock-

ing handles. When looking down on the top of the DX
Connector, the visible stencilled letters will indicate the
release (REL) or retain (RET) position.
a. Verify the handles GASKET RETAINER

operate properly. LOCKING HANDLE
In the RET posi-

tion, each handle
moves a dog into a UPPER BODY
profile on the ring
gasket OD to se-
cure the gasket in
place. Refer to LATCH SEGMENTS
Figure 4.
GASKET
b. Lubricate the
linkage on the MANDREL
gasket retainer
locking handles Figure 4. Detail of a gasket retainer
thoroughly to
prevent corrosion.
SS 0600/11
8. Ensure the Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mechanism is
properly installed. This add-on system utilizes two
hydraulic cylinders. The turntable uses four linkage
pins to secure the four locking handles to the main
body of the turntable. The turntable is captured at the
top of the DX Connector with four retainer blocks. The
pedestals are connected to the back ends of the hydrau-
lic cylinders by means of a washer and heavy hex nut.
The hydraulic cylinders are secured to the turntable by
shoulder screws, washers, and nuts. Refer to Figure 5.

LATCHING HANDLE RETAINER
FLUSHOUT PORT
(INLET)
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
FLUSHOUT PORT
(OUTLET W/
POPPET VALVE)
PIVOT PIN
TURNTABLE
PEDESTAL &
HEAVY HEX NUT
LINKAGE PINS
POSITION INDICATOR
Figure 5. Top view of the Gasket Retainer Mechanism. The turntable is

shown in the RETAIN position.
Note: DRIL-QUIP recommends the Hydraulic Gasket

Retainer Mechanism and the hydraulic cylinders both
be placed in the REL position when installing the
Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mechanism. The gasket
retainer handles will be damaged if the system is in-
stalled incorrectly, such as, the hydraulic cylinders are
in the extended position (REL) and the gasket retainer
handles are in the RET position.
SS 0600/11
a. To check the movement of the turntable and gasket
retainers, disconnect the hydraulic cylinders and
function the turntable by hand. Minimal force is
required to rotate the turntable through its range of
travel. Adjust the turntable retainers, if necessary.

1/8" NPT
ALEMITE b. Inspect the rod connections of the hydraulic cylin-
FITTING
ders to confirm the shoulder screws, washers, and
nuts are installed to join the cylinders to the turn-
table weldment.
c. Inspect the four turntable retainers to ensure the

cap screws are installed tightly. Pump general-pur-
Figure 6. Detail of a pose grease into the retainers using the Alemite
turntable retainer fittings. Refer to Figure 6.
showing catch pin
and Alemite fitting d. Inspect the rods on the hydraulic cylinders to ensure
they are retracted and all gasket retainer locking
handles are in the RET position.
e. Inspect the hydraulic lines and couplings for kinks,

cuts, and leaks.
9. Connect two hydraulic lines to the 1/2" NPT ports on

the cylinders. The hydraulic cylinders have a maximum
working pressure of 3,000 psi. The connection nearest
the turntable tab is the retain port and the other con-
nection is the release port. Refer to Figure 7.
RELEASE PORT HYDRAULIC RETAIN PORT

Figure 7. Hydraulic cylinder (typ 2 @ 180°) with

RELEASE and RETAIN ports
SS 0600/11
10. Function test the hydraulic release mechanism by first
pressurizing the release port. As the cylinders extend,
the turntable rotates over the DX Connector, moving
the handles clockwise from retain to release. Vent the
pressure from the release port and pressurize the retain
port to move the handles counterclockwise and back to
retain.

11. Verify the VX/VT ring gasket is installed. The ring gas-
ket provides the seal between the DX Connector and the
wellhead mandrel. The gasket must be free of any dam-
a. If the VX/VT gasket is installed, remove it.
b. Clean and inspect the sealing surface for any dam-

c. If the VX/VT gasket is serviceable, re-install it. Oth-

erwise, install a new VX/VT gasket.
12. Verify the hydrate diversion O-ring is in place in the ID

of the lower body. The O-ring should be smooth, pliable,
and free of cuts or cracks. Any protrusions could indi-
cate the presence of debris trapped underneath. Re-
place any suspect O-rings if necessary. Refer to
Figure 8.
HYDRATE DIVERSION
O-RING
Figure 8. Hydrate
diversion O-ring
SS 0600/11
13. Inspect the segment spreaders in the ID of the DX Con-
nector. Verify the segment retaining screws are securely
torqued (800 - 1,000 ft-lb) in accordance with the DX
Connector drawing. Refer to Figure 9.
SEGMENT
SPREADER
SEGMENT
RETAINING
SCREW
14. Closely inspect the latch segments. Look for any dam-
age which could prevent the latch segments from engag-
ing the profile on the mandrel. Verify the latch seg-
ments are in the unlatched (retracted) position.

moving parts (such as the latch segments and segment
spreaders), should be thoroughly coated with a saltwa-
ter-resistant, high-quality lubricant. DRIL-QUIP rec-
ommends ALCO-EP-73 PLUS™. Refer to Table 1 for
lubricant properties.
15. If the SECONDARY UNLATCH is designed to operate

with an ROV hot stab, confirm the isolation valve and
the ROV hot stab are compatible with the ROV equip-
ment on board. Inspect the control lines running from
the hot stab receptacle to the 1/2" SAE SECONDARY
UNLATCH port. Check all fittings for leakage or damage.
16. Perform a function test and check for leaks. The stan-
dard operating pressure is 1,500 psi with a maximum
allowable operating pressure of 3,000 psi.

SS 0600/11
Test Stump
1. Refer to the assembly drawing for identification of the

Test Stump components. Record the part number and
serial number for the permanent well file.
2. Remove the can protector from the Test Stump.
3. Remove the seal protector from the VX/VT gasket seal

area on the top face of the Test Stump.
a. Clean and inspect the gasket seal area.
b. Ensure the metal seal area is free of any damage.

Any indications can be smoothed away with fine
emery cloth.
c. Re-install the seal protector.
4. Re-install the can protector when storing the Test

Stump.
Installing the DX Connector in the Riser
1. Using appropriate lifting techniques and equipment,

move the DX Connector into position to be mated with
the riser.
a. Ensure the studded connection at the top of the DX

Connector and the flange of its mating component
are compatible (18-3/4" 15,000 psi BX-164 flange).
Note: The DX Connector requires no specific orienta-

tion. DRIL-QUIP recommends the customer consider
visibility of the position indicator and the optional ROV
hot stab receptacle access when orienting the DX
Connector in the riser.
2. Use appropriate hoisting equipment to lift and position

the riser component over the DX Connector.
3. Ensure the ring grooves and gasket are clean, dry, and
undamaged. Install the new BX-164 ring gasket in the
groove on top of the DX Connector.
SS 0600/11
4. Slowly lower the component onto the DX Connector,
ensuring the studs stab into the holes in the flange.
5. Install the nuts onto the lubricated studs and make up

the flange squarely and evenly in a star pattern. Torque
in increments of approximately 200 - 300 ft-lb
(±50 ft-lb) either until all nuts are torqued to
7,047 ft-lb, or until the raised face of the flange makes
even contact completely around with the raised face of
the studded flange.
Greasing Procedure
Note: The six 1/2" NPT ports on the cover plate can be
used in conjunction with a hard-plumbed greasing
system. Pumping grease through the port channels
grease around the latch segment area inside the cam
ring and around to each of the six latching segments.
1. Fully UNLATCH the connector and lock in the UN-

LATCH pressure.
2. Remove the 1/2" NPT plug from a lubrication port on

the top plate of the DX Connector. Refer to Figure 10.
3. Attach a grease pump (or greasing system) to the 1/2"

NPT port.
LUBRICATION
4. Pump grease until PORT W/ 1/2"
NPT PLUG
a return is ob- (6 @ 60°)
served around the
latch segments (20 FLUSHOUT PORT
to 25 gallons of INLET
grease may be
required).
5. Cycle the DX POSITION

Connector two to INDICATOR
three times to help
spread the grease Figure 10. Hydraulic DX Subsea LMRP
inside the DX Connector top view
Connector. If
applicable, re-install the 1/2" NPT solid plug.
SS 0600/11
Note: The greasing operation is performed at the sur-
face, while corrosion inhibitor injection is performed
after the Connector has been latched subsea.
Hydrate Mitigation
Refer to Figure 10. The DX Connector can be filled with

corrosion inhibitor fluid through the 1/2" NPT port on the
flushout port inlet. Returns are detected at the poppet valve.
Hard-plumbing for this feature is supplied by the drilling
contractor.
Operating Procedures
Latching the DX Connector
Note: The maximum latching angle of the DX Connec-

tor is approximately ±5° (10° included angle). The
maximum release angle is approximately ±10° (20°
included angle).
1. Install the DX Connector in the riser per the customer

prognosis.
2. Pressurize the UNLATCH port before landing to ensure

the latching segments are fully retracted.
3. Land the DX Connector according to rig operations.
a. With 20,000 to 80,000 lb down (depending upon the

offset angle), latch the DX Connector to the mandrel
by venting the UNLATCH pressure and applying
pressure to the LATCH function. Maximum operating
pressure is 1,500 psi.
Note: DRIL-QUIP recommends blocking the pressure

in the LATCH function.
b. Ensure the fluid in the UNLATCH and SECONDARY

UNLATCH system is able to vent.
SS 0600/11
• At 1,500 psi operating pressure, total pre-load is
approximately 3.00 million pounds, resulting in a
hub separation value of approximately 4.14 million
pounds.
• Latching pressure does not need to be maintained

during operations. However, an approximate reduc-
tion of 30% can be expected in the pre-load if the DX
Connector is latched with 1,500 psi, the pressure is
bled off, and then the function is blocked.
• Locking the 1,500 psi in place maximizes the pre-

load.
4. Observe the position indicator on the DX Connector. In

the latched position, the indicator arm will align with
the LOCK stripe (±1/4", dictated by cam ring travel).
5. Overpull 50,000 lb using the block.
6. Test the VX/VT ring gasket to maximum working pres-

sure per customer requirements. Leaks are detected at
the poppet valve.
Unlatching the DX Connector
1. While maintaining 20,000 lb down, vent the LATCH

circuit and pressurize the primary UNLATCH system to
1,500 psi.
Note: The primary UNLATCH system has a 25% hy-

draulic advantage over LATCH and will release the DX
Connector. The segment spreaders will mechanically
drive the latch segments away from the mandrel pro-
file.
2. Observe the position indicator arm on the DX Connec-

tor. The indicator arm will align with the UNLOCK
stripe to indicate the unlatched position.

the mandrel.
SS 0600/11
Note: In the unlikely event the DX Connector does not
unlatch, proceed to the Emergency Unlatch Proce-
dure.
Emergency Unlatch Procedure
Note: The SECONDARY UNLATCH port can be tied

directly to an ROV hot stab or run from a separate
function in the pods. The SECONDARY UNLATCH
system is completely independent of the primary
UNLATCH system and does not share any of the same
components.
• The UNLATCH and SECONDARY UNLATCH should

not be operated simultaneously; there is no additive
force.
• The SECONDARY UNLATCH has an 88% hydraulic

advantage over LATCH and will unlock the DX Con-
nector even if there are major mechanical problems
with the LATCH system.
1. Ensure the LATCH and UNLATCH functions are vented.
2. If the SECONDARY UNLATCH is designed to be oper-

ated by the ROV, use the ROV to open the ball valve
accessing the SECONDARY UNLATCH. Install the hot
stab and apply 1,500 psi (3,000 psi maximum).

Note: If the system does not have an ROV interface,

function the SECONDARY UNLATCH from the BOP
control panel.

The indicator arm will align with the UNLOCK stripe to
indicate the unlatched position.

the Wellhead mandrel.
SS 0600/11
CAUTION: Do not apply an overpull while attempting
an emergency UNLATCH. The sudden lifting of the DX
Connector could damage the ROV.
Replacing the VX/VT Ring Gasket Subsea
The Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mechanism is normally oper-

ated through the control line. However, if the rig lacks suffi-
cient hydraulic capabilities, this system can be run using
ROV hot stabs. Provision for ROV hot stabs must be made
before the equipment leaves DRIL-QUIP.
1. If the ROV is to be used, insert the ROV hot stab into

the receptacle tied to the release side of the Hydraulic
Gasket Retainer Mechanism.
2. Apply 1,500 psi (3,000 psi maximum) to stroke out the

hydraulic cylinders which drive the turntable on the DX
Connector. As the turntable rotates clockwise, it re-
leases the VX/VT ring gasket by moving the four gasket
retainer locking handles to the release position. Refer to
Figure 11.
SS 0600/11
Note: The hydraulic cylinder body is stainless steel.
Normal operating pressure is 1,500 psi with a maxi-
mum rated pressure of 3,000 psi.

LATCHING HANDLE RETAINER
FLUSHOUT PORT
(INLET)
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
LUBRICATION PORT
(OUTLET W/
POPPET VALVE)
PIVOT PIN
TURNTABLE
PEDESTAL &
HEAVY HEX NUT
POSITION INDICATOR
Figure 11. Top view of the Gasket Retainer Mechanism. The gasket
retainer locking handles are shown in the RELEASE position. The ROV hot
stab receptacle is not shown.
3. Unlatch the DX Connector, referring to the Unlatching

the DX Connector section. Pick up the DX Connector
far enough to provide adequate clearance for the ROV to
operate around the wellhead mandrel.
4. Request the ROV to carefully remove the used ring

gasket from the mandrel.
CAUTION: Special care should be taken during this

process to prevent damage to the gasket prep area.
SS 0600/11
Note: The ROV operator should have specially de-
signed equipment to perform this task. If special
equipment is not available, an alternative is to leave
the ring gasket locked in place until after the DX Con-
nector is unlatched and moved off location. Then the
ring gasket can be released to fall to the sea floor
where it can be retrieved when convenient.
5. Request the ROV to place the new ring gasket on the

mandrel.
Note: Precautions should be taken to protect the gas-

ket prep area of the Wellhead mandrel.
6. Re-position the rig if necessary and re-land the DX

Connector.
7. Request the ROV to install the hot stab into the retain
receptacle on the DX Connector and apply 1,500 psi
maximum. Pressure applied to the retain receptacle
causes the hydraulic cylinders to stroke in and rotate
the turntable on the DX Connector counterclockwise.
The rotation moves the gasket retainer locking handles
to the retain position.
8. Latch the DX Connector using the Latching the DX

Connector section presented earlier in this procedure.
SS 0600/11
Post-Operational Procedures
DX Connector
Note: DRIL-QUIP recommends using ALCO-EP-73

PLUS™ saltwater-resistant grease when servicing the
DX Connector. Refer to Table 1 for lubricant proper-
ties.
1. Using fresh water, flush the inside of the DX Connector.
a. Remove the plug from the flushout port inlet and

remove the poppet valve from the flushout port out-
let on the cover plate of the DX Connector. Flush the
area inside the cam ring.
b. Pack the area with grease and stroke the DX Con-

nector to transfer the grease throughout the cavity.
2. Inspect the latch segments for signs of wear. Coat the

latch segments with high-quality grease.
3. Remove the VX/VT ring gasket.
4. Cycle the DX Connector repeatedly to flush the LATCH

and UNLATCH chambers. Fill the cavities with corro-
sion inhibitor if the DX Connector will be stored for a
long period of time.
5. Replace the hydrate diversion O-ring.
6. Store the DX Connector as appropriate for operations or

anticipated length of storage.
SS 0600/11
Test Stump
1. Drain the water from the Test Stump.
2. Clean and inspect the gasket seal area at the top of the
Test Stump.
a. Ensure the metal seal area is free of any damage.
b. Grease the seal area and re-install the seal protector.
3. Clean and inspect the tool joint adapter.
a. Check the box and pin threads for damage and re-
pair the threads as necessary.
b. Check the O-rings for any damage which could affect

sealing integrity. Replace the O-rings if necessary.
c. Lubricate the box and pin threads, re-install the box

thread protector, and re-install the tool joint adapter
into the Test Stump.
4. Re-install the can protector.
SS 0600/11
Technical Data
Table 1. Technical Data for ALCO-EP-73 PLUS™
Dropping Point
500°F (260°C)
(ASTM D-566)
Flash Point
> 430°F (221°C)
(ASTM D-92)
NLGI Grade 2
Penetration @ 77°F
265 to 295
(ASTM D-217)
1A
(ASTM D-4048)
Shell 4-Ball
(ASTM D-2596)
Weld Point, kgf 315
Load Wear Index 38
Wear Scar Diameter
0.7
(ASTM D-2266)
(ASTM D-942)
Base Oil Viscosity
(ASTM D-445)
cSt @ 40°C 90 to 110
SS 0600/11
Table 2. Technical Data for the 18-3/4" 10,000 psi DX Connector

Weight 12,000 lb (5443,1 kg)
4.75 in. (120.7 mm)

Stroke
5.25 in. Max
Connector Operating Pressure 1,500 psi (103 bar)

3.00 X 1,000,000 lb
Preload @ 3,000 psi
(13344,6 kN)
4.14 X 1,000,000 lb
Load @ Hub Separation
(18415,6 kN)
Max Bending Moment* 4.00 X 1,000,000 ft-lb

(0 psi int. pressure) @ Hub Separation (5423,3 kN-m)

(@ Working Pressure) @ Hub Separation (3565,8 kN-m)
3.84 X 1,000,000 lb
Tension to Hub Separation (@ Working Pressure)
(17081,1 kN)


* R for Bending Moment Conversion =

TEQV = 2(M)/R
OD Radius of the Latch Segment
SS 0600/11
REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF
WELLHEAD CONNECTOR WITH H-4 PROFILE
SUGGESTED PROCEDURE
Table of Contents
Disassembly Procedures _____________________________ 5
Assembly Procedures ________________________________ 8
Function and Pressure Test Procedures _____________ 14
Technical Data ______________________________________ 20
2-602834-04 18-3/4” 15M Hydraulic DX/DW-15

Wellhead Connector x 18-3/4” 15M STD
Up
2-603600-02 18-3/4” 15M DX/DW Test Stump w/H-4
Profile Mandrel and VX/VT Gasket Prep
SS 0600/08/01
REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF
WELLHEAD CONNECTOR WITH H-4 PROFILE
SUGGESTED PROCEDURE

• Hydraulic DX-DW Subsea Wellhead Connector with
Studded Top
• Remote-Actuated Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mecha-
nism System (Qty Two)
• Test Stump (per Connector bottom)
• Ring Gaskets (per Connector bottom)
• Complete Set of All Elastomeric Seals
• Replacement Wear Ring
• Assembly Guide Rod (Optional)
• Impact Wrench, Torque Wrench, and 12-point Sockets
sized 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-3/4", 1-13/16", and 2"
• Assorted Lifteyes and Bolts for handling parts: 3/4", 1",
1-1/4", 1-1/2", 1-3/4", and 2"
DRIL-QUIP recommends a complete rebuild be performed a

minimum of once every 36 months to replace all seals and
inspect all parts for signs of damage, including all stressed
or pressure-containing bolting.
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the opera-

tions in this procedure be performed without the assis-
tance and supervision of a qualified DRIL-QUIP repre-
sentative. All repair operations described in this docu-
ment must be performed only by persons qualified
under API Recommended Practice 14H and ISO 10419.
Violating these conditions may compromise the war-
ranty agreement.
DRIL-QUIP recommends these procedures be performed

under clean conditions of a controlled environment. Refer to
the appropriate assembly drawings as needed for informa-
tion. This document details the operations for complete
disassembly and re-assembly of the 18-3/4" 15,000 psi
Hydraulic DX-DW Subsea Wellhead Connector (DX Connec-
tor).
SS 0600/08/01
For the purposes of these operations, it will be assumed the

DX Connector has been retrieved to the surface and removed
from the lower marine riser package (LMRP).
1. Set the DX Connector in a convenient place for indepen-

dent handling.
POSITION INDICATOR
COVER PLATE
CAM RING GASKET PREP
SEGMENT

SECONDARY
RELEASE
HYDRATE
PISTON
DIVERSION O-RING
Figure 1. 18-3/4" 15,000 psi Hydraulic DX-DW Wellhead Connector

cation of the DX Connector components. Clean the DX
ACCESS PORTS FOR WASH- Connector to remove any excess debris or grease.
ING/LUBRICATION (TYP 6)
3. Remove the 3" studs, clean, and inspect the threads in

the top studded flange of the DX Connector upper body.
Inspect the threads for damage and repair as necessary.
Apply a general-purpose grease or thread compound.
4. Inspect the 1" NPT threads in the operation control

subs (two of each, 180° apart) on the outer body. Leave
all six ports open (unplugged) throughout disassembly
OPERATION PORTS
(2 EA @ 180°)
and re-assembly. Refer to Figure 2.
Figure 2. Connector cut-
away top view
SS 0600/08/01
Note: There is a specific orienta- INDICATOR
tion requirement which must be ARM
maintained between the cover
plate ports and the cam ring.
Proper component alignment is JAM NUT
provided by the positioning and

installation of either the flushout INDICATOR
ADJUSTMENT
port sub, which includes four SCREW
spring pins and a retainer nut,
RETAINER
or the assembly guide rod, which GLAND
can occupy the same area as the
flushout port sub. ECCENTRIC
RING
5. Refer to Figure 3. Locate the POSITION

INDICATOR
position indicator sub-assembly BAR
just outboard of the turntable OD.
Back off the top jam nut and POSITION
INDICATOR
remove the indicator arm. Remove COLLET
the assembly by backing out the
CAM RING
retainer gland, removing the ec-
centric ring, and rotating the Figure 3. Detail of the
indicator rod out of the indicator position indicator (Connec-
collet 8 to 10 turns left-hand. Pull tor latched)
the collet out of its groove on top
of the cam ring. Set these components aside for later re-
installation. GASKET RETAINER
LOCKING HANDLE
Note: Do not remove
the flushout sub at this
time. It will provide UPPER BODY
alignment for cam ring
orientation during re-
assembly, and it can be
serviced from the upper
LATCH SEGMENTS
side.
6. The turntable, linkage

pins, gasket retainers, MANDREL
gasket retainer locking
handles, and hex nuts of Figure 4. Detail of a gasket retainer
the Hydraulic Gasket locking handle in the RETAIN position
Retainer Mechanism are
installed on the upper body. If applicable, these parts
will be pre-installed in the upper body replacement part
at the DRIL-QUIP factory. Refer to Figure 4.
SS 0600/08/01
PEDESTAL &
HEAVY HEX NUT UNLOCK
SWIVEL HOIST LOCK

RINGS (4)
PIVOT PINS (2)
INDICATOR BRACKET
(CUTAWAY, 2)
Figure 5. Side view of the Gasket Retainer Mechanism with turntable

shown in the RELEASED position and the Connector locked
Note: The position of the gasket retainers is shown by

indicator brackets bolted to the turntable. According to
position, the brackets reveal the stencilled words RE-
LEASED or RETAINED on the neck of the upper body.
7. Refer to Figure 5. Locate the two hydraulic cylinders.
a. Remove the hex nuts, washers, and shoulder bolts

attaching the cylinder rods to the turntable. Set the
parts aside for later re-installation.
b. Remove the hex nuts and washers from the pedes-

tals.
c. Lift the cylinders off the pedestals and set the parts
aside for later re-installation.
d. Remove the pedestals from their holes in the outer

body and set aside for later re-installation.
8. Locate the turntable retainers mounted on the cover

plate. Remove the two 1" ferry head cap screws from
each of the four retainers. Set the turntable retainers
and their screws aside for later re-installation.
SS 0600/08/01
9. Install a suitable protector to the top end of the upper
body. Move the DX Connector to a pre-arranged work
area and set down in the inverted (bottom up) position.
Note: With the turntable retainers removed, the turn-

table with its four linkage pins will disengage from the
four gasket retainer locking handles and the turntable
will fall against the upper body flange. Detailed proce-
dures for re-engagement of these components during
re-installation will be given in the Assembly Proce-
dures section.
Disassembly Procedures
1. Once the DX Connector is set up in the work area, use

a wrench with 2" socket to remove the thirty 2" x 5-1/2"
ferry head cap screws holding the lower body to the
outer body.
Note: The lower body carries a mandrel adapter sleeve

in its ID, secured with eight 3/4" ferry cap screws. At
some time before re-assembly, remove the screws,
extract the adapter sleeve, and replace the O-rings on
both the lower body and adapter sleeve. Re-assemble
to handle these components as a single piece during
re-installation on the outer body.
2. Locate the four 1-1/2" tapped holes in the same bolt

circle as the removed screws. Run four bolts into the
tapped holes to jack apart the lower body and outer
body. The lower body can then be lifted clear of the
outer body. Set the lower body aside and replace all
elastomeric seals as shown in the assembly drawing.
Note: Refer to the detailed instructions in the Assem-

bly Procedures section for installation of lip seals and
lip seal rings.
3. Use lifting eyes as necessary to extract the secondary

release piston from the Connector housing. Set the
piston on the work bench and replace all elastomeric
seals as shown in the assembly drawing.
SS 0600/08/01
4. Use a punch (11/64") to tap the .187" x 1" spring pins
into the segment spreaders until the screws can be
rotated. The pins are located near the bottom of the hex
head of the segment retainer screws and prevent the
screws from rotating.
Note: After segment spreader removal, use a long

punch to push the spring pins out the front of the
spreaders for recovery and later re-installation.
SEGMENT
SPREADER
SEGMENT
RETAINING
SCREW
5. Refer to Figure 6. Use the impact wrench to remove the

segment retainer screws (1-13/16" hex). As the screws
are loosened, the latch ring dog segments and segment
spreaders will be able to fall out. While the first screw is
removed, support the latching dogs on both sides of the
screw being removed. For each subsequent screw, sup-
port the dog held in place by that particular screw.
Note: The latch ring dog segments are a matched set

and must be re-installed in the same position. Make a
paint stick mark on the cam ring where the first screw
is removed. Set each of the segments aside in the exact
order they were removed. If the stenciled numbers on
the segments are unreadable, mark each segment
numerically with a paint stick to facilitate keeping the
segments in proper order for re-installation.
SS 0600/08/01
6. Use lifting eyes as necessary to carefully lift the cam
ring clear of the outer body. Set the cam ring aside and
replace all elastomeric seals as shown in the assembly
drawing. Replace the slydring as shown in the assembly
drawing.
Note: If the upper body is not being replaced, skip to

the Assembly Procedures section. If the upper body is
being replaced, continue with the following disassem-
bly procedures.
7. Use a wrench to remove the twenty-four 1-3/4" x 4-1/4"

ferry cap screws holding the cover plate to the upper
body.
8. Once the 24 screws are removed and set aside, use

lifteye bolts or cap screws in the 2" tapped holes at the
upper end to lift the outer body and cover plate clear of
the upper body.
Note: There is a 1" x 2" LG dowel pin used as an align-

ment guide between the cover plate and the upper
body. Ensure the pin is either recovered once the cover
plate separates from the upper body, or remains in its
hole in the upper body.
9. Set the outer body/cover plate aside and turn it right

side up (cover plate up). The cover plate can be sepa-
rated from the outer body by removing the twenty-four
2" x 6-1/4" LG ferry head cap screws.
Note: There is no need to separate these parts unless

one is damaged. However, if dis-assembly is preferred,
paint-stripe the break prior to removal, replace both
cover plate O-rings, and re-assemble the cover plate
and outer body in exactly the same orientation as
before. There is another 1" dowel pin in the outer body
used to align the cover plate and outer body.
10. The turntable, gasket retainers, and handles are more

easily installed in the upper body as it stands alone. If
the upper body will be changed out, the replacement
upper body should have new gasket retainer parts pre-
installed prior to overall assembly.
SS 0600/08/01
Assembly Procedures
For the following assembly operations, it is assumed all

necessary parts are on location and prepared for installation.
Refer to the appropriate assembly drawings as needed. A
thin coat of viscous oil or very light (white lithium) grease
can be applied to all elastomeric seals to facilitate installa-
tion into their sealing chambers.
1. Lip seal-type elastomers will be installed in the follow-

ing manner. Refer to
MOVING COMPONENT
Figure 7.
PRESSURE ORIGIN
a. Ensure the seal
groove is com- LIP SEAL (FLAT ID)
pletely clean, dry,
and undamaged.
Determine the LIP SEAL RING (FLAT OD)
direction of the
pressure origin as
it affects the seal LIP SEAL RING (FLAT OD)
being installed.
LIP SEAL (FLAT ID)
b. Install the lip seal
in the groove with PRESSURE ORIGIN
its flat ID toward
the back of the Figure 7. Installation of lip seals and
groove, and with its lip seal rings
lips facing toward
the pressure origin.
Ensure the lip seal appears uniform all around.
c. Install the lip seal ring in the groove with its shorter
face filling out the flat end face of the lip seal, with
its flat OD encasing the lip seal, and its longest
(beveled) edge toward the pressure origin.
SS 0600/08/01
Note: Lip seal rings are made from hard Teflon and are
sensitive to installation techniques. Soften the rings by
soaking in hot water. The thermal coefficient of Teflon
will enlarge the diameter far greater than trying to
stretch them while cold. After being stretched to
achieve installation into the required position, they
must be allowed to recover their original dimensions,
which requires approximately five minutes. Ensure the
lip seal ring has snapped back to its original dimen-
sion, leaving no gaps between the lip seals and lip seal
rings, before proceeding with subsequent operations.
WARNING: If a hard Teflon lip seal ring is stretched

beyond 0.5% while cold, it will not return to the origi-
nal dimension and must be replaced.
d. Ensure the lip seal ring appears uniform all around

and mates properly with the contour of the lip seal.
2. Install a suitable protector on the top connection of the

upper body. Place the upper body in the work area in
the inverted (top down) position.
CAUTION: To ensure proper orientation of the upper

body, cover plate, cam ring, and outer body, verify
both 1" dowel pin holes, the position indicator sub-
assembly port, and the UNLATCH function port fall
along the same radius line when the DX Connector is
viewed from the top.
3. Locate the 1" dowel pin hole (or the pin) on the upper
body. The hole is located on the uppermost flat shoul-
der (where the cover plate lands) on the mid-OD. If not
in place, install the 1" dowel pin in its drilled hole.
4. Pre-assemble the cover plate to the upper body with the

position indicator port of the cover plate aligned with
the dowel pin in the upper body. Re-install the twenty-
four 1-3/4" x 4-1/4" LG ferry head cap screws and
apply 1,169 ft-lb torque to each screw.
SS 0600/08/01
5. Invert the cover plate/upper body assembly to the up-
right position.
a. Use lifteye bolts or flange studs to pick up the cover

plate/upper body and suspend it over the outer
body.
b. Orient the position indicator port in the cover plate

in line with the UNLATCH port in the outer body.
Note: Additionally, there is another 1" dowel pin in the

outer body used as an alignment guide between the
cover plate and the outer body. Ensure the pin is in-
stalled and the holes are aligned prior to mating the
cover plate and outer body.
c. Carefully lower the cover plate/upper body assembly

into the outer body and land it on the shoulder.
6. Secure the cover plate to the outer body by installing

twenty-four 2" x 6-1/4" LG ferry head cap screws and
apply 1,750 ft-lb torque to all 24 screws.
a. If not already done, re-install either the flushout sub

with its four spring pins in the cover plate port and
secure in place with its retainer nut, or use the
assembly guide rod in the same area.
Note: The flushout sub or assembly guide rod provide

correct alignment between the cover plate and cam
ring.
b. Re-install the poppet valve in the 1/2" NPT port

approximately 180° from the flushout port inlet.
c. Re-install all six 1/2" NPT hollow hex plugs in the

lubrication ports equi-spaced every 60° around the
cover plate.
Note: Verify at least three, if not all six, function ports

in the outer body are unplugged throughout re-assem-
bly operations.
7. Re-invert (outer body opening up) the upper body/cover

plate/outer body sub-assembly to continue Connector
re-assembly.
SS 0600/08/01
8. Inspect the cam ring and ensure the seals, wiper, and
wear ring have all been replaced with new components.
a. Locate, identify, and mark the flushout port hole

through from the top face groove to the lower ID
shoulder of the cam ring body.
b. Place the cam ring on its side to install lifteyes in the

bottom face.
c. Invert the cam ring (smallest OD down), taking care

not to damage the new seals.
d. Suspend the cam ring with its flushout port hole

aligned with the flushout port sub (or assembly
guide rod) in the cover plate.
e. Carefully lower the cam ring into the outer body,

taking care not to damage or dislodge the seals,
wiper, and slydring, or the flushout sub.
f. Ensure the cam ring penetrates completely into the

outer body and shoulders on the step inside the
outer body.

and must be installed in the established order. Note
the paint stick mark on the cam ring where the first
screw was removed. Install each of the segments in
EXACT order according to number. If the stenciled
numbers on the segments are unreadable, mark each
segment numerically with a paint stick to facilitate
keeping the segments in proper order for installation.
Note: Standard latch ring segments contain the

DRIL-QUIP DX profile at top and bottom. This particu-
lar Connector can be adapted to accommodate either
the 27" H-4 mandrel profile (by others) or the 30"
SHD-H4 (super heavy-duty, by others) mandrel profile.
Ensure the segments being installed are correct for the
connector and wellhead being used.
SS 0600/08/01
9. Slide the segment spreader over the segment retainer
screw with the counterbored end of the spreader to-
wards the hex head of the screw. Select the first latch
ring segment which will be installed.
a. Install the screw/spreader into the tapped hole in

the ID of the cam ring and apply torque of 700 to
750 ft-lb. Ensure the spring pin holes in the
spreader are pointing up and the wedge side is down
(Connector is inverted).
b. Place the first latch ring dog segment in position

against the spreader and support it while installing
the second screw/spreader. Remember the DX Con-
nector is inverted, so the finer-toothed end faces
down with latch teeth towards the ID.
c. Repeat Sub-step a and Sub-step b until all six latch

ring dog segments and spreaders have been in-
stalled.
10. Install the .187" spring pins in the six segment spread-
ers. Use the hole nearest the hex head flat of the seg-
ment retainer screw which is most accessible. Drive the
pin approximately 1/2" into the hole in the spreader.
11. Inspect the secondary unlatch piston and ensure the

seals have all been replaced with new components.
Insert the piston into the outer body with its smallest
OD down. It is not necessary to bottom out the piston
on the cam ring, but the top edge (largest OD) must
penetrate the outer body by at least 2-1/2" to allow
installation of the lower body.
12. Inspect the lower body and ensure the seals and wiper
have all been replaced with new components. Use lifteye
bolts or cap screws in the four 1-1/2" tapped holes to
lower the lower body into the outer body. Ensure the
seals and wiper do not become damaged or dislodged.
Install the thirty 2" x 5-1/2" LG ferry head cap screws
and apply torque of 1,750 ft-lb to each screw.
SS 0600/08/01
13. Use lifteyes and/or slings to turn the DX Connector
right side up. Install the four turntable retainers and
bolt in place securely with the 1" x 4-1/2" LG ferry head
cap screws. Pump general-purpose grease into all four
turntable retainer Alemite fittings.

FLUSHOUT PORT
PEDESTAL & HEAVY (INLET)
HEX NUT
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
LUBRICATION PORT
(OUTLET W/
POPPET VALVE)
TURNTABLE
PIVOT PIN
POSITION INDICATOR
Figure 8. Top View of the Gasket Retainer System. The gasket retainer
locking handles are shown in the RELEASE position. The ROV hot stab
receptacle is not shown.
14. Refer to Figure 8. Install the hydraulic cylinders for the

Gasket Retainer Mechanism. Place the cylinder ends
over the pedestals (with 1/2" NPT ports facing out) and
retain with the washers and hex nuts.
15. Install the cylinder rod pin ends to the turntable and
16. If applicable, move the DX Connector to an area appro-

priate for function testing.
SS 0600/08/01
Function and Pressure Test Procedures
Function testing will require a hydraulic pressure supply

source with the following size connections: 1" NPT male,
quantity of 3 total for LATCH, UNLATCH, and SECONDARY
UNLATCH; 1/2" NPT male, quantity of 4 total for Gasket
Mechanism RETAIN and RELEASE (two on each cylinder,
used one-at-a-time). If possible, use the BOP pod to function
test the DX Connector. For the purposes of this function
test, it will be assumed the pressure source is a single out-
put hydraulic pump capable of 5,000 psi. To properly control
spillage and assist in purging air pockets from the Connec-
tor, independent needle valves should be used in connection
with each of the three selected 1" NPT control function ports.
The Connector is equipped with three redundant ports 180°
from the preferred ports. The redundant ports should be
used for flushing of control fluid.
1. Refer to Figure 8. The DX Connector is equipped with

two Remote-Actuated Gasket Retainer Mechanism cyl-
inders. The following steps must be taken to ensure
proper operation of this system. Check the pedestal
connections of the hydraulic cylinders to confirm the
heavy hex nuts are hand-tight.
2. Check the rod pin end connections of the hydraulic

cylinders to confirm the pins are secured to the turn-
table weldment with washers and nuts.
3. Check the four turntable retainers to be sure the cap

screws are installed and are tight. Pump general-pur-
pose grease into the turntable retainers via the grease
fittings.
4. Check the rods on the hydraulic cylinders to be sure

the rods are retracted and all gasket retainer locking
handles are in the RETAIN position.
SS 0600/08/01
5. Connect four hydraulic lines to the 1/2" NPT ports on
the cylinders. These hydraulic cylinders have a working
pressure of 1,500 psi, with a 3,000 psi maximum. The
connection nearest the pedestal is the RELEASE (or
Extend) port and the other is the RETAIN (or Retract)
port. Refer to Figure 9.
RETAIN PORT HYDRAULIC RELEASE PORT

Figure 9. Hydraulic cylinder (typ 2 @ 180°)

with RELEASE and RETAIN ports

the next test step. DRIL-QUIP recommends performing
this procedure either on the Test Stump, before the
gasket is installed, or using the test to install the gas-
ket.
6. Function the hydraulic release mechanism by first

pressuring the Extend port to place the gasket retainer
locking handles in the RELEASE position, then release
the pressure from the Extend port and pressurize the
Retract port to return the handles to the RETAIN posi-
tion.
Note: Before landing the DX Connector on the Test

Stump or Wellhead, be sure the gasket retainer locking
handles are in the RELEASE position to avoid damage
to the gasket retainers.
7. If applicable, inspect the hydraulic lines running from

the BOP pod to the 1" NPT LATCH and the two
1" NPT UNLATCH ports on the DX Connector. The hy-
draulic hoses should be free of kinks, cuts, and cracks.
Check any fittings to ensure they are tight. Otherwise,
connect a needle valve to each of the three 1" NPT ports
and leave open.
SS 0600/08/01
8. The following steps will function test and pressure test,
as well as pre-fill and purge, all three chambers of the
latching system:
a. Locate a large can or bucket (20 gallon capacity) and

a short hose (6' to 10') which can be connected to the
needle valves.
b. Connect the pressure source to the needle valve in

the SECONDARY UNLATCH port of the DX Connec-
tor. Pump fluid into the chamber until the stripe on
the position indicator arm aligns with the UNLOCK
stripe. This verifies the Connector is in the fully
unlocked position.
c. Continue pumping until the pressure stabilizes at

3,000 psi. Observe stable pressure for five minutes.
Upon completion of successful testing, close the
needle valve, bleed off the pump, and disconnect the
pressure hose.
d. Connect the pressure hose to

the needle valve in the LATCH INDICATOR
port of the DX Connector. ARM
Connect the short hose to the
needle valve in the SECOND-
ARY UNLATCH port (still con- JAM NUT
tains 3,000 psi behind the

needle valve). Place the open INDICATOR
end of the short hose in the ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
bucket.
RETAINER
GLAND
e. Slowly open the needle valve
in the SECONDARY UNLATCH ECCENTRIC
RING
port to release the pressure in
a controlled manner into the POSITION
INDICATOR
bucket. Begin pressurizing the BAR
LATCH chamber with the
hydraulic pump. Refer to POSITION
INDICATOR
Figure 10. COLLET
CAM RING
Figure 10. Detail of the

position indicator (Connec-
tor latched)
SS 0600/08/01
f. Continue pumping until the pressure stabilizes at
3,000 psi. Check the position indicator. The black
band on the indicator arm will align (±1/4", dictated
by cam ring travel) with the LOCK stripe. This veri-
fies the Connector is in the fully latched position.
Observe stable pressure for five minutes. Upon
completion of successful testing, close the needle
valve, bleed off the pump, and disconnect the pres-
sure hose.
g. Connect the pressure hose to the needle valve in the

UNLATCH port of the DX Connector. Connect the
short hose to the needle valve in the LATCH port
(still contains 3,000 psi behind the needle valve).
Place the open end of the short hose in the bucket.
h. Slowly open the needle valve in the LATCH port to

release the pressure in a controlled manner into the
bucket. Begin pressurizing the UNLATCH chamber
with the hydraulic pump.
i. Pump fluid into the chamber until the stripe on the

position indicator arm aligns with the UNLOCK
stripe. This verifies the Connector is in the fully
unlocked position. Continue pumping until the pres-
sure stabilizes at 3,000 psi.
j. Observe stable pressure for five minutes. Upon

sure hose.
k. Connect the short hose to the needle valve in the

UNLATCH port (still contains 3,000 psi behind the
needle valve). Place the open end of the short hose in
the bucket. Slowly open the needle valve in the UN-
LATCH port to release the pressure in a controlled
manner into the bucket. Allow the pressure to ex-
haust, but DO NOT allow the chamber to drain. Due
to the size and weight of the internal components of
the Connector, the UNLATCH chamber must remain
full of fluid in order to maintain the unlatched posi-
tion.
SS 0600/08/01
9. Verify the hydrate diversion O-ring
is in place in the mandrel adapter HYDRATE DIVERSION
O-RING
of the DX Connector. The O-ring
should be smooth, pliable, and free
of cuts or cracks. Any protrusions
could indicate the presence of
debris trapped underneath. Re-
place any suspect O-rings. Refer to
Figure 11.
10. Check the segment spreaders in

the ID of the DX Connector. Ensure Figure 11. Hydrate
the segment retaining screws are diversion O-ring
secure (700 to 750 ft-lb). Refer to
Figure 12.
SEGMENT
SPREADER
SEGMENT
RETAINING
SCREW
Figure 12. Detail of typical segment spreader and segment retaining
screw
11. Closely inspect the latch ring segments for any damage
which could inhibit the latch ring segments from mat-
ing with the profile on the mandrel. Verify the latch ring
segments are in the unlatched (retracted) position.

moving parts, the latch ring segments and segment
spreaders, should be thoroughly coated with saltwater-
resistant high-quality lubricant. DRIL-QUIP recom-
mends Alco-EP-73 Plus™.
SS 0600/08/01
Greasing Procedure
1. Remove the 1/2" NPT plugs from any two lubrication

ports (180° apart) on the cover plate of the DX Connec-
tor. Refer to Figure 13.
1/2"-NPT LUBRICA- FLUSHOUT

TION PORTS (6 @ PORT (INLET)
EVERY 60°)
FLUSHOUT PORT
POPPET VALVE
(OUTLET)
POSITION
INDICATOR
Figure 13. DX-DW Connector top view
2. Attach a grease pump to either port and pump grease

into the Connector. Do not remove the position indica-
tor or flushout sub.
3. Function the Connector from the unlatched position to

the latched position, and back to the unlatched posi-
tion.
4. Pump grease again until a return is observed from the

open port. Twenty to thirty gallons may be required. Re-
install the 1/2" NPT plug in the port where a return of
grease is observed. Disconnect the grease pump and re-
install the 1/2" NPT plug in the remaining port.
5. Cycle the Connector two to three more times to distrib-

ute the grease.
SS 0600/08/01
Technical Data
Table 1. Technical Data for the 18-3/4" 15,000 psi DX-DW

Connector for 27" H-4 or 30" SHD-H4 mandrels

Weight 39,000 lb (17690,1 kg)
4.035 in. (102,5 mm)

Stroke
5.18 in. (131,6 mm) Max

3.54 X 1,000,000 lb
(15746,7 kN)
7.08 X 1,000,000 lb
(31493,4 kN)
Load @ Hub Separation (27" OD only) 4.81 X 1,000,000 lb

(21396 kN)
5.54 X 1,000,000 lb
27" Tension to Hub Separation (@ Working Pressure)
(24643,1 kN)


SS 0600/08/01
Table 2. Technical Data for the ALCO-EP-73 Plus™ Grease.
Dropping Point
500°F (260°C)
(ASTM D-566)
Flash Point
> 430°F (221°C)
(ASTM D-92)
NLGI Grade 2
Penetration @ 77°F
265 to 295
(ASTM D-217)
1A
(ASTM D-4048)
Shell 4-Ball
(ASTM D-2596)
Weld Point, kgf 315
Load Wear Index 38
Wear Scar Diameter
0.7
(ASTM D-2266)
(ASTM D-942)
Base Oil Viscosity
(ASTM D-445)
cSt @ 40°C 90 to 110
SS 0600/08/01
0 1 2-602834 18.75",CONN,"DX-DW"WLHD :ASD

1 1 2-603626-04 18.75",BDY,UPR :FMSS
2 1 2-602672-04 18.75",PL,CVR :FMSS
3 1 2-602670-04 18.75",BDY,OUT :FMSS
4 1 2-602658-04 18.75",BDY,LWR :FMSS
5 1 2-602665-04 18.75",RG,CAM,CONN,WLHD :FMSS
6 8 2-602718-02 18.75",BLCK,SLIDE,TRNTBLE:MASS
7 1 2-603051-02 18.75",SLV,MDRL ADPTR :FMSS
8 1 2-602667-04 18.75",PSTN,SEC RLSE :FMSS
9 1 2-603056-04 18.75",RG,SEGD LCH :FMSS
10 6 2-603971-02 18.75",SPRDR,SEG :MASS
11 6 2-603986-02 18.75",SCR,SEG SPRDR :MASS
12 4 2-602810-02 18.75",RTNR,GSKT :WFSS
13 4 2-602721-02 18.75",HDL,GSKT RTNR :MASS
14 4 917331-06 NUT,REGULAR HEX
15 1 2-603676-02 18.75",SCR,ADJ POSN IND :MASS
16 1 2-602855-02 18.75",CLT,ADJ POSN IND :MASS
17 1 2-602856-02 18.75",ROD,ADJ POSN IND :MASS
18 2 917170-06 NUT,JAM
19 1 2-699976 POSN IND GLAND :MA
20 1 2-602937-02 RING,INDICATOR;18.75"WLHD:MASS
21 6 917234-07 PLUG,HEX HEAD
22 6 905100-06 PLUG,HOLLOW HEX
23 6 2-602684-02 18.75",SUB,CNTL :MASS
24 1 2-602802-03 18.75",TRNTBLE,CONN :WDSS
25 4 2-602805-03 18.75",RTNR,TRNTBLE :FMSS
26 2 2-602807-02 18.75",PIN,LNKG :MASS
27 4 2-698809 18.75",CATCH,PIN :MA
* Spare Parts
B MXG DWN BY: RCD
CHKD BY: CEF SIZE
APP BY: GE
REL BY: RXN
28 4 916100-46 PIN,GROOVED
29 4 902357-13 SPRING,DIE
30 8 2-598492-241 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
31 4 909100-02 FITTING,GREASE
32 1 917311-12 WEAR RING,56.744" GRV DIA
43 1 2-903029-05 POLYPAK,DEEP
44 1 2-903029-06 POLYPAK,DEEP
45 1 2-903029-07 POLYPAK,DEEP
46 12 917155-147 O-RING
50 8 2-598492-175 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
51 16 2-598492-63 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
52 2 917263-04 PIN,SPRING
53 1 917267-05 O-RING,70 DUROMETER
56 1 2-602811-02 18.75",SUB,FLUSHOUT :MASS
57 1 2-602735-02 NUT,RTNR :MASS
58 4 917263-35 PIN,SPRING
59 1 901126-04 VALVE,RELIEF
60 2 2-602812-02 18.75",BRKT,IND :MASS
* Spare Parts
B MXG DWN BY: RCD
CHKD BY: CEF SIZE
APP BY: GE
REL BY: RXN
61 4 917449-06 RING,SWIVEL HOIST

62 2 2-602813-02 18.75",KIT,GSKT RTNR :SASS
63 8 917155-135 O-RING
64 1 902108-15 O-RING;70DURO,30.00"IDx.500"CS
65 1 917157-68 O-RING
66 1 917157-70 O-RING
67 1 917157-81 O-RING
68 1 2-603058-04 18.75",RG,CNTRLZR :FMSS
74 4 2-598492-61 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
75 2 913101-549 PIN,STRAIGHT
76 1 902108-04 O-RING;70DURO,27.00"IDx.500"CS
77 1 2-603677-02 18.75",ARM,POSN IND :MASS
79 1 2-900871-20 PLUG
80 8 2-598492-119 SCR,FERRY CAP :CD
81 6 2-604042-02 ADPTR,CAM RG :MASS
82 6 917263-34 PIN,SPRING
83 2 2-604061-02 18.75",SPLT RG,LCH SEG :MASS
84 1 2-604062-02 18.75",RG,SPCR :MASS
85 228" 903194-03 STOCK,O-RING, CORD
86 2 917109-259 SCREW,SOCKET HEAD CAP
ITEM NO. SPECIFICATION
1 Low Stress Stamp (Dwg Note 1):

DRIL-QUIP
P/N 2-602834-04 REV (Current rev level from Spec Sheet)
DWG 2-602834 (Current rev level from drawing)
S/N
ASSY
2 FT-377 Function Test.
3 Q392 Quality Plan.
* Spare Parts
B MXG DWN BY: RCD
CHKD BY: CEF SIZE
APP BY: GE
REL BY: RXN
REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF THE
18-3/4" 10,000 PSI HYDRAULIC DX SUBSEA LMRP
CONNECTOR WITH 27" H-4 PROFILE
SUGGESTED PROCEDURE
Table of Contents
Disassembly Procedures _____________________________ 5
Assembly Procedures ________________________________ 8
Function and Pressure Test Procedures _____________ 14
Technical Data ______________________________________ 20
2-602835-04 18-3/4” 10M Hydraulic DX-10 LMRP

Connector x 18-3/4” 15M STD Up
2-603041-02 18-3/4” 10M DX Test Stump w/H-4 Profile
and VX/VT Gasket Prep Up x 18-3/4” 15M
bc on 2.5” thk Circular Base Plate Down
SS 0600/11/01
REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF THE
18-3/4" 10,000 PSI HYDRAULIC DX SUBSEA LMRP
CONNECTOR WITH 27" H-4 PROFILE
SUGGESTED PROCEDURE
• Hydraulic DX LMRP Connector with Studded Top

• Remote-Actuated Hydraulic Gasket Retainer Mecha-
nism System (Qty Two)
• Test Stump (per Connector bottom)
• Ring Gaskets (per Connector bottom)
• Complete Set of All Elastomeric Seals
• Replacement Wear Ring
• Assembly Guide Rod (Optional)
• Impact Wrench and Torque Wrench with 12-point Im-
pact Sockets sized 1" and 5/8"
• Lifteye bolts for handling parts: 1-1/4"-7UNC (for Upper
Body), 3/4"-10UNC (for Lower Body)
DRIL-QUIP recommends a complete rebuild be performed a

minimum of once every 36 months to replace all seals and
inspect all parts for signs of damage, including all stressed
or pressure-containing bolting.
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the opera-

tions in this procedure be performed without the assis-
tance and supervision of a qualified DRIL-QUIP repre-
sentative. All repair operations described in this docu-
ment must be performed only by persons qualified
under API Recommended Practice 14H and ISO 10419.
Violating these conditions may compromise the war-
ranty agreement.
DRIL-QUIP recommends these procedures be performed

under clean conditions of a controlled environment. Refer to
the appropriate assembly drawings as needed for informa-
tion. This document details the operations for complete
disassembly and re-assembly of the 18-3/4" 10,000 psi
Hydraulic DX LMRP Connector (DX Connector).
SS 0600/11/01
For the purposes of these operations, it will be assumed the

DX Connector has been retrieved to the surface and removed
from the riser.
1. Set the DX Connector in a convenient place for indepen-

dent handling.
2. Refer to Figure 1 for identification of the DX Connector

components. Clean the DX Connector to remove any
excess debris or grease.
POSITION INDICATOR
COVER PLATE
GASKET PREP
CAM RING
SEGMENT
SECONDARY
RELEASE HYDRATE
PISTON DIVERSION
O-RING
Figure 1. 18-3/4" 10,000 psi Hydraulic DX LMRP Connector (gasket and

ACCESS PORTS FOR WASH- mandrel shown in dashed line)
ING/LUBRICATION (TYP 6)
3. Remove the 3" studs, clean, and inspect the threads in

the top flange of the DX Connector upper body. Inspect
the threads for damage and repair as necessary. Apply
a general-purpose grease or thread compound.
4. Remove any fittings or plugs and inspect the 1/2" SAE

threads in the operation ports (two of each at 180°
OPERATION PORTS
(2 EA @ 180°)
apart) on the outer body. Leave the ports open until re-
Figure 2. Connector cut-
assembly. Refer to Figure 2.
away top view
SS 0600/11/01
Note: There is a specific orientation requirement which
must be maintained between the upper body, cover
plate, cam ring, and outer body. Proper component
alignment is provided by the positioning and installa-
tion of either the flushout port sub, which includes
four spring pins and a retainer nut, or the assembly
guide rod, which occupies the same area as the
flushout port sub. The upper body, cover plate, and
outer body orientation is provided by two 1/2" spring
pins, whose cover plate holes fall on the same radius
as the position indicator port.
5. Refer to Figure 3. Locate

the position indicator sub- POSITION
INDICATOR
assembly just inboard of BAR
the turntable OD. Remove
the indicator by backing
POSITION
out the cap screw and INDICATOR
removing the indicator COLLET
arm, backing out the re-

CAM RING
tainer gland, removing the
eccentric ring, and rotating Figure 3. Detail of the position
the indicator bar out of the indicator (Connector locked)
indicator collet 8 to 10
turns left-hand. Pull the collet out of its groove on top of
the cam ring. Set the indicator components aside for
later re-installation.
Note: Do not remove the flushout sub at this time. It

will provide alignment for cam ring orientation during
re-assembly, and it can be serviced from the upper
side.
SS 0600/11/01
6. The turntable, linkage GASKET RETAINER
pins with spring pins, LOCKING HANDLE
gasket retainers,
gasket retainer lock-
ing handles, and hex UPPER BODY
nuts of the Hydraulic
Gasket Retainer
Mechanism are in-
stalled on the upper LATCH SEGMENTS
body. If applicable,
these parts will be GASKET
pre-installed in the
upper body replace- MANDREL
ment part at the
DRIL-QUIP factory. Figure 4. Detail of a gasket retainer
Refer to Figure 4.
7. Refer to Figure 5. Locate the two hydraulic cylinders.

FLUSHOUT PORT
(INLET)
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
FLUSHOUT PORT
(OUTLET W/
POPPET VALVE)
PIVOT PIN
TURNTABLE
PEDESTAL &
HEAVY HEX NUT
LINKAGE PINS
POSITION INDICATOR
Figure 5. Top view of the Gasket Retainer Mechanism. The turntable is

shown in the RETAIN position.
a. Remove the hex nuts, washers, and shoulder bolts

attaching the cylinder rods to the turntable. Set the
parts aside for later re-installation.
b. Remove the hex nuts and washers from the pedes-

tals.
SS 0600/11/01
c. Lift the cylinders off the pedestals and set the parts
aside for later re-installation.
d. Remove the pedestals from their holes in the outer

body and set aside for later re-installation.
8. Locate the turntable retainers mounted on the cover

plate. Remove the two 5/8" ferry head cap screws from
each of the four retainers. Set the turntable retainers
and their screws aside for later re-installation.
9. Install a suitable protector to the top end of the upper

body. Move the DX Connector to a pre-arranged work
area and set down in the inverted (bottom up) position.
Note: With the turntable retainers removed, the turn-

table with its four linkage pins will disengage from the
four gasket retainer locking handles and the turntable
will fall against the upper body flange. Detailed proce-
dures for re-engagement of these components during
re-installation will be given in the Assembly Proce-
dures section.
Disassembly Procedures
1. Once the DX Connector is set up in the work area, use

a wrench with 1" socket to remove the thirty-six
1" x 3-1/2" ferry head cap screws holding the lower
body to the outer body.
2. Locate the four 1" tapped holes in the same bolt circle
as the removed screws. Run four of the screws into the
tapped holes to jack apart the lower body and outer
body. The lower body can then be lifted clear of the
outer body. Set the lower body aside and replace all
elastomeric seals as shown in the assembly drawing.
Note: Refer to the detailed instructions in the Assem-

bly Procedures section for installation of lip seals and
lip seal rings.
SS 0600/11/01
3. Use lifting eyes as necessary to extract the secondary
release piston from the outer body. Set the piston on
the work bench and replace all elastomeric seals as
shown in the assembly drawing.
4. Use a 1/4" punch to tap the 1/4" x 1" spring pins into
the segment spreaders until the screws can be rotated.
The pins are located near the top of the hex head of the
segment retainer screws and prevent the screws from
rotating.
Note: After segment spreader removal, use a long

punch to push the spring pins out the front of the
spreaders for recovery and later re-installation.
5. Refer to Figure 6. Use the impact wrench to remove the

segment retainer screws. As the screws are loosened,
the latch ring dog segments and segment spreaders will
be able to fall out. While the first screw is removed,
support the latching dogs on both sides of the screw
being removed. For each subsequent screw, support the
dog held in place by that particular screw.
SEGMENT
SPREADER
SEGMENT
RETAINING
SCREW

and must be re-installed in the same position. Make a
paint stick mark on the cam ring where the first screw
is removed. Set each of the segments aside in the exact
order they were removed. If the stenciled numbers on
the segments are unreadable, mark each segment
numerically with a paint stick to facilitate keeping the
segments in proper order for re-installation.
SS 0600/11/01
6. Use lifting eyes as necessary to carefully lift the cam
ring clear of the outer body. Set the cam ring aside and
replace all elastomeric seals as shown in the assembly
drawing. Replace the slydring as shown in the assembly
drawing.
Note: If the upper body is not being replaced, skip to

the Assembly Procedures section. If the upper body is
being replaced, continue with the following disassem-
bly procedures.
7. Use a wrench to remove the thirty-six 1" x 1-11/16"

ferry cap screws holding the cover plate to the upper
body.
8. Once the 36 screws are removed and set aside, use

lifteye bolts or cap screws in the 1" tapped holes at the
upper end OD to lift the outer body and cover plate
clear of the upper body.
Note: There is one 1/2" spring pin used as an align-

ment guide between the cover plate and the upper
body. Ensure the pin is either recovered or stays in the
upper body once the cover plate separates from the
upper body.
9. Set the outer body/cover plate aside and turn it right

side up (cover plate up). The cover plate can be sepa-
rated from the outer body by removing the thirty-six
1" x 3-1/2" LG ferry head cap screws.
Note: There is no need to separate these parts unless

one is damaged. However, if dis-assembly is preferred,
paint-stripe the break prior to removal, replace both
cover plate O-rings, and re-assemble the cover plate
and outer body in exactly the same orientation as
before. There is another 1/2" spring pin used to align
the cover plate and outer body.
10. The turntable, gasket retainers, and handles are more

easily installed in the upper body as it stands alone. If
the upper body will be changed out, the replacement
upper body should have new gasket retainer parts pre-
installed prior to overall assembly.
SS 0600/11/01
Assembly Procedures
For the following assembly operations, it is assumed all

necessary parts are on location and prepared for installation.
Refer to the appropriate assembly drawings as needed. A
thin coat of viscous oil or very light (white lithium) grease
can be applied to all elastomeric seals to facilitate installa-
tion into their sealing chambers.
1. Lip seal-type elastomers will be installed in the follow-

ing manner. Refer to
MOVING COMPONENT
Figure 7.
PRESSURE ORIGIN
a. Ensure the seal
groove is com- LIP SEAL (FLAT ID)
pletely clean, dry,
and undamaged.
Determine the LIP SEAL RING (FLAT OD)
direction of the
pressure origin as
it affects the seal LIP SEAL RING (FLAT OD)
being installed.
LIP SEAL (FLAT ID)
b. Install the lip seal
in the groove with PRESSURE ORIGIN
its flat ID toward
the back of the Figure 7. Installation of lip seals and
groove, and with its lip seal rings
lips facing toward
the pressure origin.
Ensure the lip seal appears uniform all around.
c. Install the lip seal ring in the groove with its shorter
face filling out the flat end face of the lip seal, with
its flat OD encasing the lip seal, and its longest
(beveled) edge toward the pressure origin.
SS 0600/11/01
Note: Lip seal rings are made from hard Teflon and are
sensitive to installation techniques. Soften the rings by
soaking in hot water. The thermal coefficient of Teflon
will enlarge the diameter far greater than trying to
stretch them while cold. After being stretched to
achieve installation into the required position, they
must be allowed to recover their original dimensions,
which requires approximately five minutes. Ensure the
lip seal ring has snapped back to its original dimen-
sion, leaving no gaps between the lip seals and lip seal
rings, prior to proceeding with subsequent operations.
WARNING: If a hard Teflon lip seal ring is stretched

beyond 0.5% while cold, it will not return to the origi-
nal dimension and must be replaced.
d. Ensure the lip seal ring appears uniform all around

and mates properly with the contour of the lip seal.
2. Install a suitable protector on the top connection of the

upper body. Place the upper body in the work area in
the inverted (top down) position.
3. Locate the single 1/2" spring pin hole on the upper

body. The hole is located on the uppermost flat shoul-
der (where the cover plate lands) on the mid-OD. If not
already done, install the 1/2" spring pin in its drilled
hole.
4. Pre-assemble the cover plate to the upper body with the

position indicator port of the cover plate aligned with
the spring pin hole on the upper body. Re-install the
thirty-six 1" x 1-11/16" LG ferry head cap screws and
apply 300 - 350 ft-lb of torque to each screw.
5. Invert the cover plate/upper body assembly to the up-

right position.
a. Use lifteye bolts or flange studs to pick up the cover

plate/upper body and suspend it over the outer
body.
b. Ensure the position indicator port of the cover plate

lines up with the 1/2" spring pin in its hole in the
outer body.
SS 0600/11/01
c. Carefully lower the cover plate/upper body assembly
into the outer body and land it on the shoulder.
6. Secure the cover plate to the outer body by installing

thirty-six 1" x 3-1/2" LG ferry head cap screws and
apply 300 - 350 ft-lb of torque to all 36 screws.
a. If not already done, re-install either the flushout sub

with its four spring pins in the cover plate port and
secure in place with its retainer nut, or use the
assembly guide rod in the same area.
Note: The flushout sub or assembly guide rod provide

proper alignment between the cover plate and cam
ring.
b. Re-install the 1/2" NPT poppet valve in the flushout

port outlet 180° from the flushout port inlet.
c. Re-install all six 1/2" NPT hollow hex plugs in the

lubrication ports equi-spaced every 60° around the
same circle as the flushout ports.
7. Re-invert (outer body opening up) the upper body/cover

plate/outer body sub-assembly to continue Connector
re-assembly.
8. Inspect the cam ring and ensure the seals, wiper, and
wear ring have all been replaced with new components.
a. Locate, identify, and mark the flushout port hole

through from the top face groove to the lower ID
shoulder of the cam ring body.
b. Place the cam ring on its side to install lifteyes in the

bottom face.
c. Invert the cam ring (smallest OD down), taking care

not to damage or dislodge the seals.
d. Suspend the cam ring with the flushout sub (or

guide rod) in the cover plate aligned with its hole in
the cam ring.
SS 0600/11/01
e. Carefully lower the cam ring into the outer body,
taking care not to damage or dislodge the seals,
wiper, and slydring, or the flushout sub.
f. Ensure the cam ring penetrates completely into the

outer body and shoulders on the step inside the
outer body.

and must be installed in the established order. Note
the paint stick mark on the cam ring where the first
screw was removed. Install each of the segments in
exact order according to number. If the stenciled num-
bers on the segments are unreadable, mark each seg-
ment numerically with a paint stick to facilitate keep-
ing the segments in proper order for installation.
Note: Standard latch ring segments contain the

DRIL-QUIP DX profile at the top and bottom. In this
particular instance, the segments are configured to
mate with a "customer-furnished" mandrel designed by
another vendor. Ensure the segments being installed
are correct for the connector and mandrel being used.
9. Slide the segment spreader over the segment retainer

screw with the funneled end of the spreader towards the
hex head of the screw. Select the first latch ring seg-
ment which will be installed.
a. Install the screw/spreader into the tapped hole in

the ID of the cam ring and apply torque of 800 -
1,000 ft-lb. Ensure the spring pin holes in the
spreader are pointing down (Connector is inverted).
b. Place the first latch ring dog segment in position

against the spreader and support it while installing
the second screw/spreader. Remember the DX Con-
nector is inverted, so the finer-toothed end faces
down with latch teeth towards the ID.
c. Repeat Sub-step a and Sub-step b until all six latch

ring dog segments, spreaders, and screws have been
installed.
SS 0600/11/01
10. Install six of the 1/4" spring pins in the six segment
spreaders. Use the hole nearest the hex head flat of the
segment retainer screw which is most accessible. Drive
the pin approximately 1/2" into the hole in the
spreader.
11. Inspect the secondary unlatch piston and ensure the

seals have all been replaced with new components.
Insert the piston into the outer body with its smallest
OD down. It is not necessary to make the piston bottom
out on the cam ring, but the top edge (largest OD) must
penetrate the outer body by at least 2-1/2" to allow
installation of the lower body.
12. Inspect the lower body and ensure the seals and wiper
have all been replaced with new components. Use lifteye
bolts or cap screws in the four 3/4"-10UNC tapped
holes to set the lower body into the outer body. Ensure
the seals and wiper do not become damaged or dis-
lodged. Install the thirty-six 1" x 3-1/2" LG ferry head
cap screws and apply torque of 300 - 350 ft-lb to each
screw.
13. Use lifteyes and/or slings to turn the DX Connector

right side up. Install the four turntable retainers and
bolt in place securely with the 5/8" x 4" LG ferry head
cap screws. Pump general-purpose grease into all four
turntable retainer grease fittings.
SS 0600/11/01
14. Refer to Figure 8. Install the hydraulic cylinders for the
Gasket Retainer Mechanism. Place the cylinder ends
over the pedestals (with 1/2" NPT ports facing out) and

HYDRATE INHIBITOR
FILL PORT (INLET)
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
HYDRATE LUBRICATION PORT

INHIBITOR (6 @ 60° APART)
OUTLET PORT
(W/POPPET
VALVE)
PIVOT PIN
TURNTABLE
PEDESTAL &
HEAVY HEX NUT
POSITION INDICATOR
Figure 8. Top view of the Gasket Retainer Mechanism. The gasket retainer
locking handles are shown in the RELEASE position.
15. Install the shoulder screws to connect the cylinder rod

ends to the weldment on the turntable. Secure in place
with the washers and nuts.
16. If applicable, move the DX Connector to an area appro-

priate for function testing.
SS 0600/11/01
Function and Pressure Test Procedures
Function testing will require a hydraulic pressure supply

source with the following size connections: 1/2" SAE male,
quantity of 3 total for LATCH, UNLATCH, and SECONDARY
UNLATCH; 1/2" NPT male, quantity of 4 total for Gasket
Mechanism Retain and Release (two on each cylinder, used
one-at-a-time). If possible, use the BOP pod to function test
the DX Connector. For the purposes of this function test, it
will be assumed the pressure source is a single output hy-
draulic pump capable of 5,000 psi. To properly control spill-
age and assist in purging air pockets from the DX Connec-
tor, independent needle valves should be used in connection
with each of the three 1/2" SAE control function ports. The
DX Connector is equipped with three redundant ports 180°
from the preferred ports. The redundant ports should be
used for flushing of control fluid.
1. Refer to Figure 8. The DX Connector is equipped with

two Remote-Actuated Gasket Retainer Mechanism cyl-
inders. The following steps must be taken to ensure
proper operation of this system. Check the pedestal
connections of the hydraulic cylinders to confirm the
heavy hex nuts are hand-tight.
2. Check the rod connections of the hydraulic cylinders to

confirm the shoulder screws are installed to join the
cylinders to the turntable weldment.
3. Check the four turntable retainers to be sure the cap

screws are installed and are tight. Pump general-pur-
pose grease into the turntable retainers via the grease
fittings.
4. Check the rods on the hydraulic cylinders to be sure

the rods are retracted and all gasket retainer locking
handles are in the retain position.
SS 0600/11/01
5. Connect four hydraulic lines to the 1/2" NPT ports on
the cylinders. These hydraulic cylinders have a working
pressure of 1,500 psi, with a 3,000 psi maximum. The
connection nearest the pedestal is the release (or ex-
tend) port and the other is the retain (or retract) port.
Refer to Figure 9.
RELEASE PORT HYDRAULIC RETAIN PORT

Figure 9. Hydraulic cylinder (typ 2 @ 180°) with

RELEASE and RETAIN ports

the next test step. DRIL-QUIP recommends performing
this procedure either on the Test Stump, before the
gasket is installed, or using the test to install the gas-
ket.
6. Function the hydraulic release mechanism by first

pressuring the extend port to place the gasket retainer
locking handle in the release position, then release the
pressure from the extend port and pressurize the re-
tract port to return the handles to the retain position.
Note: Before landing the DX Connector on the Test

Stump or Wellhead, be sure the gasket retainer locking
handles are in the release position to avoid damage to
the gasket retainers.
7. If applicable, inspect the hydraulic lines running from

the BOP pod to the 1/2" SAE LATCH and the two
1/2" SAE UNLATCH ports on the DX Connector. The
hydraulic hoses should be free of kinks, cuts, and
cracks. Check any fittings to ensure they are tight.
Otherwise, connect a needle valve to each of the three
1/2" SAE ports and leave open.
SS 0600/11/01
8. The following steps will function test and pressure test,
as well as pre-fill and purge, all three chambers of the
latching system:
a. Locate a large can or bucket (20 gallon capacity) and

a short hose (6' to 10') which can be connected to the
needle valves.
b. Connect the pressure source to the needle valve in

the SECONDARY UNLATCH port of the DX Connec-
tor. Pump fluid into the chamber until the indicator
arm aligns with the UNLOCK stripe. This verifies the
Connector is in the fully unlocked position.
c. Continue pumping until the pressure stabilizes at

3,000 psi. Observe stable pressure for five minutes.
Upon completion of successful testing, close the
needle valve, bleed off the pump, and disconnect the
pressure hose.
d. Connect the pressure hose to the needle valve in the

LATCH port of the DX Connector. Connect the short
hose to the needle valve in the SECONDARY UN-
LATCH port (still contains 3,000 psi behind the
the bucket.
e. Slowly open the needle valve in the SECONDARY

UNLATCH port to release the pressure in a con-
trolled manner into the
bucket. Begin pressuriz- POSITION
ing the LATCH chamber INDICATOR
BAR
with the hydraulic
pump. Refer to
POSITION
Figure 10. INDICATOR
COLLET
CAM RING
Figure 3. Detail of the position

indicator (Connector locked)
SS 0600/11/01
f. Continue pumping until the pressure stabilizes at
3,000 psi. Check the position indicator. The indica-
tor arm will align (±1/4", dictated by cam ring travel)
with the LOCK stripe. This verifies the Connector is
in the fully latched position. Observe stable pressure
for five minutes. Upon completion of successful
testing, close the needle valve, bleed off the pump,
and disconnect the pressure hose.
g. Connect the pressure hose to the needle valve in the

UNLATCH port of the DX Connector. Connect the
short hose to the needle valve in the LATCH port
(still contains 3,000 psi behind the needle valve).
Place the open end of the short hose in the bucket.
h. Slowly open the needle valve in the LATCH port to

release the pressure in a controlled manner into the
bucket. Begin pressurizing the UNLATCH chamber
with the hydraulic pump.
i. Pump fluid into the chamber until the indicator arm

aligns with the UNLOCK stripe. This verifies the
Connector is in the fully unlocked position. Continue
pumping until the pressure stabilizes at 3,000 psi.
j. Observe stable pressure for five minutes. Upon

sure hose.
k. Connect the short hose to the needle valve in the

UNLATCH port (still contains 3,000 psi behind the
the bucket. Slowly open the needle valve in the UN-
LATCH port to release the pressure in a controlled
manner into the bucket. Allow the pressure to ex-
haust, but do not allow the chamber to drain. Due to
the size and weight of the internal components of the
Connector, the UNLATCH chamber must remain full
of fluid in order to maintain the unlatched position.
SS 0600/11/01
9. Verify the hydrate diversion O-ring HYDRATE DIVERSION
is in place in the base of the DX O-RING
Connector. The O-ring should be

smooth, pliable, and free of cuts or
cracks. Any protrusions could
indicate the presence of debris
trapped underneath. Replace any
suspect O-rings. Refer to
Figure 11. Figure 11. Hydrate
diversion O-ring
10. Check the segment spreaders in
the ID of the DX Connector. Ensure the segment retain-
ing screws are secure (800 - 1,000 ft-lb). Refer to
Figure 12.
SEGMENT
SPREADER
SEGMENT
RETAINING
SCREW
11. Closely inspect the latch ring segments for any damage
which could inhibit the latch ring segments from mat-
ing with the profile on the mandrel. Verify the latch ring
segments are in the unlatched (retracted) position.

moving parts, the latch ring segments and segment
spreaders, should be thoroughly coated with saltwater-
resistant high-quality lubricant. DRIL-QUIP recom-
mends Alco-EP-73 Plus™.
SS 0600/11/01
Greasing Procedure
1. Remove the 1/2" NPT plugs from any two lubrication

ports (180° apart) on the cover plate of the DX Connec-
tor. Refer to Figure 13.
1/2"-NPT LUBRICA- FLUSHOUT

TION PORTS (6 @ PORT (INLET)
EVERY 60°)
FLUSHOUT PORT
POPPET VALVE
(OUTLET)
POSITION
INDICATOR
Figure 13. DX Connector top view
2. Attach a grease pump to either port and pump grease

into the Connector. Do not remove the position indica-
tor or flushout sub.
3. Function the Connector from the unlatched position to

the latched position, and back to the unlatched posi-
tion.
4. Pump grease again until a return is observed from the

open port. Twenty to 25 gallons may be required. Re-
install the 1/2" NPT plug in the port where a return of
grease is observed. Disconnect the grease pump and re-
install the 1/2" NPT plug in the remaining port.
5. Cycle the Connector two to three more times to distrib-

ute the grease.
SS 0600/11/01
Technical Data
Table 1. Technical Data for the 10,000 psi DX Subsea Connector

Weight 12,000 lb (5443,1 kg)
4.75 in. (120.7 mm)

Stroke
5.25 in. Max
Connector Operating Pressure 1,500 psi (103 bar)

3.00 X 1,000,000 lb
Preload @ 3,000 psi
(13344,6 kN)
4.14 X 1,000,000 lb
Load @ Hub Separation
(18415,6 kN)

(0 psi int. pressure) @ Hub Separation (5423,3 kN-m)

(@ Working Pressure) @ Hub Separation (3565,8 kN-m)
3.84 X 1,000,000 lb
Tension to Hub Separation (@ Working Pressure)
(17081,1 kN)


* R for Bending Moment Conversion =

TEQV = 2(M)/R
OD Radius of the Latch Segment
SS 0600/11/01
Table 2. Technical Data for the ALCO-EP-73 Plus™ Grease.
Dropping Point
500°F (260°C)
(ASTM D-566)
Flash Point
> 430°F (221°C)
(ASTM D-92)
NLGI Grade 2
Penetration @ 77°F
265 to 295
(ASTM D-217)
1A
(ASTM D-4048)
Shell 4-Ball
(ASTM D-2596)
Weld Point, kgf 315
Load Wear Index 38
Wear Scar Diameter
0.7
(ASTM D-2266)
(ASTM D-942)
Base Oil Viscosity
(ASTM D-445)
cSt @ 40°C 90 to 110
SS 0600/11/01

BOP Stack Manual (Read Only) 29101801

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

BOP Stack Manual (Read Only) 29101801

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BOP Stack Manual (Read Only) 29101801

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

User’s Manual

Shaffer® Blowout Preventer Stack

A 31-03-2008 Issued for implementation

Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

Chapter 1: General Information

Chapter 3: Installation and Operation

Chapter 5: Specifications and Parts Lists

Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

The caution symbol indicates that potential damage to

The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of

To avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage,

Personnel should wear protective gear during installation,

General System Safety Practices

Read and follow the guidelines below before installing

R Isolate energy sources before beginning work.

Failure to conduct routine maintenance could result in

Proper Use of Equipment

Hydraulic Safety Precautions

Cable and Hose Safety Precautions

Work Area Safety Precautions

Use Correct Replacement Parts

This page intentionally left blank.

Specifications for BOP Stack/Lower Marine Riser

Item Description Specification

Height 376.24″ (9.557 m)

Width 249.38″ (6.334 m)

Weight (shipping) 510,873 lb (231,728 kg)

Height 297.56″ (7.558 m)

Lower Marine Riser Width 249.38″ (6.334 m)

Weight (shipping) 330,996 lb (150,137 kg)

Combined Lower Height 625.25″(15.881 m)

Working Pressure Rating 10,000 psi (689.5 bar)

Test Pressure 10,000 psi (689.5 bar)

Operating Hydraulic Pressure 1,500 psi (103 bar)

Weight (approx.), Studded x Flange 58,430 lb (26,503 kg)

Lifting Shackle Capacity 280,000 Ib (127,006 kg)

Specifications for BOP Stack/Lower Marine Riser (Continued)

Item Description Specification

Estimated Weight, Top Triple Ram BOP 106,470 lb (48,294 kg)

Working Pressure Rating 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Test Pressure 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Hydraulic Fluid to Open 33 gal (125 liters)

Hydraulic Fluid to Close 35.3 gal (133.6 liters)

Working Pressure Rating 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Test Pressure 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Hydraulic Fluid to Open 33 gal (125 liters)

Hydraulic Fluid to Close 35.3 gal (133.6 liters)

Working Pressure Rating 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Test Pressure 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Hydraulic Fluid to Close 15.96 gal (60.4 liters)

Estimated Weight, Bottom Triple Ram

Working Pressure Rating 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Hydraulic Fluid to Open 15.00 gal (56.8 liters)

Hydraulic Fluid to Close 15.96 gal (60.4 liters)

Specifications for BOP Stack/Lower Marine Riser (Continued)

Item Description Specification

Working Pressure Rating 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)

Test Pressure 15,000 psi (1,034.2 bar)